Document:

Exhibit 4.7

 

	

    	
CLIFFORD   CHANCE LLP

 
    

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

DATED 7 APRIL 2015

 

INTERNATIONAL GAME TECHNOLOGY PLC

 

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS GTECH S.p.A. AND LOTTOMATICA GROUP S.p.A.)

 

THE COMPANIES DESCRIBED AS GUARANTORS HEREIN

 

AND

 

BNY MELLON CORPORATE TRUSTEE SERVICES LIMITED

 

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED

RELATING TO A TRUST DEED DATED
 5 DECEMBER 2012 IN RESPECT OF

€500,000,000 3.500 PER CENT.

GUARANTEED NOTES

 

 

 

CONTENTS

 

	
Clause
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
1.
    	
Definitions and   Interpretation
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
2.
    	
Accession of Additional   Guarantors
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
3.
    	
Amendments to the Principal   Trust Deed
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
4.
    	
Conditions Precedent
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
5.
    	
Costs, Expenses and   Indemnification
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
6.
    	
Further Assurance
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
7.
    	
Supplemental Trust Deed
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
8.
    	
Notices
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
9.
    	
Counterparts
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
10.
    	
Governing Law and   Jurisdiction
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
11.
    	
Third Party Rights
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Schedule   1 Amended and Restated Trust Deed  
    	
 
    	
6
    

 

 

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED is made on 7 April 2015

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)                                 INTERNATIONAL GAME TECHNOLOGY PLC (formerly known as GTECH S.p.A. and Lottomatica Group S.p.A.) (the “Issuer”);

 

(2)                                 GTECH CORPORATION, GTECH HOLDINGS CORPORATION, GTECH RHODE ISLAND LLC and INVEST GAMES S.A. (a public limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated under Luxembourg law, having its registered office at 9-11, Grand-Rue, L-1661 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg register of commerce and companies under the number B 113.166) (each when acting in its capacity as guarantor, an “Initial Guarantor” and together, the “Initial Guarantors”);

 

(3)                                 DOUBLE DOWN INTERACTIVE LLC, GTECH CANADA ULC, GTECH FOREIGN HOLDINGS CORPORATION, GTECH GERMANY GmbH, GTECH USA, LLC, IGT, INTERNATIONAL GAME TECHNOLOGY and LOTTOMATICA HOLDING S.R.L. (the ‘‘Additional Guarantors’’ and together with the Initial Guarantors, the “Guarantors”); and

 

(4)                                 BNY MELLON CORPORATE TRUSTEE SERVICES LIMITED as trustee in respect of the Notes (the “Trustee”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A)                               The Issuer issued the €500,000,000 3.500 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 5 March 2020 (the ‘‘Notes’’) guaranteed by the Initial Guarantors in connection with which the Issuer, the Initial Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into a trust deed (the “Principal Trust Deed”) dated 5 December 2012.

 

(B)                               The Trustee has agreed to exercise the power conferred upon it by Clause 7.2 (Modifications) of the Principal Trust Deed to modify the Principal Trust Deed and the Notes, such modifications being, in its opinion, proper and not materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders. Accordingly, the parties hereto now wish to enter into this first supplemental trust deed (the “Supplemental Trust Deed”) in order to (i) provide for the accession of the Additional Guarantors in respect of the Notes; (ii) provide Noteholders with the benefit of the Security (as defined in the amended and restated Principal Trust Deed); and (iii) amend and restate the Principal Trust Deed and the Conditions of the Notes in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto to give effect to, in each case, the changes described in (i) and (ii) and, further, to remove certain Italian law references which no longer apply to the Issuer in its current form.

 

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSETH and it is hereby agreed and declared as follows:

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

All words and expressions defined in the Principal Trust Deed shall, where the context so requires and admits, have the same meaning in this Supplemental Trust Deed and the principles of interpretation specified in Clause 1 (Definitions and

 

1

 

Interpretation) of the Principal Trust Deed shall, where the context so requires and admits, also apply to this Supplemental Trust Deed.

 

2.                                      ACCESSION OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS

 

Each Additional Guarantor hereby agrees to be bound by the Principal Trust Deed and irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, on the terms mutatis mutandis of Clause 4 (Guarantees) of the Principal Trust Deed, the due and punctual payment of all sums expressed to be payable by the Issuer under the Notes and by the Issuer under the Principal Trust Deed when and as the same shall become due and payable as if such Additional Guarantor had been named in the Principal Trust Deed as an Initial Guarantor (with effect from the date of this Supplemental Trust Deed).

 

3.                                      AMENDMENTS TO THE PRINCIPAL TRUST DEED

 

3.1                               The Principal Trust Deed, with effect from the date hereof, shall stand amended and restated in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

3.2                               The Conditions (as set out in Part B Schedule 2 (Terms and Conditions of the Notes)) to the Principal Trust Deed, with effect from the date hereof, shall be deleted in their entirety and replaced with the Conditions set out in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

4.                                      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

The obligations and agreements under this Supplemental Trust Deed are conditional upon receipt by the Trustee of the following:

 

4.1.1                     Legal Opinions:

 

(a)                                 legal opinions regarding the capacity and authorisation of the Additional Guarantors to enter into this Supplemental Trust Deed, from each of (i) White & Case LLP, as to German law, (ii) Stewart McKelvey, as to Canadian law; (iii) Buchanan Ingersoll & Rooney PC, as to Delaware law; (iv) Hillis Clark Martin & Peterson P.S. as to Washington law; (v) Fennemore Craig, P.C. as to Nevada law and (vi) Clifford Chance Studio Legale Associato as to Italian law; and

 

(b)                                 a legal opinion from Clifford Chance LLP as to English law, regarding the enforceability of this Supplemental Trust Deed.

 

4.1.2                     Tax opinions: tax opinions from:

 

(a)                                 Jones Day, as to United Kingdom tax treatment;

 

(b)                                 Clifford Chance Studio Legale Associato, as to Italian tax treatment; and

 

(c)                                  Jones Day, as to United States tax treatment.

 

2

 

5.                                      COSTS, EXPENSES AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

5.1                               The Issuer shall, from time to time on demand of the Trustee, reimburse the Trustee for all reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred by it in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution or purported execution of this Supplemental Trust Deed and the completion of the matters herein contemplated, in each case upon receipt of proper evidence of such costs, charges and/or expenses.

 

5.2                               The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee (a) in respect of all liabilities and expenses incurred by it or by any delegate, agent, nominee or custodian or other person appointed by it to whom any trust, power, authority or discretion may be delegated hereunder and (b) against all liabilities, actions, proceedings, costs, claims and demands in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way relating to this Supplemental Trust Deed.

 

6.                                      FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors jointly and severally undertake to the Trustee to execute all such other documents and comply with all such other requirements to effect the amendments contemplated hereby and any other matter incidental thereto as the Trustee may reasonably direct in the interests of the Noteholders.

 

7.                                      SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED

 

This Supplemental Trust Deed is supplemental to the Principal Trust Deed and subject to the amendments to be effected to the Principal Trust Deed hereunder, the Principal Trust Deed and the Notes shall remain in full force and effect and the Principal Trust Deed and this Supplemental Trust Deed shall be read and construed together as one deed.

 

8.                                      NOTICES

 

8.1                               A memorandum of this Supplemental Trust Deed shall be endorsed on the original of the Principal Trust Deed by the Trustee and on the duplicate thereof by the Issuer and the Guarantors.

 

8.2                               The Issuer shall, as soon as practicable after the amendments set out in Clause 3 (Amendments to the Principal Trust Deed) of this Supplemental Trust Deed become effective, give notice of the amendments to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices).

 

9.                                      COUNTERPARTS

 

This Supplemental Trust Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which together evidence the same agreement.  This Supplemental Trust Deed shall not come into effect until each party has executed and delivered at least one counterpart.

 

3

 

10.                               GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

10.1                        This Supplemental Trust Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of England.

 

10.2                       Subject to Clause 10.3 of this Supplemental Trust Deed, Clause 16 (Law and Jurisdiction) of the Principal Trust Deed shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to this Supplemental Trust Deed.

 

10.3                        Each of the Guarantors agrees that the documents which start any Proceedings and any other documents required to be served in relation to those Proceedings may be served on it by being delivered to the Issuer at 70 Chancery Lane, London WC2A 1AF, England or, if different, its registered office for the time being or at any address of the relevant Guarantor in England and Wales at which process may be served on it in accordance with section 1139(2) of the Companies Act 2006.

 

11.                               THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

A person who is not party to this Supplemental Trust Deed may not enforce any terms of this Supplemental Trust Deed under the Contract (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, but this does not affect any right or remedy of any third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Supplemental Trust Deed has been executed as a deed by the parties hereto and is intended to be and is hereby delivered on the day first before written.

 

4

 

EXECUTION CLAUSES

 

The Issuer

 

Executed as a Deed by

 

INTERNATIONAL GAME TECHNOLOGY PLC (formerly known as GTECH S.p.A. and Lottomatica Group S.p.A.)

 

	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Claudio Demolli, Attorney-in-Fact
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    

 

in the presence of:

 

	
/s/ Kristin DiTraglia
    	
 
    	
(Signature of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Kristin DiTraglia
    	
 
    	
(Name of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10 Memorial Boulevard

Providence, RI 02903
    	
 
    	
(Address of witness)
    

 

The Initial Guarantors

 

Executed as a Deed by

 

GTECH CORPORATION

 

 

	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    	
 
    

 

 

GTECH HOLDINGS CORPORATION

 

 

	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    	
 
    

 

 

GTECH RHODE ISLAND LLC

 

	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    	
 
    

 

 

INVEST GAMES S.A.

Duly represented by:

 

	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    

 

Title: director and authorised signatory

 

 

The Additional Guarantors

 

DOUBLE DOWN INTERACTIVE LLC

 

	
/s/ Renato Ascoli
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Renato Ascoli
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    

 

in the presence of:

 

	
/s/ Kristin DiTraglia
    	
 
    	
(Signature of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Kristin DiTraglia
    	
 
    	
(Name of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10 Memorial Boulevard

Providence, RI 02903
    	
 
    	
(Address of witness)
    

 

 

GTECH CANADA ULC

 

	
/s/ Victor Duarte
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Victor Duarte
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    

 

in the presence of:

 

	
/s/ Kendra Levesgue
    	
 
    	
(Signature of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Kendra Levesgue
    	
 
    	
(Name of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10 Memorial Boulevard

Providence, RI 02903
    	
 
    	
(Address of witness)
    

 

 

GTECH FOREIGN HOLDINGS CORPORATION

 

	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    	
 
    

 

 

GTECH GERMANY GmbH

 

	
By:
    	
/s/ Sylvia Dietz
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
Sylvia Dietz
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Managing Director
    	
 
    

 

 

	
By:
    	
/s/ Athanasios Isaakidis
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
Athanasios Isaakidis
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Managing Director
    	
 
    

 

 

GTECH USA, LLC

 

	
By:
    	
/s/ Victor Duarte
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
Victor Duarte
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Manager 
    	
 
    

 

 

IGT

 

	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Officer
    	
 
    

 

 

INTERNATIONAL GAME TECHNOLOGY

 

	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Officer
    	
 
    

 

 

LOTTOMATICA HOLDING S.R.L.

 

	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Claudio Demolli
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    

 

in the presence of:

 

	
/s/ Kendra Levesgue
    	
 
    	
(Signature of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Kendra Levesgue
    	
 
    	
(Name of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10 Memorial Boulevard

Providence, RI 02903
    	
 
    	
(Address of witness)
    

 

 

The Trustee

 

For and on behalf of

 

BNY MELLON CORPORATE TRUSTEE SERVICES LIMITED

 

	
/s/ Paul Cattermole
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Paul Cattermole
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    

 

 

	
/s/ Trevor Blewer
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Trevor Blewer
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    

 

in the presence of:

 

	
/s/ Thomas Benson
    	
 
    	
(Signature of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Thomas Benson
    	
 
    	
(Name of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
The Bank of New York Mellon

One Canada Square

London E14 5AL
    	
 
    	
(Address of witness)
    

 

 

SCHEDULE 1
 AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST DEED

 

INTERNATIONAL GAME TECHNOLOGY PLC

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS GTECH S.p.A. AND LOTTOMATICA GROUP S.p.A.)

AS ISSUER

 

AND

 

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

 

AND

 

BNY MELLON CORPORATE TRUSTEE SERVICES LIMITED

AS TRUSTEE

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST DEED

€500,000,000

3.500 PER CENT. GUARANTEED NOTES DUE

5 MARCH 2020

 

 

6

 

CONTENTS

	
Clause
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
1.
    	
Definitions and   Interpretation
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
2.
    	
Covenant to Repay
    	
 
    	
14
    
	
3.
    	
The Notes
    	
 
    	
16
    
	
4.
    	
Guarantees
    	
 
    	
17
    
	
5.
    	
Covenant to Comply with Trust   Deed and Schedules
    	
 
    	
28
    
	
6.
    	
Covenants by the Issuer and   the Guarantors
    	
 
    	
29
    
	
7.
    	
Amendments and Modifications
    	
 
    	
34
    
	
8.
    	
Enforcement
    	
 
    	
35
    
	
9.
    	
Application of Monies
    	
 
    	
36
    
	
10.
    	
Terms of Appointment
    	
 
    	
38
    
	
11.
    	
Costs and Expenses
    	
 
    	
44
    
	
12.
    	
Appointment and Retirement
    	
 
    	
47
    
	
13.
    	
Notices
    	
 
    	
49
    
	
14.
    	
Noteholders’ Representative
    	
 
    	
50
    
	
15.
    	
Further Issues
    	
 
    	
51
    
	
16.
    	
Law and Jurisdiction
    	
 
    	
51
    
	
17.
    	
Severability
    	
 
    	
52
    
	
18.
    	
Contracts (Rights of Third   Parties) Act 1999
    	
 
    	
52
    
	
19.
    	
Counterparts
    	
 
    	
53
    
	
Schedule 1
    	
 
    	
54
    
	
Part A  Form of Temporary Global Note
    	
 
    	
54
    
	
Part B Form of Permanent   Global Note
    	
 
    	
64
    
	
Schedule   2
    	
 
    	
70
    
	
Part A Form of Definitive Note
    	
 
    	
70
    
	
Part B   Terms and Conditions of the Notes
    	
 
    	
73
    
	
Part C   Form of Coupon
    	
 
    	
100
    
	
Schedule 3 Provisions for Meetings of   the Noteholders
    	
 
    	
101
    

 

7

 

THIS TRUST DEED is made on 5 December 2012 (as further amended and restated on 7 April 2015)

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)                                INTERNATIONAL GAME TECHNOLOGY PLC (formerly known as GTECH S.p.A. and Lottomatica Group S.p.A.) (the “Issuer”);

 

(2)                                DOUBLE DOWN INTERACTIVE LLC, GTECH CANADA ULC, GTECH CORPORATION, GTECH HOLDINGS CORPORATION, GTECH FOREIGN HOLDINGS CORPORATION, GTECH GERMANY GmbH, GTECH RHODE ISLAND LLC, GTECH USA, LLC, IGT, INTERNATIONAL GAME TECHNOLOGY, INVEST GAMES S.A. (a public limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated under Luxembourg law, having its registered office at 9-11, Grand-Rue, L-1661 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg register of commerce and companies under the number B 113.166) and LOTTOMATICA HOLDING S.R.L. (each an “Original Guarantor” and together, the “Original Guarantors”); and

 

(3)                               BNY MELLON CORPORATE TRUSTEE SERVICES LIMITED (the “Trustee”, which expression includes, where the context admits, all persons for the time being the trustee or trustees of this Trust Deed).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A)                               The Issuer has authorised the creation and issue of €500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 3.500 per cent.  Guaranteed Notes due 5 March 2020 (the “Notes”) to be constituted under this Trust Deed.

 

(B)                               The Guarantors have authorised the giving of their guarantees (the “Guarantees”) in relation to the Notes.

 

(C)                               The Trustee has agreed to act as trustee of this Trust Deed on the following terms and conditions.

 

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES AND IT IS HEREBY DECLARED as follows:

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                               Definitions

 

In this Trust Deed the following expressions have the following meanings:

 

“Agency Agreement” means the agreement appointing the initial Paying Agents and any other agreement for the time being in force appointing successor paying agents, together with any agreement for the time being in force amending or modifying with the prior written approval of the Trustee any of the aforesaid agreements.

 

“Appointee” means any delegate, agent, nominee or custodian appointed pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Deed.

 

8

 

“Auditors” means the auditors for the time being of the Issuer or, in the event of any of them being unable or unwilling to carry out any action requested of them pursuant to this Trust Deed, means such other firm of independent auditors as may be nominated in writing by the Trustee for the purpose.

 

“Authorised Signatory” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to the Issuer, any director or any other person or persons notified in writing to the Trustee by any director as being an Authorised Signatory pursuant to Clause 6.2(h) (Chief Financial Officer and Authorised Signatories); and

 

(b)                                 in relation to any Guarantor, any director of such Guarantor or an officer (in the case of a Guarantor which is domiciled in the United States), or any other person or persons notified in writing to the Trustee by any director of such Guarantor as being an Authorised Signatory pursuant to Clause 6.2(h) (Chief Financial Officer and Authorised Signatories).

 

“Chief Financial Officer” means Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer notified to the Trustee pursuant to 6.2(h) (Chief Financial Officer and Authorised Signatories).

 

“Clearstream, Luxembourg” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme.

 

“Collateral” has the meaning given to it in the Conditions.

 

“Conditions” means the terms and conditions set out in Part B of Schedule 2 (Terms and Conditions of the Notes) as from time to time modified in accordance with this Trust Deed and, with respect to any Notes represented by a Global Note, as modified by the provisions of the Global Note.  Any reference to a particularly numbered “Condition” shall be construed accordingly.

 

“Couponholder” means the holder of a Coupon.

 

“Coupons” means the bearer interest coupons in or substantially in the form set out in Part C of Schedule 2 (Form of Coupon) appertaining to the Notes and for the time being outstanding or as the context may require a specific number thereof and includes any replacement Coupons issued pursuant to Condition 10 (Replacement of Notes and Coupons).

 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.

 

“Eurosystem-eligible new Global Note” means a Global Note which is held in a manner which would allow Eurosystem eligibility, as stated in the applicable Conditions.

 

“Event of Default” means any one of the circumstances described in Condition 8 (Events of Default) but (in the case of the occurrence of any of the events mentioned in paragraphs (b) (Breach of other obligations), (d) (Unsatisfied judgment), (e) (Security enforced), (h) (Analogous event) (only in relation to the events referred to in paragraphs (d) and (e) of Condition 8 (Events of Default)), (i) (Failure to take action, etc.) or (j) (Unlawfulness) thereof and, in relation only to a Material Subsidiary 

 

9

 

(which is not a Guarantor), paragraphs (c) (Cross-default of Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary) or (g) (Winding up, etc.)) only if such event is, pursuant to the provisions of Condition 8 (Events of Default), certified by the Trustee in writing to be, in its opinion, materially prejudicial to the interests of Noteholders.

 

“Extraordinary Resolution” has the meaning set out in Schedule 3 (Provisions for Meetings of the Noteholders).

 

“Global Note(s)” mean the Temporary Global Note and Permanent Global Note, as the context may require, to be issued pursuant to Clause 3.1 (Global Notes).

 

“Guarantor” means:

 

(a)                                 each Original Guarantor; and

 

(b)                                 each New Guarantor,

 

which, in either case, has not been released or discharged from its obligations as a Guarantor in respect of the Notes in accordance with Condition 2(e) (Release of Guarantors) and Clause 4.10 (Release of Guarantors), and the term “Guarantors” shall be construed accordingly.

 

“Liabilities” means any loss, damage, cost, charge, claim, demand, expense, judgment, action, proceeding or other liability whatsoever (including, without limitation, in respect of taxes, duties, levies, imposts and other charges) and including any value added tax or similar tax charged or chargeable in respect thereof and legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis.

 

“Material Subsidiary” has the meaning given to it in the Conditions.

 

“New Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of the Issuer that becomes a Guarantor in respect of the Notes in accordance with Condition 4(c) (Guarantees by Subsidiaries) and Clause 4.9 (New Guarantors).

 

“Noteholder” means the bearer of a Note, save that, for so long as any of the Notes is represented by a Global Note and such Global Note is held on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or, in respect of any Note in definitive form held in an account with Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, each person (other than Clearstream, Luxembourg, if Clearstream, Luxembourg shall be an accountholder of Euroclear, and Euroclear, if Euroclear shall be an accountholder of Clearstream, Luxembourg) who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as the holder of a particular principal amount of such Note shall be treated as the holder of that principal amount for all purposes (including but not limited to for the purposes of any quorum requirements of, or the right to demand a poll, meetings of the Noteholders and giving notice to the Issuer pursuant to Condition 8 (Events of Default) and Condition 5(c) (Redemption at the option of the Noteholder)) other than with respect to the payment of principal and interest on such Note, the right to which shall be vested, as against the Issuer, solely in the bearer thereof in accordance with and subject to its terms and the provisions of these presents; and the word “holder” and related expressions shall (where appropriate) be construed accordingly.

 

10

 

“Notes” means the bearer notes in the denomination of €100,000 each comprising the €500,000,000 3.500 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 5 March 2020 constituted under this Trust Deed in or substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 2 (Form of Definitive Note), and for the time being outstanding or, as the case may be, a specific number thereof and includes any replacement Notes issued pursuant to Condition 10 (Replacement of Notes and Coupons) and (except for the purposes of Clause 3.1 (Global Notes) and 3.3 (Signature)) the Global Note for so long as it has not been exchanged in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

“outstanding” means, in relation to the Notes, all the Notes other than:

 

(a)                                 those which have been redeemed in accordance with this Trust Deed and the Conditions;

 

(b)                                 those in respect of which the date for redemption has occurred in accordance with the Conditions and for which the redemption monies (including all interest accrued thereon to the date for such redemption) have been duly paid to the Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent in the manner provided for in the Agency Agreement (and, where appropriate, notice to that effect has been given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices)) and remain available for payment in accordance with the Conditions;

 

(c)                                  those which have been purchased and surrendered for cancellation as provided in Condition 5(g) (Cancellation) and written notice of the cancellation of which has been given to the Trustee;

 

(d)                                 those which have become void under Condition 9 (Prescription);

 

(e)                                  those mutilated or defaced Notes which have been surrendered or cancelled and in respect of which replacement Notes have been issued pursuant to Condition 10 (Replacement of Notes and Coupons);

 

(f)                                   (for the purpose only of ascertaining the amount of the Notes outstanding and without prejudice to the status for any other purpose of the relevant Notes) those Notes which are alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and in respect of which replacements have been issued pursuant to Condition 10 (Replacement of Notes and Coupons); or

 

(g)                                  the Temporary Global Note to the extent that it shall have been exchanged for the Permanent Global Note pursuant to its provisions and the Permanent Global Note to the extent that it shall have been exchanged for definitive Notes pursuant to its provisions,

 

provided that for each of the following purposes, namely:

 

(i)                                     the determination of the right to attend and vote at any meeting of Noteholders for the purposes of Schedule 3 (Provisions for Meetings of the Noteholders) and the right to request the Trustee to take action pursuant to Clause 8 (Enforcement);

 

(ii)                                  the determination of how many and which Notes are for the time being outstanding for the purposes of Clauses 8.1 (Legal Proceedings) and 

11

 

7.1 (Waiver), the Conditions and Schedule 3 (Provisions for Meetings of the Noteholders);

 

(iii)                               the exercise of any discretion, power or authority, whether contained in this Trust Deed or provided by law, which the Trustee is required to exercise in or by reference to the interests of the Noteholders or any of them; and

 

(iv)                              the determination by the Trustee whether any event, circumstance, matter or thing, is in its opinion, materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders or any of them,

 

those Notes (if any) which are for the time being held by any person (including but not limited to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries) for the benefit of the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall (unless and until ceasing to be so held) be deemed not to remain outstanding.

 

“Paying Agents” means the several institutions (including, where the context permits, the Principal Paying Agent) at their respective Specified Offices initially appointed pursuant to the Agency Agreement and/or, if applicable, any Successor paying agents, at their respective Specified Offices.

 

“Permanent Global Note” means the Permanent Global Note to be issued pursuant to Clause 3.1 (Global Notes) in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 1 (Form of Permanent Global Note).

 

“Permitted Restructuring” has the meaning given to it in the Conditions.

 

“Potential Event of Default” means an event or circumstance which could, with the giving of notice, lapse of time, the issuing of a certificate and/or fulfilment of any other requirement provided for in Condition 8 (Events of Default) become an Event of Default.

 

“Principal Paying Agent” means the institution at its Specified Office initially appointed as principal paying agent pursuant to the Agency Agreement or, if applicable, any Successor principal paying agent at its Specified Office.

 

“Put Event” has the meaning given to it in Condition 5(c) (Redemption at the option of the Noteholders).

 

“Repay” shall include “redeem” and vice versa and “repaid”, “repayable”, “repayment”, “redeemed”, “redeemable” and “redemption” shall be construed accordingly.

 

“Security” has the meaning given to it in the Conditions.

 

“Security Agent” means The Royal Bank of Scotland plc or any successor security agent appointed from time to time under the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

“Security Documents” has the meaning given to it in the Conditions.

 

12

 

“Specified Office” means, in relation to any Paying Agent, either the office identified with its name in the Conditions or any other office notified to any relevant parties pursuant to the Agency Agreement.

 

“Subsidiary” has the meaning given to it in the Conditions; “Substituted Obligor” has the meaning given to it in the Conditions.

 

“Successor” means, in relation to the Paying Agents, such other or further person, as may from time to time be appointed pursuant to the Agency Agreement as a Paying Agent and written notice of whose appointment is given to the Trustee and the Noteholders pursuant to Clause 6.l(k) (Change of Paying Agents).

 

“TARGET System” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET 2) System which was launched on 19 November 2007 or any successor thereto.

 

“Temporary Global Note” means the Temporary Global Note to be issued pursuant to Clause 3.1 (Global Notes) in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 1 (Form of Temporary Global Note).

 

“this Trust Deed” means this Trust Deed and the Schedules (as from time to time modified in accordance with the provisions contained herein) and (unless the context requires otherwise) includes any deed or other document executed in accordance with the provisions hereof (as from time to time modified as aforesaid) and expressed to be supplemental hereto.

 

“Trustee Acts” means both the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 of England and Wales.

 

1.2                               Principles of interpretation

 

In this Trust Deed references to:

 

(a)                                 Statutory modification: a provision of any statute shall be deemed also to refer to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof or any statutory instrument, order or regulation made thereunder or under such modification or re-enactment;

 

(b)                                 Additional amounts: principal and/or interest in respect of the Notes shall be deemed also to include references to any additional amounts which may be payable under Condition 7 (Taxation);

 

(c)                                  Tax: costs, charges or expenses shall include any value added tax or similar tax charged or chargeable in respect thereof;

 

(d)                                 Currency abbreviation: references to ‘€’ or ‘euro’ are to the single currency introduced at the start of the third stage of European Economic and Monetary Union pursuant to the Treaty establishing the European Community, as amended;

 

(e)                                  Enforcement of rights: an action, remedy or method of judicial proceedings for the enforcement of rights of creditors shall include, in respect of any 

13

 

jurisdiction other than England, references to such action, remedy or method of judicial proceedings for the enforcement of rights of creditors available or appropriate in such jurisdictions as shall most nearly approximate thereto;

 

(f)                                   Clauses and Schedules: a Schedule, a Clause or sub-clause, paragraph or sub paragraph is, unless otherwise stated, to a schedule hereto or a clause or sub-clause, paragraph or sub-paragraph hereof respectively;

 

(g)                                  Principal: principal shall, when applicable, include premium;

 

(h)                                 Clearing systems: Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg shall, wherever the context so admits, be deemed to include references to any additional or alternative clearing system approved by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee;

 

(i)                                     Trust Corporation: a trust corporation denotes a corporation entitled by rules made under the Public Trustee Act 1906 to act as a custodian trustee or entitled pursuant to any other legislation applicable to a trustee in any jurisdiction other than England to act as trustee and carry on trust business under the laws of the country of its incorporation; and

 

(j)                                    Gender: words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender also, words denoting individuals shall include companies, corporations and partnerships and words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and in each case vice versa.

 

1.3                              The Conditions

 

In this Trust Deed, unless the context requires or the same are otherwise defined, words and expressions defined in the Conditions and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning in this Trust Deed.

 

1.4                               Headings

 

The headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Trust Deed.

 

1.5                               The Schedules

 

The Schedules are part of this Trust Deed and shall have effect accordingly.

 

2.                                      COVENANT TO REPAY

 

2.1                               Covenant to repay

 

The Issuer covenants with the Trustee that it will, as and when the Notes or any of them become due to be redeemed or any principal on the Notes or any of them becomes due to be repaid in accordance with the Conditions, unconditionally pay or procure to be paid to or to the order of the Trustee in euro in a city in which banks have access to the TARGET System in same day freely transferable funds the principal amount of the Notes or any of them becoming due for redemption or repayment on that date and shall (subject to the provisions of the Conditions) until all

 

14

 

such payments (both before and after judgment or other order) are duly made unconditionally pay or procure to be paid to or to the order of the Trustee as aforesaid on the dates and at the rates provided for in the Conditions interest on the principal amount of the Notes or any of them outstanding from time to time as set out in the Conditions provided that:

 

(a)                                 every payment of principal or interest in respect of the Notes or any of them made to the Principal Paying Agent in the manner provided in the Agency Agreement shall satisfy, to the extent of such payment, the relevant covenant by the Issuer contained in this Clause 2 (Covenant to Repay) except to the extent that there is default in the subsequent payment thereof to the Noteholders or Couponholders (as the case may be) in accordance with the Conditions;

 

(b)                                 if any payment of principal or interest in respect of the Notes or any of them is made after the due date, payment shall be deemed not to have been made until either the full amount is paid to the Noteholders or Couponholders (as the case may be) or, if earlier, the seventh day after notice has been given to the Noteholders or Couponholders (as the case may be) in accordance with the Conditions that the full amount has been received by the Principal Paying Agent or the Trustee except, in the case of payment to the Principal Paying Agent, to the extent that there is failure in the subsequent payment to the Noteholders or Couponholders (as the case may be) under the Conditions; and

 

(c)                                  in any case where payment of the whole or any part of the principal amount due in respect of any Note is improperly withheld or refused upon due presentation (if so provided for in the Conditions) of the Note, interest shall accrue on the whole or such part of such principal amount from the date of such withholding or refusal until the date either on which such principal amount due is paid to the Noteholders or, if earlier, the seventh day after which notice is given to the Noteholders in accordance with the Conditions that the full amount payable in respect of the said principal amount is available for collection by the Noteholders provided that on further due presentation thereof (if so provided for in the Conditions) such payment is in fact made.

 

The Trustee will hold the benefit of this covenant and the covenant in Clause 5 (Covenant to comply with Trust Deed and Schedules) on trust for the Noteholders and Couponholders.

 

2.2                               Following an Event of Default

 

At any time after any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall have occurred, the Trustee may:

 

(a)                                 by notice in writing to the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Principal Paying Agent and the other Paying Agents require the Principal Paying Agent and the other Paying Agents or any of them:

 

(i)                                     to act thereafter, until otherwise instructed by the Trustee, as Paying Agents of the Trustee under the provisions of this Trust Deed and the Notes on the terms provided in the Agency Agreement (with

 

15

 

consequential amendments as necessary and save that the Trustee’s liability under any provisions thereof for the indemnification, remuneration and payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Paying Agents shall be limited to amounts for the time being held by the Trustee on the trusts of this Trust Deed in relation to the Notes on the terms of this Trust Deed and available to the Trustee for such purpose) and thereafter to hold all Notes and Coupons and all sums, documents and records held by them in respect of Notes and Coupons on behalf of the Trustee; and/or

 

(ii)                                  to deliver up all Notes and Coupons and all sums, documents and records held by them in respect of Notes and Coupons to the Trustee or as the Trustee shall direct in such notice provided that such notice shall be deemed not to apply to any document or record which the relevant Paying Agent is obliged not to release by any law or regulation; and

 

(b)                                 by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Guarantors require each of them to make all subsequent payments in respect of Notes and Coupons to or to the order of the Trustee and with effect from the issue of any such notice until such notice is withdrawn, sub-clause 2.1(a) of Clause 2.1 (Covenant to Repay) and (so far as it concerns payments by the Issuer or any Guarantor) Clause 9.4 (Payment to Noteholders and Couponholders) shall cease to have effect.

 

3.                                      THE NOTES

 

3.1                               Global Notes

 

(a)                                 The Notes will initially be represented by the Temporary Global Note in the principal amount of €500,000,000.  Interests in the Temporary Global Note shall be exchangeable, in accordance with its terms, for interests in the Permanent Global Note.

 

(b)                                 The Permanent Global Note shall be exchangeable, in accordance with its terms, for Notes in definitive form.

 

3.2                               The definitive Notes

 

The definitive Notes and the Coupons will be security printed in accordance with applicable legal and stock exchange requirements substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 2 (Form of Definitive Note).  The definitive Notes will be endorsed with the Conditions.

 

3.3                               Signature

 

The Global Notes, the Notes and the Coupons will be signed manually or in facsimile by an Authorised Signatory of the Issuer and, in the case of the Global Notes, will be authenticated manually by or on behalf of the Principal Paying Agent.  The Global Notes will be effectuated by the common safekeeper acting on the instructions of the Principal Paying Agent.  The Issuer may use the facsimile signature of a person who at the date of this Trust Deed is such a duly authorised person even if at the time of issue of any Notes and/or Coupons he is no longer so authorised.  Notes and Coupons

 

16

 

so executed, authenticated (in the case of Notes) and effectuated (in the case of Global Notes) will be binding and valid obligations of the Issuer.

 

3.4                               Entitlement to treat holder as owner

 

The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and any Paying Agent may deem and treat the holder of any Note or of a particular principal amount of the Notes and the holder of any Coupon as the absolute owner of such Note, principal amount or Coupon, as the case may be (whether or not such Note, principal amount or Coupon shall be overdue and regardless of any notice of ownership, trust or interest therein, any writing thereon or any notice of previous loss or theft of such Note or Coupon) for all purposes and, except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by applicable law, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Paying Agents shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.  All payments made to any such holder shall be valid and, to the extent of the sums so paid, effective to satisfy and discharge the liability for the monies payable upon such Note, principal amount or Coupon, as the case may be.

 

4.                                      GUARANTEES

 

4.1                               Guarantee and Indemnity

 

Each Guarantor hereby absolutely, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably and, notwithstanding the release of any other guarantor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditors of the Issuer, as a continuing obligation guarantees to the Trustee:

 

(a)                                 the payment of all sums expressed to be payable by the Issuer under this Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement or in respect of the Notes and Coupons, as and when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity, upon early redemption, upon acceleration or otherwise; and

 

(b)                                 the punctual performance by the Issuer of all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and the Coupons, under this Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement,

 

in each case, according to the terms of the Notes and Coupons, this Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement.  In case of the failure of the Issuer to pay any such sum as and when the same shall become due and payable, each Guarantor hereby agrees to cause such payment to be made as and when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity, upon early redemption, upon acceleration or otherwise, as if such payment were made by the Issuer.  In case of the failure of the Issuer to perform any such other obligation as and when the same shall become due for performance, each Guarantor hereby agrees to use its best efforts to procure the performance of such other obligation as and when the same becomes due for performance.

 

4.2                               Guarantors as principal debtors

 

Each Guarantor agrees, as an independent primary obligation, that it shall pay to the Trustee on demand sums sufficient to indemnify the Trustee and each Noteholder and Couponholder against any loss sustained by the Trustee or such Noteholder or Couponholder by reason of:

 

17

 

(a)                                 the non-payment as and when the same shall become due and payable of any sum expressed to be payable by the Issuer under this Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement or in respect of the Notes and Coupons; or

 

(b)                                 the non-performance as and when the same shall become due for performance of any other obligation expressed to be assumed by the Issuer in this Trust Deed or the Agency Agreement or in respect of the Notes and Coupons,

 

in each case, whether by reason of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by the Issuer in this Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement or the Notes being or becoming void, voidable or unenforceable for any reason, whether or not known to the Trustee or such Noteholder or Couponholder or for any other reason whatsoever.

 

4.3                               Unconditional payment

 

If the Issuer defaults in the payment of any sum expressed to be payable by the Issuer under this Trust Deed or the Agency Agreement or in respect of the Notes or Coupons as and when the same shall become due and payable, the Guarantors shall within five Business Days of receipt of demand unconditionally pay or procure to be paid to or to the order of the Trustee in euro in a city in which banks have access to the TARGET System in immediately available freely transferable funds the amount in respect of which such default has been made; provided that every payment of such amount made by any Guarantor to the Principal Paying Agent in the manner provided in the Agency Agreement shall be deemed to cure pro tanto such default by the Issuer and shall be deemed for the purposes of this Clause 4 (Guarantees) to have been paid to or for the account of the Trustee except to the extent that there is failure in the subsequent payment of such amount to the Noteholders and Couponholders in accordance with the Conditions, and everything so paid by any Guarantor in accordance with the Agency Agreement shall have the same effect as if it had been paid thereunder by the Issuer.

 

4.4                               Unconditional obligation

 

Each Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, and that each Guarantor shall be fully liable irrespective of the validity, regularity, legality or enforceability of this Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement or any Note or Coupon, or any change in or amendment hereto or thereto, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver, authorisation or consent by any Noteholder or Couponholder or by the Trustee with respect to any provision of this Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement or the Notes, the obtaining of any judgment against the Issuer or any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defence of a guarantor.

 

4.5                               Guarantors’ obligations continuing

 

Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest or notice with respect to any Note or the indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever.  Each Guarantor agrees that the guarantee and indemnity contained in this Clause 4 (Guarantees) is a continuing guarantee and indemnity and shall remain in full force and effect until all 

 

18

 

amounts due as principal, interest or otherwise in respect of the Notes or Coupons or under this Trust Deed or the Agency Agreement shall have been paid in full and that it shall not be discharged by anything other than a complete performance of the obligations contained in this Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement and the Notes and Coupons.

 

The Trustee may determine from time to time whether or not it will enforce this guarantee which it may do without making any demand or taking any proceedings against the Issuer and may from time to time make any arrangement or compromise with the Guarantors in relation to this guarantee which the Trustee may consider expedient in the interests of the Noteholders.

 

4.6                               Subrogation of Guarantors’ rights

 

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Noteholders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by such Guarantor pursuant hereto; provided that no Guarantor shall without the consent of the Trustee be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon or prove in any insolvency or winding up of the Issuer in respect of, such right of subrogation until such time as the principal of and interest on all outstanding Notes and Coupons and all other amounts due under this Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement and the Notes and Coupons have been paid in full.  Furthermore, until such time as aforesaid, no Guarantor shall take any security or counter indemnity from the Issuer in respect of such Guarantor’s obligations under this Clause 4 (Guarantees).

 

4.7                               Repayment to the Issuer

 

If any payment received by the Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement or the Conditions shall, on the subsequent bankruptcy, insolvency, corporate reorganisation or other similar event affecting the Issuer, be avoided, reduced, invalidated or set aside under any laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, corporate reorganisation or other similar events, such payment shall not be considered as discharging or diminishing the liability of any Guarantor whether as guarantor, principal debtor or indemnifier and the guarantee and indemnity contained in this Clause 4 (Guarantees) shall continue to apply as if such payment had at all times remained owing by the Issuer and each Guarantor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Trustee and the Noteholders on the terms of the guarantee and indemnity contained in this Clause 4 (Guarantees).

 

4.8                               Suspense account

 

Any amount received or recovered by the Trustee from the Guarantors in respect of any sum payable by the Issuer under this Trust Deed or the Notes or the Coupons may be placed in a suspense account and kept there for so long as the Trustee thinks fit.

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Issuer under this Trust Deed have been irrevocably paid in full, the Trustee may refrain from applying or enforcing any other monies, security or rights held or received by the Trustee in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantors shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same.

 

19

 

4.9                               New Guarantors

 

In connection with the proposed accession of any Subsidiary of the Issuer as a Guarantor pursuant to Condition 2(d) (Guarantees by Subsidiaries), no such accession shall be effective until the Trustee shall have completed such ‘‘know your customer checks’’ as it shall, in its sole discretion, deem sufficient, and the Trustee shall have received:

 

(a)                                 a duly executed trust deed supplemental to this Trust Deed (in such form as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation where that Subsidiary is organised) containing a joint and several guarantee and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall agree to be bound by this Trust Deed and guarantee the obligations of the Issuer in respect of the Notes, the Coupons and this Trust Deed on terms mutatis mutandis (to the extent lawful) as this Clause 4.9 as fully as if such Subsidiary had been named in this Trust Deed as an Original Guarantor; and

 

(b)                                 a duly executed paying agency agreement supplemental to the Paying Agency Agreement in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee and the Paying Agents pursuant to which such Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Paying Agency Agreement as fully as if such Subsidiary had been named therein as an Original Guarantor,

 

and such Subsidiary, the other Guarantors and the Issuer shall have complied with such other requirements to assure more fully that the agreements in sub-clauses 4.9(a) and 4.9(b) above are enforceable as the Trustee may direct in the interests of the Noteholders.

 

The Trustee reserves the right to call for such further evidence as to the due execution and delivery and enforceability of the agreements in sub-clauses 4.9(a) and 4.9(b) above as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall consider necessary or desirable including, without limitation, any legal opinions in support thereof as the Trustee shall consider necessary or desirable.  Such further evidence shall be provided at the cost and expense of the Issuer.

 

4.10                        Release of Guarantors

 

If any Guarantor has been released or discharged from its obligations as a Guarantor in respect of the Notes in accordance with Condition 2(e) (Release of Guarantors), such Guarantor will be deemed to be simultaneously released from its rights and obligations as Guarantor under this Trust Deed from (and including) the relevant date of release.

 

Any such Guarantor not so released shall remain irrevocably and unconditionally liable for its obligations under its Guarantee. The Trustee agrees (at the expense of the Issuer) to enter into an instrument (in a form acceptable to the Trustee) as may be reasonably required by the Issuer evidencing any such release, as shall be delivered to it by the Issuer, upon receipt of (i) a written request from each of the Issuer and such Guarantor, and (ii) the certificate provided in accordance with Condition 2(e) (Release

 

20

 

of Guarantors) upon which the Trustee can rely without further enquiry and without liability to any person.

 

Subject to the delivery of the request and the certificate of the Issuer and the relevant Guarantor referred to above, the Trustee agrees to execute such instrument.

 

4.11                        Trust Deed applies to New Guarantors

 

All the provisions of this Trust Deed relating to the Original Guarantors and the Guarantors shall apply to any New Guarantor in all respects as if such New Guarantor had been a party to this Trust Deed and references herein to the Original Guarantors and Guarantors had included the New Guarantor.

 

Each Guarantor consents to the accession of any Subsidiary of the Issuer as a New Guarantor and shall be jointly and severally liable with such New Guarantor without the necessity for such Guarantor to execute the trust deed supplemental to this Trust Deed referred to in Clause 4.9 (New Guarantors) above.

 

4.12                        U.S.  Guarantee Limitations

 

Each Guarantor organised or incorporated under the laws of any state of the United States of America or the District of Columbia confirms that it is the intention of all such persons that the obligations of each Guarantor organised or incorporated under the laws of any state of the United States of America or the District of Columbia under this Clause 4 (Guarantees) do not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for the purposes of any proceeding of the type referred to in Condition 8(f) (Insolvency, etc.) or Condition 8(g) (Winding up, etc.) or Title 11, U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act as promulgated by the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act as promulgated by the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws or any similar foreign or state law, to the extent applicable to the obligations of such Guarantor under this Clause 4 (Guarantees). To effect the foregoing intention, the Issuer, Trustee and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each such Guarantor at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the obligations of such Guarantor under this Clause 4 (Guarantees) not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

4.13                        Italian Guarantor Limitations

 

(a)                                 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Trust Deed, the maximum amount that the Italian Guarantor will be required to pay under this Guarantee in respect of the obligations of the Issuer and any Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not a Subsidiary of the Italian Guarantor will be limited to the Pro Rata Share of:

 

(i)                                     the principal amount of any indebtedness of the Italian Guarantor (or any Subsidiary of the Italian Guarantor) as “Borrower” under and as defined in the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement and the Senior Term Loan Agreement (including any refinancing thereof); and

 

21

 

(ii)                                  the principal amount of all intercompany loans (whether documented by an intercompany loan agreement, a promissory note or otherwise) advanced (or granted) to the Italian Guarantor (or any Subsidiary of the Italian Guarantor) by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer after the date of the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement,

 

in each case under clauses (i) and (ii) above, as such amounts are outstanding on the first date on which a demand is made upon the Italian Guarantor to pay under a Qualifying Guarantee.

 

(b)                                 In any event, for the sole purposes of complying with article 1938 of the Italian Civil Code, the maximum amount that the Italian Guarantor may be required to pay in respect of its obligations as Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not exceed €550,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency).

 

(c)                                  If any creditor or class of creditors of Senior Liabilities irrevocably and unconditionally waives such Senior Liabilities or agrees not to make a demand or fails to file a claim or a demand in the context of an insolvency, bankruptcy or similar proceedings resulting in the final and irrevocable discharge of such Senior Liabilities or finally and irrevocably barring any further right to claim for payments under the relevant Qualifying Guarantee, the Pro Rata Share will be recalculated as of the initial calculation date to exclude the Senior Liabilities owed to such creditor or class of creditors on such date and the Italian Guarantor will pay any additional amounts then due under its Guarantee.

 

(d)                                 The amount payable under the Italian Guarantor’s Guarantee will be calculated by reference to the amounts of the Senior Liabilities which are outstanding on the first date on which a demand is made upon the Italian Guarantor to pay under a Qualifying Guarantee of those Senior Liabilities. For the purposes of such, calculation amounts which are not denominated in euro will be converted into euro at the Security Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of euro with U.S. dollars in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 am (London time) on the date of calculation.

 

(e)                                  For purposes of this Clause 4.13 (Italian Guarantor Limitations):

 

(i)                                     “Existing GTECH Notes” means, collectively, the Notes and the €500,000,000 5.375% Guaranteed Notes due 2018 of the Issuer;

 

(ii)                                  “Existing IGT Notes” means, collectively, the $500,000,000 7.500% Notes due 2019, the $300,000,000 5.500% Notes due 2020 and the $500,000,000 5.350% Notes, of International Game Technology;

 

(iii)                               “Italian Civil Code” means the Italian civil code (codice civile), enacted by Royal Decree No. 22 of March 16, 1942, as subsequently amended and supplemented;

 

(iv)                              “Italian Guarantor” means Lottomatica Holding S.r.l., a limited liability company (Società a Responsabilità Limitata) under the laws of the Republic of Italy;

 

22

 

(v)                                 “New Notes” means, collectively, the $600,000,000 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2020, the $1,500,000,000 6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2022, the $1,100,000,000 6.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2025, the €700,000,000 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 and the €850,000,000 4.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 issued by the Issuer;

 

(vi)                              “Pro Rata Share” means the proportion that the aggregate amount of the Senior Liabilities owed to the Noteholders bears to the amount of all outstanding Senior Liabilities guaranteed by Qualifying Guarantees by the Italian Guarantor, as such Senior Liabilities are outstanding on the first date on which a demand is made upon the Italian Guarantor to pay under a Qualifying Guarantee;

 

(vii)                           “Qualifying Guarantees” means guarantees permitted or not prohibited to be given by the Italian Guarantor under the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement, the Senior Term Loan Agreement and the Relevant Notes (or any additional notes issued by the Issuer), copies of which have been provided to the Security Agent, in respect of indebtedness which is permitted or not prohibited to be incurred by the Issuer and any Subsidiary of the Issuer under the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement, the Senior Term Loan Agreement and the Relevant Notes (or any additional notes issued by the Issuer) and which contain a limitation equivalent to the limitation in this Clause 4.13 (Italian Guarantor Limitations) (as certified by the Issuer to the Security Agent);

 

(viii)                        “Relevant Notes” means the New Notes, the Existing GTECH Notes and the Existing IGT Notes;

 

(ix)                              “Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement” means the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement dated 4 November 2014 for the $1,500,000,000 and €850,000,000 multicurrency revolving credit facilities between, amongst others, the Issuer as parent and a borrower, GTECH US, as a borrower and J.P. Morgan Limited and Mediobanca—Banca di Credito Finanziario S.p.A., as the global coordinators, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time;

 

(x)                                 “Senior Liabilities” means all amounts that are “Senior Secured Liabilities” under and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement or which do not constitute such liabilities solely because they are unsecured and the holders thereof have accordingly not become parties to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(xi)                              “Senior Term Loan Agreement” means the €800,000,000 senior loan agreement dated 29 January 2015 between the Issuer and BNP Paribas, Italian Branch, Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A., Mediobanca—Banca di Credito Finanziario S.p.A. and Unicredit Bank AG, Milan Branch S.p.A., as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

 

23

 

4.14                        Luxembourg Guarantee Limitations

 

(a)                                 Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary provided in this Trust Deed, the Guarantee granted by any Guarantor which is incorporated and established in the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg (a “Luxembourg Guarantor”) under this Clause 4 (Guarantees) for the obligations of any entity which is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of such Luxembourg Guarantor (the “Limited Guarantee”) shall, together with any similar guarantee obligations of such Luxembourg Guarantor under the Debt Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), be limited at any time to an aggregate amount not exceeding the higher of:

 

(i)                                     ninety-five percent (95%) of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s capitaux propres (as referred to in article 34 of the Luxembourg law dated 19 December 2002 on the commercial register and annual accounts, as amended (the “2002 Law”)) determined as at the date on which a demand is made under the Limited Guarantee as stated in the Luxembourg Guarantor’s then most recently approved financial statements, increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities; and

 

(ii)                                  ninety-five percent (95%) of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s capitaux propres (as referred to in article 34 of the 2002 Law) determined as at the date of this Trust Deed as stated in the Luxembourg Guarantor’s most recently approved financial statements at such date, increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities.

 

(b)                                 For the purpose of this Clause 4.14 (Luxembourg Guarantee Limitations), “Intra-Group Liabilities” shall mean any amounts owed by the Luxembourg Guarantor to any other member of the group of companies to which it belongs and that have not been financed (directly or indirectly) by a borrowing under the Debt Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

(c)                                  In addition, the above limitation shall not apply to (i) any amounts (if any) borrowed directly or indirectly by or made available by whatever means to that Luxembourg Guarantor or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries under the Debt Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and (ii) any amounts borrowed under the Debt Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and on-lent to the Luxembourg Guarantor or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (in any form whatsoever).

 

4.15                        German Guarantee Limitation

 

(a)                                 The enforcement of the guarantee created under this Clause 4 (Guarantees) and any indemnity owing under this Trust Deed or the Agency Agreement or in respect of the Notes or Coupons by a Guarantor incorporated and existing as a German limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung) (a “German GmbH Guarantor”), shall be subject to the following limitations:

 

(b)                                 To the extent that the Guarantee secures, or to the extent that any indemnity of a German GmbH Guarantor would result in a payment of, liabilities of its 

 

24

 

direct or indirect shareholder(s) (an “Up-stream Guarantee”) or its affiliated companies (verbundenes Unternehmen) within the meaning of section 15 of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) (other than Subsidiaries of that German GmbH Guarantor) (“Cross-stream Guarantee”) (save for any guarantees or indemnity in respect of funds to the extent they are on-lent, or otherwise passed on, and/or they replace or refinance funds which were on-lent, or otherwise passed on, in each case to that German GmbH Guarantor or its Subsidiaries, and such amount on-lent or otherwise passed on is not returned (if returned, a limitation will only apply to the extent the repayment has been proved by an up-to-date balance sheet)), the Guarantee or such indemnity shall not be enforced at the time of the respective Payment Demand (as defined below) if and only to the extent the German GmbH Guarantor demonstrates that the enforcement would have the effect of:

 

(i)                                     causing the relevant German GmbH Guarantor’s Net Assets to be reduced to an amount less than its stated share capital (Stammkapital) , or

 

(ii)                                  (if its Net Assets are already below its stated share capital) causing such amount to be further reduced,

 

and thereby affecting its assets required for the maintenance of its stated share capital (Stammkapital) pursuant to sections 30, 31 German Limited Liability Company Act (Gesetz betreffend die Gesellschaften mit beschränkter Haftung) (“GmbHG”) (as applicable at the time of enforcement) (each of the circumstances set out in sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, respectively a “Capital Impairment”).

 

(c)                                  “Net Assets” means the relevant company’s net assets (Nettovermögen), the value of which shall generally be determined in accordance with the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch) (“HGB”) consistently applied by the German GmbH Guarantor in preparing its unconsolidated balance sheets (Jahresabschluss according to Section 42 GmbHG, Sections 242, 264 HGB) in previous years, save that:

 

(i)                                     the amount of any increase of the stated share capital (Erhöhung des Stammkapitals) after the date of this Trust Deed (1) that has been effected out of retained earnings (Kapitalerhöhung aus Gesellschaftsmitteln) or (2) to the extent that it is not fully paid up, shall be deducted from the stated share capital;

 

(ii)                                  loans received by, and other contractual liabilities of, the relevant German GmbH Guarantor which are subordinated within the meaning of section 39 sub-section 1 no. 5 or section 39 sub-section 2 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (contractually or by law) shall be disregarded;

 

(iii)                               loans and other contractual liabilities incurred by the relevant German GmbH Guarantor in violation of the provisions of this Trust Deed, the Notes or the Security Documents shall be disregarded; and

 

25

 

(iv)                              the costs of the Auditors’ Determination (as defined below) shall be taken into account either as a reduction of assets or as an increase of liabilities.

 

(d)                                 The limitations set out in sub-clause 4.15(b) only apply if within ten business days following receipt from the Trustee or, in case the Noteholders are entitled to demand payment, from a Noteholder, of a notice stating that it demands payment under the Guarantee or indemnity from the relevant German GmbH Guarantor (the “Payment Demand”) (during which up to ten business days period (but no longer than until the receipt of the Management Determination) the enforcement shall be excluded), the managing director(s) of such German GmbH Guarantor has (have) confirmed in writing to the Trustee or, in case the Noteholders are entitled to demand payment, to the demanding Noteholder(s) (the “Management Determination”):

 

(i)                                     to what extent the Guarantee or indemnity is an Up-stream Guarantee or a Cross-stream Guarantee as described in sub-clause 4.15(b) above; and

 

(ii)                                  in case the German GmbH Guarantor claims the occurrence of a Capital Impairment, which amount of such Up-stream Guarantee and/or Cross-stream Guarantee cannot be enforced as the respective German GmbH Guarantor’s Net Assets are below its stated share capital or such enforcement would cause such German GmbH Guarantor’s Net Assets to be reduced to an amount below its stated share capital, as a result of which such enforcement would lead to a violation of the capital maintenance rules as set out in sections 30, 31 GmbHG, such confirmation is supported by an up-to-date balance sheet of such German GmbH Guarantor together with a detailed calculation of the amount of such German GmbH Guarantor’s Net Assets taking into account the adjustments and obligations set forth in sub-clause 4.15(c) above.

 

The Management Determination shall be prepared as of the date of the Payment Demand. The Trustee or, in case the Noteholders are entitled to demand payment of the Guarantee, a Noteholder, shall then be entitled to enforce the Guarantee or indemnity in an amount which would, in accordance with the Management Determination, not result in a Capital Impairment.

 

(e)                                  Following the Trustee’s or the Noteholder’s receipt, as applicable, of the Management Determination, the relevant German GmbH Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee or, in case the Noteholders are entitled to demand payment, to the demanding Noteholder(s), within twenty business days of the Trustee’s or a Noteholder’s request an up-to-date balance sheet together with a detailed calculation of the amount of the Net Assets of the German GmbH Guarantor, drawn-up by an auditor of international standard and reputation appointed by the relevant German GmbH Guarantor taking into account the adjustments and obligations as set forth in sub-clauses 4.15(c) and (d) above (the “Auditors’ Determination”). The Auditors’ Determination shall be prepared as of the date of the Payment Demand in accordance with the accounting principles as consistently applied and shall be binding on the

 

26

 

Trustee and the Noteholders. The Trustee or, in case the Noteholders are entitled to demand payment, a Noteholder shall then be entitled to enforce the Guarantee or indemnity in an amount which would, in accordance with the Auditor’s Determination, not result in a Capital Impairment.

 

(f)                                   Each German GmbH Guarantor shall use its best efforts to realise within three months after receipt of the Payment Demand and of a request from the Trustee or, in case the Noteholders are entitled to demand payment, from a Noteholder, to the extent legally permitted, any and all of its assets that are (i) shown in the balance sheet with a book value (Buchwert) that is substantially lower (at least 30 per cent lower) than the market value of the assets and (ii) not required for continuing its business (betriebsnotwendig), if the German GmbH Guarantor claims the occurrence of a Capital Impairment. After the expiry of such three months period the German GmbH Guarantor shall, within ten business days, notify the Trustee or, in case the Noteholders are entitled to demand payment, the demanding Noteholder(s) of (i) the amount of the proceeds from the sale and (ii) submit a statement setting forth a new calculation of the amount of the Net Assets of the German GmbH Guarantor taking into account such proceeds (the “New Calculation”). The New Calculation shall, upon the request from the Trustee or, in case the Noteholders are entitled to demand payment, from a Noteholder, be confirmed by the auditors referred to in sub-clause 4.15(e) above within a period of twenty business days following the request (the “Audited New Calculation”). The Audited New Calculation shall be binding on the Trustee and the Noteholders. The Trustee or, in case the Noteholders are entitled to demand payment, a Noteholder shall then be entitled to enforce the Guarantee or indemnity in an amount which would, in accordance with the New Calculation or, if an Audited New Calculation has been requested, with the Audited New Calculation, not result in a Capital Impairment.

 

(g)                                  The restrictions set forth in sub-clause 4.15(b) above shall only apply, if so long as and to the extent that:

 

(i)                                     the relevant German GmbH Guarantor has complied with its obligations pursuant to sub-clauses 4.15(d) and (f) above;

 

(ii)                                  the relevant German GmbH Guarantor is not a party to a profit and loss sharing agreement (Gewinnabführungsvertrag) and/or a domination agreement (Beherrschungsvertrag) where the relevant German GmbH Guarantor is the dominated entity (beherrschtes Unternehmen) and/or the entity being obliged to share its profits with the other party of such profit and loss sharing agreement which agreement provides the relevant German GmbH Guarantor with a fully valuable (werthaltig) compensation claim against the dominating entity (herschendes Unternehmen), provided that such fully valuable compensation claim shall no longer be required (and the absence of such claim would not hold up the applicability of any limitations hereunder) if, at the time of enforcement, section 30 sub-section 1 sentence 2 (first alternative) GmbHG has been construed by a ruling of the German Federal Court of Justice (Bundesgerichtshof) in a way that such compensation claim is not required for the application of section 30 sub-section 1 sentence 2 (first alternative) GmbHG; and

 

27

 

(iii)          the relevant German GmbH Guarantor does, at the time of the Payment Demand, not hold a fully recoverable indemnity or claim for refund (vollwertiger Gegenleistungs- oder Rückgewähranspruch) of any amount so paid against the relevant shareholder.

 

(h)                                 No limitations under this Clause 4.15 will prejudice the rights of the Trustee and the Noteholders to enforce the Guarantee and any indemnity again at any time (subject always to the operation of the limitations set forth above at the time of such further enforcement).

 

(i)            This Clause 4.15 shall apply mutatis mutandis to a Guarantor organised and existing as a partnership with a German limited liability company as unlimited liable partner (e.g., GmbH & Co. KG), provided that in such case and for the purpose of this Clause 4.15 only, any reference to such Guarantor’s net assets (Reinvermögen) shall be deemed to be a reference to the net assets (Reinvermögen) of such unlimited liable partner in the form of limited liability company.

 

(j)                                    For the purpose of this Clause 4.15, the Trustee may rely on Clause 10 (Terms of Appointment).

 

4A.          SECURITY

 

(a)                                 In accordance with Condition 3(b) (Negative Pledge and Security — Security), the due and punctual payment of all amounts payable in respect of the Notes, Coupons and Guarantees when and as the same shall be due and payable and performance of all other obligations under this Trust Deed shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents. The Security Agent shall hold the Security pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents and shall act in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee shall, at the request of the Issuer and upon having provided the Trustee with a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer or two Authorised Signatories of the Issuer certifying compliance with this Clause, execute and deliver a direction to the Security Agent directing the Security Agent to release the relevant Collateral or to execute such other appropriate instrument evidencing such release (in the form provided by and at the expense of the Issuer) or termination of the Security if, and to the extent that, the Security is released in respect of Group Relevant Indebtedness or any guarantee in respect thereof, and provided that such release or termination is in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

5.                                      COVENANT TO COMPLY WITH TRUST DEED AND SCHEDULES

 

The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby covenants with the Trustee to comply with those provisions of this Trust Deed and the Conditions which are expressed to be binding on it and to perform and observe the same.  The Trustee shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and the Coupons as if the same were set out and contained in the Trust Deed, which shall be read and construed as one document with the Notes and the Coupons.  The Notes and the Coupons are subject to the provisions contained in this Trust Deed, all of which shall be binding

 

28

 

upon the Issuer, each Guarantor, the Noteholders and the Couponholders and all persons claiming through or under them respectively.

 

6.                                      COVENANTS BY THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTORS

 

6.1                               The Issuer hereby covenants with the Trustee that, so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, it will:

 

(a)                                 Business: at all times carry on business, and procure that all its Material Subsidiaries carry on business, in a proper and efficient manner;

 

(b)                                 Books of account: at all times keep and procure that all its Material Subsidiaries keep such books of account as may be necessary to comply with all applicable laws and so as to enable the consolidated financial statements of the Issuer to be prepared and allow the Trustee and any person appointed by it free access to the same at all reasonable times and to discuss the same with responsible officers of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Material Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                  Financial statements: send to the Trustee and to the Principal Paying Agent in the English language (a) as soon as the same become available and in any event no later than 30 days following the publication of its year-end consolidated financial statements, ten copies of its consolidated financial statements for such year audited by an internationally recognised firm of independent auditors; and (b) as soon as the same becomes available and in any event no later than 30 days following the publication of its six-monthly interim consolidated financial statements, ten copies of its consolidated financial statements for such six month period subject to a limited review by an internationally recognised firm of independent auditors together with copies of every report or other notice, statement or circular issued (or which under any legal or contractual obligation should be issued) to its members or holders of debentures or creditors (or any class of them) in their capacity as such at the time of the actual (or legally or contractually required) issue or publication thereof and procure that the same are made available for inspection by Noteholders and Couponholders at the Specified Offices of the Paying Agents as soon as practicable thereafter;

 

(d)                                 Certificate in relation to Material Subsidiaries: give to the Trustee, as soon as reasonably practicable after the acquisition or disposal of any Subsidiary which thereby becomes or ceases to be a Material Subsidiary or after any transfer is made to any Subsidiary which thereby becomes a Material Subsidiary, a certificate by the Chief Financial Officer or two Authorised Signatories to such effect; such certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and all Noteholders;

 

(e)                                  Notices to Noteholders: send or procure to be sent to the Trustee not less than three days prior to the date of publication, for the Trustee’s approval, one copy of each notice to be given to the Noteholders in accordance with the Conditions and not publish such notice without such approval and, upon publication, send to the Trustee two copies of such notice (such approval,

 

29

 

unless so expressed, not to constitute approval of such notice for the purpose of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000);

 

(f)                                   Notification of non-payment: use its reasonable endeavours to procure that the Principal Paying Agent notifies the Trustee in writing forthwith in the event that it does not, on or before the due date for payment in respect of the Notes or any of them or any of the Coupons, receive unconditionally the full amount in the relevant currency of the monies payable on such due date on all such Notes or Coupons, as the case may be;

 

(g)                                  Notification of late payment: in the event of the unconditional payment to the Principal Paying Agent or the Trustee of any sum due in respect of the Notes or any of them or any of the Coupons being made after the due date for payment thereof, forthwith give notice to the Noteholders that such payment has been made;

 

(h)                                 Notification of redemption or repayment: not less than the number of days specified in the relevant Condition prior to the redemption or repayment date in respect of any Note, give to the Trustee notice in writing of the amount of such redemption or repayment pursuant to the Conditions and duly proceed to redeem or repay such Note accordingly;

 

(i)                                     Notification of Put Event: promptly upon the Issuer becoming aware that a Put Event has occurred, the Issuer shall give notice of such event to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) specifying the nature of the Put Event and circumstances giving rise to it and the procedure for exercising the Put Option contained in Condition 5(c) (Redemption of the option of Noteholders).  Failure by the Issuer to give such notice shall not affect the rights of the Noteholders pursuant to Condition 5(c) (Redemption at the option of Noteholders);

 

(j)                                    Tax redemption: if the Issuer gives notice to the Trustee that it intends to redeem the Notes pursuant to Condition 5(b) (Redemption for tax reasons) the Issuer shall, prior to giving such notice to the Noteholders, provide such information to the Trustee as the Trustee requires in order to satisfy itself of the matters referred to in such Condition 5(b) (Redemption for tax reasons);

 

(k)           Change of Paying Agents: give notice to the Noteholders and to the Trustee of any appointment, resignation or removal of any Paying Agent after having obtained the written approval of the Trustee thereto, or of any change of any Paying Agent’s Specified Office and at least 30 days prior to such event occurring, in each case subject to the terms of the Agency Agreement;

 

(l)                                     Obligations of Paying Agents: observe and comply with and perform all its obligations under the Agency Agreement, use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Paying Agents observe, comply with and perform all their obligations under the Agency Agreement and notify the Trustee immediately if it becomes aware of any material breach of such obligations, or failure by a Paying Agent to comply with such obligations, in relation to the Notes or Coupons and not make any amendment or modification to such Agency Agreement without the prior written approval of the Trustee;

 

30

 

(m)                             Listing: at all times use all reasonable endeavours to maintain the listing of the Notes on the official list of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and maintain the trading of the Notes on the Euro MTF market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or, if it is unable to do so having used all reasonable endeavours or if the maintenance of such listing and/or trading is agreed by the Trustee to be unduly burdensome or impractical, use reasonable endeavours to obtain and maintain a quotation or listing of the Notes on such other stock exchange or exchanges and/or trading of the Notes on such other securities market or markets as the Issuer and the Guarantors may (with the approval of the Trustee, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) decide and give notice of the identity of such other stock exchange or exchanges and/or securities market or markets to the Noteholders; and

 

(n)                                 Tax laws

 

In order to comply with applicable tax laws (inclusive of any current and future laws, rules, regulations, intergovernmental agreements and interpretations thereof promulgated by competent authorities) related to this Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement and the Notes in effect from time to time (“Applicable Law”) that a foreign financial institution, the Issuer, the Trustee or the Paying Agents is or has agreed to be subject to, the Issuer agrees (i) to provide to the Trustee sufficient information about the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and transactions entered into by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (including any modification to the terms of such transactions) so the Trustee can determine whether it has tax related obligations under Applicable Law, (ii) that the Trustee shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments to comply with Applicable Law for which the Trustee shall not have any liability, and (iii) to hold harmless the Trustee for any losses it may suffer due to the actions it takes to comply with Applicable Law, unless such losses are the result of the Trustee’s fraud or gross negligence. The terms of this Clause 6.1(n) shall survive the termination of this Trust Deed.

 

6.2                               Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby covenants with the Trustee that, so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding it will:

 

(a)                                 Event of Default: give notice in writing to the Trustee forthwith upon becoming aware of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default and without waiting for the Trustee to take any further action;

 

(b)                                 Certificate of compliance: provide to the Trustee within ten days of any request by the Trustee and at the time of the despatch to the Trustee of the Issuer’s year-end consolidated financial statements as provided for in Clause 6.l(c) (Financial statements), and in any event not later than 30 days following the publication of the year-end consolidated financial statements of the Issuer, a certificate in the English language signed by the Chief Financial Officer or two Authorised Signatories of the Issuer and two Authorised Signatories of the Guarantors certifying that up to a specified date not earlier than seven days prior to the date of such certificate (the “Certified Date”) the Issuer and the Guarantors have complied with all provisions relating to the Issuer and the Guarantors as specified under this Trust Deed and/or the Conditions (or, if such is not the case, giving details of the circumstances of such non-

 

31

 

compliance) and that as at such date there did not exist nor had there existed at any time prior thereto since the Certified Date in respect of the previous such certificate (or, in the case of the first such certificate, since the date of this Trust Deed) any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or other matter which would affect the Issuer’s or each Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Trust Deed or (if such is not the case) specifying the same;

 

(c)                                  Accounts in relation to Material Subsidiaries: ensure that such accounts are prepared as may be necessary to determine which Subsidiaries of the Issuer are Material Subsidiaries and procure that the Auditors prepare and deliver to the Trustee at the time of issue of every audited consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and at any other time upon the request of the Trustee a certificate or report specifying the Material Subsidiaries at the date of such balance sheet or request;

 

(d)                                 Information: so far as permitted by applicable law, at all times give to the Trustee such information, opinions, certificates and other evidence as it shall require and in such form as it shall require (including, without limitation, the certificates called for by the Trustee pursuant to Clause 6.2(b) (Certificate of compliance) for the performance of its functions;

 

(e)                                  Notes held by Issuer, the Guarantors or any Subsidiary: send to the Trustee forthwith upon being so requested in writing by the Trustee a certificate of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor (in each case signed on their behalf by, with respect to the Issuer, the Chief Financial Officer or two Authorised Signatories, and, with respect to a Guarantor, two Authorised Signatories) setting out the total number of Notes which at the date of such certificate are held by or for the benefit of the Issuer, such Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

 

(f)                                   Execution of further documents: so far as permitted by applicable law, at all times execute all such further documents and do all such further acts and things as may be necessary at any time or times in the opinion of the Trustee to give effect to the provisions of this Trust Deed;

 

(g)                                  Permitted Restructuring

 

(i)                                     in the event of a Permitted Restructuring whereby the Substituted Obligor assumes all the assets and liabilities of a Guarantor and assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee:

 

(A)                               on or prior to such Permitted Restructuring, ensure the Substituted Obligor enters into a supplemental deed in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee agreeing to be bound by this Trust Deed and the Notes (with consequential amendments as the Trustee may deem appropriate) (the “Supplemental Deed”) as if such Substituted Obligor had been named in this Trust Deed and the Notes as a Guarantor,

 

32

 

(B)          on or prior to such Permitted Restructuring, ensure the Substituted Obligor enters into a supplemental agreement in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee and the Paying Agents agreeing to be bound by the Agency Agreement (with consequential amendments as the Paying Agents and the Trustee may deem appropriate) (the “Supplemental Agency Agreement”) as if such Substituted Obligor had been named in the Agency Agreement as a Guarantor,

 

(C)          ensure the Substituted Obligor provides undertakings or covenants in the Supplemental Deed in terms corresponding to the terms of Condition 7 (Taxation);

 

(D)          ensure the Substituted Obligor provides the Trustee with a certificate signed by two directors, or authorised signatories of the Substituted Obligor (or other officers acceptable to the Trustee) addressed to the Trustee (with a form and content satisfactory to the Trustee) certifying that it is solvent both at the time the Permitted Restructuring takes place and immediately thereafter (which certificate the Trustee may rely upon absolutely) and, if so provided, the Trustee shall not be under any duty to have regard to the financial condition, profits or prospects of the Substituted Obligor or to compare the same with those of the relevant Guarantor;

 

(E)           procure the delivery of a legal opinion as to English and any other relevant law, addressed to the Trustee, dated the date of the Supplemental Deed and in a form acceptable to the Trustee from legal advisers acceptable to the Trustee as to the enforceability of the guarantee to be given by the Substituted Obligor and all other obligations assumed by it under the Supplemental Deed and Supplemental Agency Agreement;

 

(F)           prior to the date of the Permitted Restructuring, procure the delivery of a legal opinion as to English and any other relevant law, addressed to the Trustee, dated the date of the Permitted Restructuring confirming that (1) all the assets and liabilities of the relevant Guarantor have been assumed by the Substituted Obligor, and (2) all the obligations of the relevant Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee have been assumed by the Substituted Obligor, and in a form acceptable to the Trustee from legal advisers acceptable to the Trustee; and

 

(G)          comply with, and ensure the Substituted Obligor complies with, all other requirements as the Trustee may direct in the interests of the Noteholders.

 

(ii)           In the event of a Permitted Restructuring whereby the Substituted Obligor assumes all the assets and liabilities of a Material Subsidiary and becomes a Material Subsidiary:

 

33

 

(A)                               prior to the date of the Permitted Restructuring, procure the delivery of a legal opinion as to English and any other relevant law, addressed to the Trustee, dated the date of the Permitted Restructuring confirming that all the assets and liabilities of the relevant Material Subsidiary have been assumed by the Substituted Obligor and in a form acceptable to the Trustee from legal advisers acceptable to the Trustee;

 

(B)                               comply with, and ensure the Substituted Obligor complies with, all other requirements as the Trustee may direct in the interests of the Noteholders; and

 

(C)                               give to the Trustee, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Permitted Restructuring involving any Subsidiary which thereby becomes or ceases to be a Material Subsidiary, a certificate by the Chief Financial Officer or two Authorised Signatories of the Issuer to such effect; such certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and all Noteholders.

 

(h)                                 Chief Financial Officer and Authorised Signatories: upon the execution hereof and thereafter forthwith upon any change of the same, deliver to the Trustee (with a copy to the Principal Paying Agent) the name of the Chief Financial Officer and a list of the Authorised Signatories of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantors, together with certified specimen signatures of the same; and

 

(i)                                     Payments: pay monies payable by it to the Trustee hereunder without set off, counterclaim, deduction or withholding, unless otherwise compelled by law and in the event of any deduction or withholding compelled by law pay such additional amount as will result in the payment to the Trustee of the amount which would otherwise have been payable by it to the Trustee hereunder.

 

7.                                      AMENDMENTS AND MODIFICATIONS

 

7.1                               Waiver

 

The Trustee may, without any consent or sanction of the Noteholders or Couponholders and without prejudice to its rights in respect of any subsequent breach, condition, event or act, from time to time and at any time, but only if and in so far as in its opinion the interests of the Noteholders shall not be materially prejudiced thereby, authorise or waive, on such terms and conditions (if any) as shall seem expedient to it, any breach or proposed breach of any of the covenants or provisions contained in this Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement, or the Notes or Coupons or determine that any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall not be treated as such for the purposes of this Trust Deed; any such authorisation, waiver or determination shall be binding on the Noteholders, the Couponholders and, unless the Trustee otherwise agrees, the Issuer shall cause such authorisation, waiver or determination to be notified to the Noteholders as soon as practicable thereafter in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) relating thereto; provided that the Trustee shall not exercise any powers conferred upon it by this Clause 7.1 (Waiver) in

 

34

 

contravention of any express direction by an Extraordinary Resolution or of a request in writing made by the holders of not less than 25 per cent.  in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (but so that no such direction or request shall affect any authorisation, waiver or determination previously given or made) or so as to authorise or waive any such breach or proposed breach relating to any of the matters the subject of the Reserved Matters as specified and defined in Schedule 3 (Provisions for Meetings of the Noteholders) or other matters pursuant to Article 2415 paragraph 13 of the Italian Civil Code.

 

7.2                               Modifications

 

The Trustee may from time to time and at any time without any consent or sanction of the Noteholders or Couponholders agree to (a) any modification to this Trust Deed (other than in respect of Reserved Matters as specified and defined in Schedule 3 (Provisions for Meetings of the Noteholders) or other matters pursuant to Article 2415 paragraph 13 of the Italian Civil Code or any provision of this Trust Deed referred to in that specification), the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes or the Agency Agreement which in the opinion of the Trustee it may be proper to make provided the Trustee is of the opinion that such modification will not be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders or (b) any modification to this Trust Deed, the Notes or the Agency Agreement if in the opinion of the Trustee such modification is of a formal, minor or technical nature or made to correct a manifest or proven error.  Any such modification shall be binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders and, unless the Trustee otherwise agrees, the Issuer shall cause such modification to be notified to the Noteholders as soon as practicable thereafter in accordance with the Conditions.

 

8.                                      ENFORCEMENT

 

8.1                               Legal proceedings

 

Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and any mandatory provisions of applicable law, the Trustee may at any time, at its discretion and without further notice, institute such proceedings against the Issuer and the Guarantors as it may think fit to recover any amounts due in respect of the Notes which are unpaid or to enforce any of its rights under this Trust Deed or the Conditions or to institute such proceedings or take any other action or step required or requested of it under or in connection with the Intercreditor Agreement, but it shall not be bound to take any such proceedings or any other action under this Trust Deed, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes unless (a) it shall have been so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution or so requested in writing by the holders of at least one-quarter in principal amount of the outstanding Notes and (b) it shall have been indemnified, secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction against all Liabilities to which it may thereby become liable and which may be incurred by it in connection therewith and provided that the Trustee shall not be held liable for the consequence of taking any such action and may take such action without having regard to the effect of such action on individual Noteholders or Couponholders.  Save for rights and duties of the Noteholders’ Representative under Article 2418 of the Italian Civil Code and the right of each Noteholder or Couponholder under Article 2419 of the Italian Civil Code, only the Trustee may enforce the provisions of the Notes, this Trust Deed or the Intercreditor Agreement and no Noteholder or Couponholder shall be entitled to

 

35

 

proceed directly against the Issuer or any Guarantor unless the Trustee, having become bound so to proceed, fails to do so within a reasonable time and such failure is continuing.

 

8.2                               Evidence of default

 

If the Trustee (or any Noteholder or Couponholder where entitled under this Trust Deed so to do) makes any claim, institutes any legal proceeding or lodges any proof in a winding-up or insolvency of the Issuer or any Guarantor under this Trust Deed or under the Notes, proof therein that:

 

(a)                                 as regards any specified Note the Issuer has made default in paying any principal due in respect of such Note shall (unless the contrary be proved) be sufficient evidence that the Issuer has made the like default as regards all other Notes in respect of which a corresponding payment is then due; and

 

(b)                                 as regards any specified Coupon the Issuer has made default in paying any interest due in respect of such Coupon shall (unless the contrary be proved) be sufficient evidence that the Issuer has made the like default as regards all other Coupons in respect of which a corresponding payment is then due.

 

9.                                      APPLICATION OF MONIES

 

9.1                               Application of monies

 

All monies received by the Trustee in respect of the Notes or amounts payable under this Trust Deed will despite any appropriation of all or part of them by the Issuer or the Guarantors (including any monies which represent principal or interest in respect of Notes or Coupons which have become void under the Conditions) be held by the Trustee on trust to apply them (subject to Clause 9.2 (Investment of monies)):

 

(a)                                 first, in payment or satisfaction of the Liabilities incurred by the Trustee in the preparation and execution of the trusts of this Trust Deed (including remuneration of the Trustee);

 

(b)                                 secondly, in or towards payment pari passu and rateably of all arrears of interest remaining unpaid in respect of the Notes and all principal monies due on or in respect of the Notes; and

 

(c)                                  thirdly, the balance (if any) in payment to the Issuer or, if such monies were received from a Guarantor, such Guarantor.

 

If the Trustee holds any monies in respect of Notes and/or Coupons which have become void or in respect of which claims have become prescribed, the Trustee will hold them on these trusts.

 

9.2                               Investment of monies

 

If the amount of the monies at any time available for payment of principal and interest in respect of the Notes under Clause 9.1 (Application of monies) shall be less than a sum sufficient to pay at least one-tenth of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the Trustee may, at its discretion, invest such monies in one or more of

 

36

 

the investments authorised herein with power from time to time, with like discretion, to vary such investments; and such investment(s) with the resulting income thereof may be accumulated until the accumulations together with any other funds for the time being under the control of the Trustee and available for the purpose shall amount to a sum sufficient to pay at least one tenth of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and such accumulation and funds (after deduction of any taxes and any other deductibles applicable thereto) shall then be applied in the manner aforesaid.

 

9.3                               Authorised investments

 

Any monies which under this Trust Deed may be invested by the Trustee may be invested in the name or under the control of the Trustee in any of the investments for the time being authorised by English law for the investment by trustees of trust monies or in any other investments, whether similar to those aforesaid or not, which may be selected by the Trustee or by placing the same on deposit in the name or under the control of the Trustee with such bank or other financial institution as the Trustee may think fit and in such currency as the Trustee in its absolute discretion may determine and the Trustee may at any time vary or transfer any of such investments for or into other such investments or convert any monies so deposited into any other currency and shall not be responsible for any Liability occasioned by reason of any such investments or such deposit whether by depreciation in value, fluctuation in exchange rates or otherwise.

 

9.4                               Payment to Noteholders and Couponholders

 

The Trustee shall give notice to the Noteholders in accordance with the Conditions of the date fixed for any payment under Clause 9.1 (Application of monies).  Any payment to be made in respect of the Notes or the Coupons by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee may be made in the manner provided in the Conditions, the Agency Agreement and this Trust Deed and any payment so made shall be a good discharge to the extent of such payment, by the Issuer, such Guarantor or the Trustee, as the case may be.  Any payment in full of interest made in respect of a Coupon in the manner aforesaid shall extinguish any claim of a Noteholder which may arise directly or indirectly in respect of such interest.

 

9.5                               Production of Notes and Coupons

 

Upon any payment under Clause 9.4 (Payment to Noteholders and Couponholders) of principal or interest, the Note or Coupon in respect of which such payment is made shall, if the Trustee so requires, be produced to the Trustee or the Paying Agent by or through whom such payment is made and the Trustee shall, in the case of part payment, enface or cause such Paying Agent to enface a memorandum of the amount and date of payment thereon or, in the case of payment in full, shall cause such Note or Coupon to be surrendered or shall cancel or procure the same to be cancelled and shall certify or procure the certification of such cancellation.

 

9.6                               Noteholders to be treated as holding all Coupons

 

Wherever in this Trust Deed the Trustee is required or entitled to exercise a power, trust, authority or discretion under this Trust Deed, the Trustee shall, notwithstanding

 

37

 

that it may have express notice to the contrary, assume that each Noteholder is the holder of all Coupons appertaining to each Note of which he is the holder.

 

10.                               TERMS OF APPOINTMENT

 

By way of supplement to the Trustee Acts, it is expressly declared as follows:

 

10.1                        Reliance on information

 

(a)                                 Advice: the Trustee may in relation to this Trust Deed act on the opinion or advice of or a certificate or any information obtained from any lawyer, banker, valuer, surveyor, broker, auctioneer, accountant or other expert (whether obtained by the Trustee, the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Subsidiary or any Paying Agent) and which advice or opinion may be provided on such terms (including as to limitations on liability) as the Trustee may consider in its sole discretion to be consistent with prevailing market practice with regard to advice or opinions of that nature and shall not be responsible for any Liability occasioned by so acting; any such opinion, advice, certificate or information may be sent or obtained by letter, telegram, telex, cablegram or facsimile transmission and the Trustee shall not be liable for acting on any opinion, advice, certificate or information so conveyed although the same shall contain some error or shall not be authentic;

 

(b)                                 Certificate of directors or Authorised Signatories: the Trustee may call for and shall be at liberty to accept a certificate signed by (i) in the case of the Issuer, the Chief Financial Officer or two Authorised Signatories of the Issuer, (ii) in the case of a Guarantor, two Authorised Signatories of the relevant Guarantor, or (iii) other person duly authorised on the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s, as the case may be, behalf as to any fact or matter prima facie within the knowledge of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor as sufficient evidence thereof and a like certificate to the effect that any particular dealing, transaction or step or thing is, in the opinion of the person so certifying, expedient as sufficient evidence that it is expedient and the Trustee shall not be bound in any such case to call for further evidence or be responsible for any Liability that may be occasioned by its failing so to do;

 

(c)                                  Reliance on Auditors’ reports: the Trustee may act, or not act, and rely on (and shall have no liability to Noteholders or Couponholders for doing so) certificates or reports provided by the Auditors whether or not addressed to the Trustee and whether or not any such report or any engagement letter or other document entered into by the Trustee and the Auditors in connection therewith contains any limit on the liability of the Auditors (whether by reference to a monetary cap or by reference to the methodology to be employed in producing the same);

 

(d)                                 Resolution or direction of Noteholders: the Trustee shall not be responsible for acting upon any resolution purporting to have been passed at any meeting of the Noteholders in respect whereof minutes have been made and signed or a direction of a specified percentage of Noteholders, even though it may subsequently be found that there was some defect in the constitution of the meeting or the passing of the resolution or the making of the directions or that

 

38

 

for any reason the resolution purporting to have been passed at any Meeting or the making of the directions was not valid or binding upon the Noteholders and Couponholders;

 

(e)                                  Reliance on certification of clearing system: the Trustee may call for and shall be at liberty to accept and place full reliance on as sufficient evidence thereof and shall not be liable to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any Noteholder by reason only of either having accepted as valid or not having rejected an original certificate or letter of confirmation purporting to be signed on behalf of Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other relevant clearing system in relation to any matter;

 

(f)                                   Noteholders as a class: whenever in this Trust Deed the Trustee is required in connection with any exercise of its powers, trusts, authorities or discretions to have regard to the interests of the Noteholders, it shall have regard to the interests of the Noteholders as a class and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall not be obliged to have regard to the consequences of such exercise for any individual Noteholder resulting from his or its being for any purpose domiciled or resident in, or otherwise connected with, or subject to the jurisdiction of, any particular territory;

 

(g)                                  Trustee not responsible for investigations: the Trustee shall not be responsible for, or for investigating any matter which is the subject of, any recital, statement, representation, warranty or covenant of any person contained in this Trust Deed, the Notes, or any other agreement or document relating to the transactions herein or therein contemplated or for the execution, legality, effectiveness, adequacy, genuineness, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence thereof;

 

(h)                                 No Liability as a result of the delivery of a certificate: the Trustee shall have no liability whatsoever for any Liability directly or indirectly suffered or incurred by the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Noteholder, Couponholder or any other person as a result of the delivery by the Trustee to the Issuer of a certificate as to material prejudice pursuant to Condition 8 (Events of Default) on the basis of an opinion formed by it in good faith;

 

(i)                                     No obligation to monitor: the Trustee shall be under no obligation to monitor or supervise the functions of any other person under the Trust Deed, Agency Agreement, Notes or Coupons or any other agreement or document relating to the transactions herein or therein contemplated and shall be entitled, in the absence of actual knowledge of a breach of obligation, to assume that each such person is properly performing and complying with its obligations;

 

(j)                                    Notes held by the Issuer: in the absence of knowledge or express notice to the contrary, the Trustee may assume without enquiry (other than requesting a certificate of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, under Clause 6.2(e) (Notes held by Issuer, the Guarantors or any Subsidiary)), that no Notes are for the time being held by or for the benefit of the Issuer, such Guarantor or their respective Subsidiaries;

 

39

 

(k)                                 Forged Notes: the Trustee shall not be liable to the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Noteholder or Couponholder by reason of having accepted as valid or not having rejected any Note or Coupon as such and subsequently found to be forged, not authentic or not effectuated;

 

(l)                                     Events of Default and Put Events: the Trustee shall not be bound to give notice to any person of the execution of this Trust Deed or to take any steps to ascertain whether any Event of Default, Potential Event of Default or Put Event has happened and, until it shall have actual knowledge or express notice to the contrary, the Trustee shall be entitled to assume that no such Event of Default, Potential Event of Default or Put Event has happened and that each of the Issuer and each Guarantor is observing and performing all the obligations on its part contained in the Notes and Coupons and under this Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement and no event has happened as a consequence of which any of the Notes may become repayable;

 

(m)                             Right to deduct or withhold: notwithstanding anything contained in this Trust Deed, to the extent required by any applicable law, if the Trustee is or will be required to make any deduction or withholding from any distribution or payment made by it hereunder or if the Trustee is or will be otherwise charged to, or is or may become liable to, tax as a consequence of performing its duties hereunder whether as principal, agent or otherwise, and whether by reason of any assessment, prospective assessment or other imposition of liability to taxation of whatsoever nature and whensoever made upon the Trustee, and whether in connection with or arising from any sums received or distributed by it or to which it may be entitled under this Trust Deed (other than in connection with its remuneration as provided for herein) or any investments or deposits from time to time representing the same, including any income or gains arising therefrom or any action of the Trustee in connection with the trusts of this Trust Deed (other than the remuneration herein specified) or otherwise, then the Trustee shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding or, as the case may be, to retain out of sums received by it an amount sufficient to discharge any liability to tax which relates to sums so received or distributed or to discharge any such other liability of the Trustee to tax from the funds held by the Trustee upon the trusts of this Trust Deed; and

 

(n)                                 Evidence of interests in Eurosystem-eligible new Global Notes: the Issuer and the Trustee may call for and place full reliance on any certificate, statement or other document to be issued by Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg as to the principal amount of Notes represented by a Global Note and any such certificate, statement or other document shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.  The Trustee and the Issuer shall not be liable to any person by reason of having accepted as valid or not having rejected any certificate, statement or other document to such effect purporting to be issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg and subsequently found to be forged or not authentic.

 

10.2                        Trustee’s powers and duties

 

(a)                                 Trustee’s determination: the Trustee may determine whether or not a default in the performance or observance by the Issuer or any Guarantor of any

 

40

 

obligation under the provisions of this Trust Deed or contained in the Notes or Coupons is capable of remedy and/or materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders and if the Trustee shall certify that any such default is, in its opinion, not capable of remedy and/or materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders, such certificate shall be conclusive and binding upon the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Noteholders and Couponholders;

 

(b)                                 Determination of questions: the Trustee as between itself and the Noteholders and the Couponholders shall have full power to determine all questions and doubts arising in relation to any of the provisions of this Trust Deed and every such determination, whether made upon a question actually raised or implied in the acts or proceedings of the Trustee, shall be conclusive and shall bind the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders;

 

(c)                                  Trustee’s discretion: the Trustee shall (save as expressly otherwise provided herein) as regards all the trusts, powers, authorities and discretions vested in it by this Trust Deed or by operation of law, have absolute and uncontrolled discretion as to the exercise or non-exercise thereof and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any Liability that may result from the exercise or non-exercise thereof but whenever the Trustee is under the provisions of this Trust Deed bound to act at the request or direction of the Noteholders, the Trustee shall nevertheless not be so bound unless first indemnified and/or provided with security and/or prefunded to its satisfaction against all actions, proceedings, claims and demands to which it may render itself liable and all costs, charges, damages, expenses and liabilities which it may incur by so doing.  Without limiting the general statement above, the Trustee may refrain from taking any action in any jurisdiction if the taking of such action in that jurisdiction would, in its opinion based upon legal advice in the relevant jurisdiction, be contrary to any law of that jurisdiction or, to the extent applicable, of England.  Furthermore, the Trustee may also refrain from taking such action if it would otherwise render it liable to any person in that jurisdiction or England or if, in its opinion based upon such legal advice, it would not have the power to do the relevant thing in that jurisdiction by virtue of any applicable law in that jurisdiction or in England or if it is determined by any court or other competent authority in that jurisdiction or in England that it does not have such power;

 

(d)                                 Trustee’s consent: any consent given by the Trustee for the purposes of this Trust Deed may be given on such terms and subject to such conditions (if any) as the Trustee may require;

 

(e)                                  Conversion of currency: where it is necessary or desirable for any purpose in connection with this Trust Deed to convert any sum from one currency to another it shall (unless otherwise provided by this Trust Deed or required by law) be converted at such rate or rates, in accordance with such method and as at such date for the determination of such rate of exchange, as may be specified by the Trustee in its absolute discretion as relevant and any rate, method and date so specified shall be binding on the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Noteholders and the Couponholders;

 

41

 

(f)            Application of proceeds: the Trustee shall not be responsible for the receipt or application by the Issuer of the proceeds of the issue of the Notes, the exchange of any Temporary Global Note for any Permanent Global Note or any Permanent Global Note for definitive Notes or the delivery of any Note or Coupon to the persons entitled to them;

 

(g)           Error of judgment: the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by any officer or employee of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters;

 

(h)           Agents: the Trustee may, in the conduct of the trusts of this Trust Deed instead of acting personally, employ and pay an agent on any terms, whether or not a lawyer or other professional person, to transact or conduct, or concur in transacting or conducting, any business and to do or concur in doing all acts required to be done by the Trustee (including the receipt and payment of money) and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any Liability incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it hereunder or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any such person;

 

(i)            Delegation: the Trustee may, in the execution and exercise of all or any of the trusts, powers, authorities and discretions vested in it by this Trust Deed, act by responsible officers or a responsible officer for the time being of the Trustee and the Trustee may also whenever it thinks fit, whether by power of attorney or otherwise, delegate to any person or persons or fluctuating body of persons (whether being a joint trustee of this Trust Deed or not) all or any of the trusts, powers, authorities and discretions vested in it by this Trust Deed and any such delegation may be made upon such terms and conditions and subject to such regulations (including power to sub-delegate with the consent of the Trustee) as the Trustee may think fit in the interests of the Noteholders and the Trustee shall not be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of and shall not in any way or to any extent be responsible for any Liability incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of such delegate or sub delegate;

 

(j)            Custodians and nominees: the Trustee may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to such assets of the trust as the Trustee may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Trust Deed or any document relating to the trust created hereunder and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any Liability incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it hereunder or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any such person; the Trustee is not obliged to appoint a custodian if the Trustee invests in securities payable to bearer; and

 

(k)           Confidential information: the Trustee shall not (unless required by law or ordered so to do by a court of competent jurisdiction) be required to disclose to any Noteholder or Couponholder confidential information or other information made available to the Trustee by the Issuer or the Guarantors in connection with this Trust Deed and no Noteholder or Couponholder shall be entitled to take any action to obtain from the Trustee any such information.

 

42

 

10.3                        Financial matters

 

(a)                                 Professional charges: any trustee being a banker, lawyer, broker or other person engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to charge and be paid all usual professional and other charges for business transacted and acts done by him or his partner or firm on matters arising in connection with the trusts of this Trust Deed and also his properly incurred charges in addition to disbursements for all other work and business done and all time spent by him or his partner or firm on matters arising in connection with this Trust Deed, including matters which might or should have been attended to in person by a trustee not being a banker, lawyer, broker or other professional person;

 

(b)                                 Expenditure by the Trustee: nothing contained in this Trust Deed shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion hereunder if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it; and

 

(c)                                  Trustee may enter into financial transactions with the Issuer: no Trustee and no director or officer of any corporation being a Trustee hereof shall by reason of the fiduciary position of such Trustee be in any way precluded from making any contracts or entering into any transactions in the ordinary course of business with the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any person or body corporate directly or indirectly associated with the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or from accepting the trusteeship of any other debenture stock, debentures or securities of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any person or body corporate directly or indirectly associated with the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, and neither the Trustee nor any such director or officer shall be accountable to the Noteholders or the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any person or body corporate directly or indirectly associated with the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, for any profit, fees, commissions, interest, discounts or share of brokerage earned, arising or resulting from any such contracts or transactions and the Trustee and any such director or officer shall also be at liberty to retain the same for its or his own benefit.

 

10.4                        Disapplication

 

Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Trustee in relation to the trusts constituted by this Trust Deed.  Where there are any inconsistencies between the Trustee Acts and the provisions of this Trust Deed, the provisions of this Trust Deed shall, to the extent allowed by law, prevail and, in the case of any such inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of this Trust Deed shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustee Act 2000.

 

43

 

10.5                        Trustee Liability

 

Subject to Section 750 of the Companies Act 2006 (if applicable) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Trust Deed, the Notes or the Agency Agreement, the Trustee shall not be liable to any person for any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in connection with or in relation to this Trust Deed, the Notes or the Agency Agreement save in relation to its own gross negligence, wilful default or fraud.

 

10.6                        Illegality

 

None of the Agents shall be under any obligation to take any action under this Agreement (i) which may be illegal or contrary to applicable law or regulation or (ii) which it expects will result in any expense, loss, charge or liability accruing to it, the payment of which or adequate indemnity against which within a reasonable time is not, in its opinion, assured to it.

 

11.                               COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

11.1                        Remuneration

 

(a)                                 Normal remuneration: the Issuer shall pay to the Trustee remuneration for its services as trustee as from the date of this Trust Deed, such remuneration to be at such rate as may from time to time be agreed between the Issuer and the Trustee.  Such remuneration shall be payable in advance on the anniversary of the date hereof in each year and the first payment shall be made on the date hereof.  Such remuneration shall accrue from day to day and be payable (in priority to payments to the Noteholders and Couponholders) up to and including the date when, all the Notes having become due for redemption, the redemption monies and interest thereon to the date of redemption have been paid to the Principal Paying Agent or the Trustee, provided that if upon due presentation (if required pursuant to the Conditions) of any Note or Coupon or any cheque, payment of the monies due in respect thereof is improperly withheld or refused, remuneration will commence again to accrue;

 

(b)                                 Extra remuneration: in the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default or the Trustee considering it necessary or being requested by the Issuer to undertake duties which the Trustee and the Issuer or any Guarantor agree to be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the normal duties of the Trustee under this Trust Deed, the Issuer shall pay to the Trustee such additional remuneration as shall be agreed between them;

 

(c)                                  Value added tax: the Issuer shall in addition pay to the Trustee an amount equal to the amount of any value added tax or similar tax chargeable in respect of its remuneration under this Trust Deed;

 

(d)                                 Failure to agree: in the event of the Trustee and the Issuer failing to agree:

 

(i)                                     (in a case to which sub-clause 11.1(a) (Normal remuneration) applies) upon the amount of the remuneration; or

 

44

 

(ii)                                  (in a case to which sub-clause 11.1(b) (Extra remuneration) applies) upon whether such duties shall be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the normal duties of the Trustee under this Trust Deed, or upon such additional remuneration;

 

such matters shall be determined by a person (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Trustee and approved by the Issuer or, failing such approval, nominated (on the application of the Trustee) by the President for the time being of The Law Society of England and Wales (the expenses involved in such nomination and the fees of such person being payable by the Issuer) and the determination of any such person shall be final and binding upon the Trustee and the Issuer;

 

(e)                                  Expenses: the Issuer shall also pay or discharge all reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Trustee in relation to the preparation and execution of, the exercise of its powers and the performance of its duties under, and in any other manner in relation to, this Trust Deed, including but not limited to legal and travelling expenses and any stamp, issue, registration, documentary and other taxes or duties paid or payable by the Trustee in connection with any action taken or contemplated by or on behalf of the Trustee for enforcing, or resolving any doubt concerning, or for any other purpose in relation to, this Trust Deed, in each case upon receipt of proper evidence of such costs, charges and/or expenses;

 

(f)                                   Indemnity: the Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee in respect of all liabilities and expenses incurred by it or by any Appointee or other person appointed by it to whom any trust, power, authority or discretion may be delegated by it in the execution or purported execution of the trusts, powers, authorities or discretions vested in it by this Trust Deed and against all liabilities, actions, proceedings, costs, claims and demands that any of them may incur or that may be made against any of them in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way relating to this Trust Deed provided that it is expressly stated that Clause 10.5 (Trustee Liability) shall apply in relation to these provisions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Trust Deed to the contrary, including, without limitation, any indemnity given, the Trustee shall not in any event be liable for any indirect, special, speculative, punitive or consequential loss, damage or expenses of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profits), whether or not foreseeable, suffered by the Issuer or any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Trust Deed; and

 

(g)                                  Payment of amounts due: all amounts due and payable pursuant to sub-clauses 11.1(e) (Expenses) and 11.1(f) (Indemnity) shall be payable by the Issuer on the date specified in a demand by the Trustee; the rate of interest applicable to such payments shall be two per cent.  per annum above the base rate from time to time of The Bank of New York and interest shall accrue:

 

(i)                                     in the case of payments made by the Trustee prior to the date of the demand, from the date on which the payment was made or such later date as specified in such demand; and

 

45

 

(ii)                                  in the case of payments made by the Trustee on or after the date of the demand, from the date specified in such demand, which date shall not be a date earlier than the date such payments are made.

 

All remuneration payable to the Trustee shall carry interest at the rate specified in this Clause 11.l(g) (Payment of amounts due) from the due date thereof;

 

11.2                        Stamp duties

 

The Issuer (failing which, the Guarantors) will pay all stamp duties, registration taxes, capital duties and other similar duties or taxes (if any) payable on (a) the constitution and issue of the Notes and Coupons, (b) the initial delivery of the Notes, (c) any action taken by the Trustee (or any Noteholder or Couponholder where permitted or required under this Trust Deed so to do) to enforce the provisions of the Notes or this Trust Deed and (d) the execution of this Trust Deed.  If the Trustee (or any Noteholder or Couponholder where permitted under this Trust Deed so to do) shall take any proceedings against the Issuer or any Guarantor in any other jurisdiction and if for the purpose of any such proceedings this Trust Deed or any Notes are taken into any such jurisdiction and any stamp duties or other duties or taxes become payable thereon in any such jurisdiction, the Issuer will pay (or reimburse the person making payment of) such stamp duties or other duties or taxes (including penalties).

 

11.3                        Exchange rate indemnity

 

(a)                                 Currency of account and payment: Euro or, in relation to Clause 11.1 (Remuneration), pounds sterling (the “Contractual Currency”) is the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer and the Guarantors under or in connection with this Trust Deed and the Notes and the Coupons, including damages;

 

(b)                                 Extent of discharge: an amount received or recovered in a currency other than the Contractual Currency (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer, any Guarantor or otherwise), by the Trustee or any Noteholder or Couponholder in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer or such Guarantor will only discharge the Issuer or such Guarantor to the extent of the Contractual Currency amount which the recipient is able to purchase at the applicable market rate (as determined in its sole discretion) with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so); and

 

(c)                                  Indemnity: if that Contractual Currency amount is less than the Contractual Currency amount expressed to be due to the recipient under this Trust Deed or the Notes or the Coupons, the Issuer will indemnify it against any Liability sustained by it as a result.  In any event, the Issuer will indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase.

 

46

 

11.4                        Indemnities separate

 

The indemnities in this Trust Deed constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations in this Trust Deed, will give rise to separate and independent causes of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Trustee and/or any Noteholder or Couponholder and will continue in full force and effect despite any judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under this Trust Deed or the Notes and/or the Coupons or any other judgment or order.  Any such Liability as referred to in sub-clause 11.1(f) (Indemnity) shall be deemed to constitute a Liability suffered by the Trustee, the Noteholders and Couponholders and no proof or evidence of any actual Liability shall be required by the Issuer, any Guarantor or their respective liquidator or liquidators.

 

11.5                        Discharges

 

Notwithstanding any discharge of this Trust Deed or the Trustee’s appointment, the provisions of this Clause 11 (Costs and expenses) shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding such discharge.

 

12.                               APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT

 

12.1                        Appointment of Trustees

 

The power of appointing new trustees of this Trust Deed shall be vested in the Issuer but no person shall be appointed who shall not previously have been approved by an Extraordinary Resolution.  A trust corporation may be appointed sole trustee hereunder but subject thereto there shall be at least two trustees hereof one at least of which shall be a trust corporation.  Any appointment of a new trustee hereof shall as soon as practicable thereafter be notified by the Issuer to the Paying Agents and to the Noteholders.  The Noteholders shall together have the power, exercisable by Extraordinary Resolution, to remove any trustee or trustees for the time being hereof.  The removal of any trustee shall not become effective unless there remains a trustee hereof (being a trust corporation) in office after such removal.

 

12.2                        Co-trustees

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 12.1 (Appointment of Trustees), the Trustee may, upon giving prior notice to the Issuer and the Guarantors but without the consent of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Noteholders, appoint any person established or resident in any jurisdiction (whether a trust corporation or not) to act either as a separate trustee or as a co trustee jointly with the Trustee:

 

(a)                                 if the Trustee considers such appointment to be in the interests of the Noteholders; or

 

(b)                                 for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirements, restrictions or conditions in any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed; or

 

(c)                                  for the purposes of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction either of a judgment already obtained or of this Trust Deed.

 

47

 

12.3                        Attorneys

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors each hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee to be its attorney in its name and on its behalf to execute any such instrument of appointment.  Such a person shall (subject always to the provisions of this Trust Deed) have such trusts, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Trustee by this Trust Deed) and such duties and obligations as shall be conferred on such person or imposed by the instrument of appointment.  The Trustee shall have power in like manner to remove any such person.  Such proper remuneration as the Trustee may pay to any such person, together with any attributable costs, charges and expenses incurred by it in performing its function as such separate trustee or co-trustee, shall for the purposes of this Trust Deed be treated as costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Trustee.

 

12.4                        Retirement of Trustees

 

Any Trustee for the time being of this Trust Deed may retire at any time upon giving not less than three calendar months’ notice in writing to the Issuer and the Guarantors without assigning any reason therefor and without being responsible for any costs occasioned by such retirement.  The retirement of any Trustee shall not become effective unless there remains a trustee hereof (being a trust corporation) in office after such retirement.  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby covenants that in the event of the only trustee hereof which is a trust corporation giving notice under this Clause 12.4 (Retirement of Trustees) it shall use its best endeavours to procure a new trustee, being a trust corporation, to be appointed and if the Issuer has not procured the appointment of a new trustee within 30 days of the expiry of the Trustee notice referred to in this Clause 12.4 (Retirement of Trustees), the Trustee shall be entitled to procure the appointment of a new trustee.

 

12.5                        Competence of a majority of Trustees

 

Whenever there shall be more than two trustees hereof the majority of such trustees shall (provided such majority includes a trust corporation) be competent to execute and exercise all the trusts, powers, authorities and discretions vested by this Trust Deed in the Trustee generally.

 

12.6                        Powers additional

 

The powers conferred by this Trust Deed upon the Trustee shall be in addition to any powers which may from time to time be vested in it by general law or as the holder of any of the Notes or Coupons.

 

12.7                        Merger

 

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Clause 12.7 (Merger), without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

 

48

 

13.                               NOTICES

 

13.1                        Addresses for notices

 

All notices and other communications hereunder shall be made in writing and in English (by letter or fax) and shall be sent as follows:

 

(a)                                 Issuer: if to the Issuer, to it at:

 

International Game Technology PLC

70 Chancery Lane

London WC2A 1AF

England

 

Fax:                                                                       +44 (0)203 131 0301

Attention:                                         General Counsel

 

With a copy to:

 

GTECH Corporation

GTECH Center

10 Memorial Boulevard

Providence, R1 02903-1125

United States of America

 

Fax:                                                                       + 1 401 392 0391

Attention:                                         General Counsel

 

(b)                                 Guarantors: if to any Guarantor to them at:

 

GTECH Corporation

GTECH Center

10 Memorial Boulevard

Providence, RI 02903-1125

United States of America

 

Fax:                                                                       + 1 401 392 0391

Attention:                                         General Counsel

 

With a copy to:

 

International Game Technology PLC

70 Chancery Lane

London WC2A 1AF

England

 

Fax:                                                                       +44 (0)203 131 0301

Attention:                                         General Counsel

 

(c)                                  Trustee: if to the Trustee, to it at:

 

BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited

One Canada Square

London El4 5AL

United Kingdom

 

Fax:                                                                       +44 207 964 2536

Attention:                                         Corporate Trust Services

 

49

 

13.2                        Effectiveness

 

Every notice or other communication sent in accordance with Clause 13.1 (Addresses for notices) shall be effective as follows if sent by letter, it shall be deemed to have been delivered seven days after the time of despatch and if sent by fax it shall be deemed to have been delivered at the time of despatch provided that any such notice or other communication which would otherwise take effect after 4.00 p.m. on any particular day shall not take effect until 10.00 a.m. on the immediately succeeding business day in the place of the addressee.

 

13.3                        Notes held in clearing systems

 

So long as any Global Note is held on behalf of a clearing system, in considering the interests of Noteholders, the Trustee may rely on any information provided to it by such clearing system or its operator as to the identity (either individually or by category) of its accountholders or participants with entitlements to any such Global Note.

 

13.4                        No notice to Couponholders

 

None of the Trustee, the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be required to give any notice to the Couponholders for any purpose under this Trust Deed and the Couponholders shall be deemed for all purposes to have notice of the contents of any notice given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices).

 

14.                               NOTEHOLDERS’ REPRESENTATIVE

 

14.1                        Meetings of Noteholders

 

The Issuer (through its directors) shall, at the request of the Trustee or the Noteholders (as provided in Condition 12(a) (Meetings of Noteholders)), convene a meeting of the Noteholders.

 

14.2                        Notification to the Trustee

 

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing immediately upon becoming aware of any action or proceedings to enforce the terms of this Trust Deed, the Notes and/or the Coupons being taken directly against the Issuer by any Noteholder or Noteholders.

 

14.3                        Noteholders’ Representative

 

To the extent that the Trustee accepts its appointment as Noteholders’ Representative pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Condition 12(b) (Noteholders’ Representative) and/or Schedule 3 (Provisions for Meetings of the Noteholders), it shall, as of and from the time of such appointment and in its capacity as Noteholders’

 

50

 

Representative, not be obliged to take any action or proceedings under, or in relation to, this Trust Deed, the Notes and/or the Coupons unless directed to do so by an Extraordinary Resolution (as defined in Schedule 3 (Provisions for Meetings of the Noteholders)) of the Noteholders. In its capacity as Noteholders’ Representative, it may refrain from taking any action or exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it under, or in relation to, the Trust Deed, the Notes and/or the Coupons unless and until it shall have been indemnified, secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction against any and all Liabilities for which it may thereby become liable and which may be incurred by it in connection therewith and provided that the Trustee shall not be held liable for the consequence of taking any such action and may take such action without having regard to the effect of such action on individual Noteholders or Couponholders.  Nothing contained in this Trust Deed, the Notes and/or the Coupons shall require the Noteholders’ Representative to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any Liabilities in the performance of its duties or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion under this Trust Deed, the Notes and/or the Coupons if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or Liabilities is not assured to it.

 

15.                               FURTHER ISSUES

 

15.1                        Supplemental Trust Deed

 

If the Issuer issues further notes as provided in Condition 14 (Further Issues), the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, before their issue, execute and deliver to the Trustee a deed supplemental to this Trust Deed containing such provisions (including, but not limited to, provisions corresponding to any of the provisions of this Trust Deed) as the Trustee may require.

 

15.2                        Meetings of Noteholders

 

If the Trustee so directs, Schedule 3 (Provisions for Meetings of Noteholders) hereto shall apply equally to Noteholders and to holders of any notes issued pursuant to the Conditions as if references in it to “Notes” and “Noteholders” were also such securities and their holders respectively.

 

16.                               LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

16.1                        Governing law

 

This Trust Deed and the Notes and all matters and any non-contractual obligations arising from or connected with the Trust Deed and the Notes are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

16.2                        English courts

 

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute (a “Dispute”), arising from or connected with this Trust Deed or the Notes and all non-contractual matters arising from or connected therewith (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Trust Deed or the Notes) or the consequences of their nullity.

 

51

 

16.3                       Non-exclusivity

 

The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts of England shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Trustee or any Noteholder to take proceedings relating to a Dispute (“Proceedings”) outside England nor shall the taking of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if any to the extent permitted by law.

 

16.4                        Appropriate forum

 

The parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle any Dispute and, accordingly, that they will not argue to the contrary.

 

16.5                        Rights of the Trustee and Noteholders to take proceedings outside England

 

Clause 16.2 (English courts) is for the benefit of the Trustee and the Noteholders only.  As a result, nothing in this Clause 16 (Law and Jurisdiction) prevents the Trustee or any of the Noteholders from taking Proceedings in any other courts with jurisdiction.  To the extent allowed by law, the Trustee or any of the Noteholders may take concurrent Proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

16.6                        Process agent

 

Each Guarantor agrees that the documents which start any Proceedings and any other documents required to be served in relation to those Proceedings may be served on it by being delivered to the Issuer at 70 Chancery Lane, London WC2A 1AF, England, or, if different, its registered office for the time being or at any address of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor in England and Wales at which process may be served on it in accordance with section 1139(2) of the Companies Act 2006.  If such person is not or ceases to be effectively appointed to accept service of process on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor, the Issuer or such Guarantor shall, on the written demand of the Trustee, appoint a further person in England to accept service of process on its behalf and, failing such appointment within 15 days, the Trustee shall be entitled to appoint such a person by written notice addressed to the Issuer or such Guarantor.  Nothing in this Clause 16.6 (Process agent) shall affect the right of the Trustee or any of the Noteholders to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

17.                               SEVERABILITY

 

In case any provision in or obligation under this Trust Deed shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

18.                              CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

 

No person shall have any right to enforce any provision of this Trust Deed under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

52

 

19.                               COUNTERPARTS

 

This Trust Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Trust Deed has been executed as a deed by the parties hereto and is intended to be and is hereby delivered on the date first before written.

 

53

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

PART A
 FORM OF TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

 

THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”).  NEITHER THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO ANY U.S.  PERSON UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IS AVAILABLE.

 

ANY UNITED STATES PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED STATES) WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

 

LOTTOMATICA GROUP S.p.A.

(incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Republic of Italy)

 

€500,000,000

3.500 per cent.  Guaranteed Notes due 5 March 2020

 

guaranteed by

 

GTECH CORPORATION

GTECH HOLDINGS CORPORATION

GTECH RHODE ISLAND LLC

INVEST GAMES S.A.

 

ISIN: XS0860855930

 

TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

 

1.                                      INTRODUCTION

 

This Temporary Global Note is issued in respect of the €500,000,000 3.500 per cent.  Guaranteed Notes due 5 March 2020 (the “Notes”) of Lottomatica Group S.p.A. (the “Issuer”) and guaranteed by GTECH Corporation, GTECH Holdings Corporation, GTECH Rhode Island LLC and Invest Games S.A.  (each a “Guarantor” and together the “Guarantors”).  The Notes are constituted by a trust deed dated 5 December 2012 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Trust Deed”) among the Issuer, the Guarantors and BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited as trustee (the “Trustee”, which expression includes all persons for the time being appointed trustee or trustees under the Trust Deed) and are the subject of a paying agency agreement dated 5 December 2012 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Agency Agreement”) and made among the Issuer, the Guarantors, The Bank of New York Mellon (acting through its London Branch) as principal paying agent (the “Principal Paying Agent”, which expression includes any successor principal paying agent appointed from time to time in connection with the

 

54

 

Notes) and the other paying agents named therein (together with the Principal Paying Agent, the “Paying Agents”, which expression includes any successor or additional paying agents appointed from time to time in connection with the Notes) and the Trustee.

 

2.                                      REFERENCES TO CONDITIONS

 

Any reference herein to the “Conditions” is to the terms and conditions of the Notes set out in Part B of Schedule 2 (Terms and Conditions of the Notes) of the Trust Deed and any reference to a numbered “Condition” is to the correspondingly numbered provision thereof.  Words and expressions defined in the Conditions shall have the same meanings when used in this Temporary Global Note.

 

3.                                      PROMISE TO PAY

 

The Issuer, for value received, promises to pay to the bearer of this Temporary Global Note the principal sum of

 

€500,000,000

(FIVE HUNDRED MILLION EURO)

 

on 5 March 2020 or on such earlier date or dates as the same may become payable in accordance with the Conditions, and to pay interest on such principal sum in arrear on the dates and at the rate specified in the Conditions, together with any additional amounts payable in accordance with the Conditions, all subject to and in accordance with the Conditions; provided, however, that such interest shall be payable only:

 

(a)                                 in the case of interest falling due before the Exchange Date (as defined below), to the extent that a certificate or certificates issued by Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“Euroclear”) and/or Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme (“Clearstream, Luxembourg” and together with Euroclear, the “Clearing Systems”) dated not earlier than the date on which such interest falls due and in substantially the form set out in Schedule B (Form of Euroclear/Clearstream, Luxembourg Certification) hereto (certifying as to certain information based on certificates in substantially the form set out in Schedule A (Form of Accountholder’s Certification) hereto received from Member Organisations) is/are delivered to the Specified Office (as defined in the Trust Deed) of the Principal Paying Agent; or

 

(b)                                 in the case of interest falling due at any time, to the extent that the Issuer has failed to procure the exchange for a permanent global note of that portion of this Temporary Global Note in respect of which such interest has accrued.

 

4.                                      NEGOTIABILITY

 

This Temporary Global Note is negotiable and, accordingly, title to this Temporary Global Note shall pass by delivery.  Interests in Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note shall be transferable only in accordance with the rules and procedures for the time being of the relevant Clearing System.

 

55

 

5.                                      EXCHANGE

 

On or after the day following the expiry of 40 days after the date of issue of this Global Note (the “Exchange Date”), the Issuer shall procure (in the case of the first exchange) the exchange in whole or in part of interests in this Temporary Global Note for interests recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems of a permanent global note (the “Permanent Global Note”) in or substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 1 (Form of Permanent Global Note) to the Trust Deed to the bearer of this Temporary Global Note or (in the case of any subsequent exchange) an increase in such interests and in the principal amount of the Permanent Global Note.  Any exchange of interests in this Temporary Global Note for the corresponding interests recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems in a duly executed and authenticated Permanent Global Note shall only take place upon:

 

(a)                                 presentation and (in the case of final exchange) surrender of this Temporary Global Note to, or to the order of the Principal Paying Agent at its Specified Office; and

 

(b)                                 receipt by the Principal Paying Agent of a certificate or certificates issued by Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg dated not earlier than the Exchange Date and in substantially the form set out in Schedule B (Form of Euroclear/Clearstream, Luxembourg Certification) hereto (certifying as to certain information based on certificates in substantially the form set out in Schedule A (Form of Accountholder’s Certification) hereto received from Member Organisations).

 

The principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note shall be the aggregate principal amount from time to time entered in the records of both of the relevant Clearing Systems.  The records of the relevant Clearing Systems (which expression in this Temporary Global Note means the records that each relevant Clearing System holds for its customers which reflect the amount of such customer’s interest in the Notes) shall be conclusive evidence of the principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note and for those purposes, a statement issued by a relevant Clearing System (which statement shall be made available to the bearer upon request) stating the principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note at any time shall be conclusive evidence of the records of the relevant Clearing System at that time.  In no circumstances shall the principal amount of the Permanent Global Note exceed the initial principal amount of this Temporary Global Note.

 

6.                                      WRITING DOWN

 

On each occasion on which:

 

(a)                                 the Permanent Global Note is delivered or the principal amount thereof is increased in accordance with its terms in exchange for a further portion of this Global Note; or

 

(b)                                 Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note are to be cancelled in accordance with Condition 5(f) (Cancellation),

 

56

 

the Issuer shall procure that (a) the principal amount of the Permanent Global Note, the principal amount of such increase or (as the case may be) the aggregate principal amount of such Notes and (b) the remaining principal amount (if any) of this Temporary Global Note (which shall be the previous principal amount hereof less the aggregate of the amounts referred to in (a)) are recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems, whereupon the principal amount of this Temporary Global Note shall for all purposes be as most recently so noted.

 

7.                                      PAYMENTS

 

(a)                                 Subject to Clauses 3(a) and 3(b) (Promise to pay) above, payments due in respect of Notes for the time being represented by this Temporary Global Note shall be made to the bearer of this Temporary Global Note and each payment so made will discharge the Issuer’s obligations in respect thereof.

 

(b)                                 Subject to Clauses 3(a) and 3(b) (Promise to pay) above, upon any payment in respect of the Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note, the Issuer shall procure that the amount so paid shall be entered pro rata in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems but any failure to make such entries shall not affect the discharge referred to in Clause 7(a) above.

 

8.                                      CONDITIONS APPLY

 

Until this Temporary Global Note has been exchanged as provided herein or cancelled in accordance with the Agency Agreement, the bearer of this Temporary Global Note shall be subject to the Conditions and, subject as otherwise provided herein, shall be entitled to the same rights and benefits under the Conditions as if the bearer were the holder of Notes in definitive form in the denomination of€100,000 in substantially the form set out in Part A of Schedule 2 (Form of Definitive Note) to the Trust Deed and the related Coupons, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of this Temporary Global Note.

 

9.                                      NOTICES

 

Notwithstanding Condition 15 (Notices), while all the Notes are represented by this Temporary Global Note (or by this Temporary Global Note and the Permanent Global Note) and this Temporary Global Note is (or this Temporary Global Note and the Permanent Global Note are) held on behalf of the relevant Clearing Systems, notices to Noteholders may be given by delivery of the relevant notice to the relevant Clearing Systems for communication to the relative Accountholders (as defined below) rather than by publication as required by Condition 15 (Notices); provided, however, that, so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and its rules so require, notices will also be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or on the website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu).  Any notice delivered to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg shall be deemed to have been given to Noteholders on the date on which such notice is delivered to the relevant Clearing System.

 

57

 

10.                               AUTHENTICATION AND EFFECTUATION

 

This Temporary Global Note shall not be valid or enforceable for any purpose unless and until it has been authenticated for and on behalf of The Bank of New York Mellon (acting through its London Branch) as principal paying agent and effectuated by the entity appointed as common safekeeper by the relevant Clearing Systems.

 

11.                               ACCOUNTHOLDERS

 

For so long as any of the Notes is represented by this Temporary Global Note or this Temporary Global Note and Permanent Global Note and such relevant Global Note(s) is/are held on behalf of the relevant Clearing Systems, each person (other than a relevant Clearing System) who is for the time being shown in the records of a relevant Clearing System as the holder of a particular principal amount of Notes (each an “Accountholder”) (in which regard any certificate or other document issued by a relevant Clearing System as to the principal amount of such Notes standing to the account of any person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes) shall be treated as the holder of that principal amount for all purposes (including but not limited to for the purposes of any quorum requirements of, or the right to demand a poll, meetings of the Noteholders and giving notice to the Issuer pursuant to Condition 8 (Events of Default) and Condition 5(c) (Redemption at the option of the Noteholders)) other than with respect to the payment of principal and interest on the Notes, the right to which shall be vested, as against the Issuer, (i) if represented by this Temporary Global Note only, solely in the bearer of this Temporary Global Note in accordance with and subject to its terms or (ii) if represented by this Temporary Global Note and Permanent Global Note, in the bearer of this Temporary Global Note and the bearer of the Permanent Global Note, in accordance with and subject to their terms.  Each Accountholder must look solely to the relevant Clearing Systems for its share of each payment made to the bearer of this Temporary Global Note.

 

12.                               THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

No person shall have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any of the terms of this Temporary Global Note.

 

13.                               GOVERNING LAW

 

This Temporary Global Note and all matters and any non-contractual obligations arising from or connected with it are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

58

 

AS WITNESS the manual signature of a duly authorised person on behalf of the Issuer.

 

LOTTOMATICA GROUP S.p.A.

 

	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(duly authorised)
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

ISSUED on 5 December 2012

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

AUTHENTICATED for and on behalf of

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

(ACTING THROUGH ITS LONDON BRANCH)

 

as principal paying agent without recourse, warranty or liability

 

	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(duly authorised)
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

CERTIFICATION OF EFFECTUATION

 

EFFECTUATED by

 

CLEARSTREAM BANKING, SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME

 

as common safekeeper without recourse, warranty or liability

 

 

	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(duly authorised)
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    

 

59

 

Schedule A

Form of Accountholder’s Certification

 

LOTTOMATICA GROUP S.p.A.

(incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Republic of Italy)

 

€500,000,000

3.500 per cent.  Guaranteed Notes due 5 March 2020

 

guaranteed by

 

GTECH CORPORATION

GTECH HOLDINGS CORPORATION

GTECH RHODE ISLAND LLC

INVEST GAMES S.A.

 

This is to certify that as of the date hereof, and except as set forth below, the above-captioned Securities held by you for our account (a) are owned by persons that are not citizens or residents of the United States, domestic partnerships, domestic corporations or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source (“United States persons”), (b) are owned by United States person(s) that (i) are foreign branches of a United States financial institution (as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(iv)) (“financial institutions”) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (ii) acquired the Securities through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Securities through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (i) or (ii), each such United States financial institution hereby agrees, on its own behalf or through its agent, that you may advise the issuer or the issuer’s agent that it will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder), or (c) are owned by United States or foreign financial institution(s) for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in U.S.  Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and in addition if the owner of the Securities is a United States or foreign financial institution described in clause (c) (whether or not also described in clause (a) or (b)) this is to further certify that such financial institution has not acquired the Securities for purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or its possessions.

 

This is also to certify that the Securities are beneficially owned by (1) non-U.S.  person(s) or (2) U.S. person(s) who purchased the Securities in transactions which did not require registration under the

 

U.S.  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  As used in this paragraph the term “U.S.  person” has the meaning given to it by Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

As used herein, “United States” means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia); and its “possessions” include Puerto Rico, the U.S.  Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.

 

We undertake to advise you promptly by tested telex on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your certification relating to the Securities held by you for our account in accordance with your operating procedures if any applicable statement herein is not correct

 

60

 

on such date, and in the absence of any such notification it may be assumed that this certification applies as of such date.

 

This certification excepts and does not relate to €[·] of such interest in the above Securities in respect of which we are not able to certify and as to which we understand exchange and delivery of definitive Securities (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any interest) cannot be made until we do so certify.

 

We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax laws and, if applicable, certain securities laws of the United States.  In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorise you to produce this certification to any interested party in such proceedings.

 

	
Dated:   [                                  ]
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
[name of person giving   certificate]
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
as, or as agent for,
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
the   beneficial owner(s) of the Securities to which this certificate relates.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(Authorised Signatory)
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

61

 

Schedule B

 

Form of Euroclear/Clearstream, Luxembourg Certification

 

LOTTOMATICA GROUP S.p.A.

(incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Republic of Italy)

 

€500,000,000

3.500 per cent.  Guaranteed Notes due 5 March 2020

 

guaranteed by

 

GTECH CORPORATION

GTECH HOLDINGS CORPORATION

GTECH RHODE ISLAND LLC

INVEST GAMES S.A.

 

This is to certify that, based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from member organisations appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the principal amount set forth below (our “Member Organisations”) substantially to the effect set forth in the temporary global note issued in respect of the securities, as of the date hereof, €[·] principal amount of the above-captioned Securities (a) is owned by persons that are not citizens or residents of the United States, domestic partnerships, domestic corporations or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source (“United States persons”), (b) is owned by United States persons that (i) are foreign branches of United States financial institutions (as defined in U.S.  Treasury Regulations Section 1.165- 12(c)(l)(iv)) (“financial institutions”) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (ii) acquired the Securities through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Securities through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (i) or (ii), each such United States financial institution has agreed, on its own behalf or through its agent, that we may advise the Issuer or the Issuer’s agent that it will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder), or (c) is owned by United States or foreign financial institutions for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in U.S.  Treasury Regulations Section 1.163- 5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and to the further effect that United States or foreign financial institutions described in clause (c) (whether or not also described in clause (a) or (b)) have certified that they have not acquired the Securities for purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or its possessions.

 

This is also to certify with respect to the principal amount of Securities set forth above that we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission, from our Member Organisations entitled to a portion of such principal amount, certifications with respect to such portion substantially to the effect set forth in the temporary global note issued in respect of the Securities.

 

We further certify (1) that we are not making available herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any interest) any portion of the temporary global security excepted in such certifications and (2) that as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our Member Organisations to the effect that the statements made

 

62

 

by such Member Organisations with respect to any portion of the part submitted herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any interest) are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.

 

We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax laws and, if applicable, certain securities laws of the United States.  In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorise you to produce this certification to any interested party in such proceedings.

 

	
Dated:   [                l
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
[Euroclear Bank   S.A./N.V.]
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
or
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
[Clearstream Banking,   société anonyme]
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(Authorised Signatory)
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

63

 

PART B
  FORM OF PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE

 

THIS PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”).  NEITHER THIS PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO ANY U.S.  PERSON UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IS AVAILABLE.

 

ANY UNITED STATES PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED STATES) WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

 

LOTTOMATICA GROUP S.p.A.

(incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Republic of Italy)

 

€500,000,000

3.500 per cent.  Guaranteed Notes due 5 March 2020

 

guaranteed by

 

GTECH CORPORATION

GTECH HOLDINGS CORPORATION

GTECH RHODE ISLAND LLC

INVEST GAMES S.A.

 

PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE

 

1.                                      INTRODUCTION

 

This Global Note is issued in respect of the €500,000,000 3.500 per cent.  Guaranteed Notes due 5 March 2020 (the “Notes”) of Lottomatica Group S.p.A. (the “Issuer”).  The Notes are constituted by a trust deed dated 5 December 2012 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Trust Deed”) among the Issuer, the Guarantors and BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited as trustee (the “Trustee”, which expression includes all persons for the time being appointed trustee or trustees under the Trust Deed) and are the subject of a paying agency agreement dated 5 December 2012 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Agency Agreement”) and made among the Issuer, the Guarantors, The Bank of New York Mellon (acting through its London Branch) as principal paying agent (the “Principal Paying Agent”, which expression includes any successor principal paying agent appointed from time to time in connection with the Notes), the other paying agents named therein (together with the Principal Paying Agent, the “Paying Agents”, which expression includes any successor or additional paying agents appointed from time to time in connection with the Notes) and the Trustee.

 

64

 

2.                                      REFERENCES TO CONDITIONS

 

Any reference herein to the “Conditions” is to the terms and conditions of the Notes set out in Part B of Schedule 2 (Terms and Conditions of the Notes) of the Trust Deed and any reference to a numbered “Condition” is to the correspondingly numbered provision thereof.  Words and expressions defined in the Conditions shall have the same meanings when used in this Permanent Global Note.

 

3.                                      PROMISETOPAY

 

3.1                               The Issuer, for value received, promises to pay to the bearer of this Permanent Global Note the principal sum of

 

€500,000,000

(FIVE HUNDRED MILLION EURO)

 

on 5 March 2020 or on such earlier date or dates as the same may become payable in accordance with the Conditions, and to pay interest on such principal sum in arrear on the dates and at the rate specified in the Conditions, together with any additional amounts payable in accordance with the Conditions, all subject to and in accordance with the Conditions.

 

3.2                               The principal amount of Notes represented by this Permanent Global Note shall be the aggregate amount from time to time entered in the records of both the relevant Clearing Systems (as defined below).  The records of the relevant Clearing Systems (which expression in this Permanent Global Note means the records that each relevant Clearing System holds for its customers which reflect the amount of such customer’s interest in the Notes) shall be conclusive evidence of the principal amount of Notes represented by this Permanent Global Note and, for those purposes, a statement issued by a relevant Clearing System (which statement shall be made available to the bearer upon request) stating the principal amount of Notes represented by this Permanent Global Note at any time shall be conclusive evidence of the records of the relevant Clearing System at that time.

 

4.                                      NEGOTIABILITY

 

This Permanent Global Note is negotiable and, accordingly, title to this Permanent Global Note shall pass by delivery.  Interests in Notes represented by this Permanent Global Note shall be transferable only in accordance with the rules and procedures for the time being of the relevant Clearing Systems (as defined below).

 

5.                                      EXCHANGE

 

This Permanent Global Note will be exchanged, in whole but not in part only, for Notes in definitive form (“Definitive Notes”) in substantially the form set out in Part A of Schedule 2 (Form of Definitive Note) to the Trust Deed if either of the following events (each, an “Exchange Event”) occurs:

 

(a)                                 if this Permanent Global Note is held on behalf of Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.  (“Euroclear”), or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream, Luxembourg” and together with Euroclear, the “Clearing Systems”) and any such Clearing System is closed for business for a continuous period of 14 days

 

65

 

(other than by reason of holidays, statutory or otherwise) or announces an intention permanently to cease business or does in fact do so; or

 

(b)                                 any of the circumstances described in Condition 8 (Events of Default) occurs.

 

6.                                      DELIVERY OF DEFINITIVE NOTES

 

Whenever this Permanent Global Note is to be exchanged for Definitive Notes, the Issuer shall procure the prompt delivery of such Definitive Notes, duly authenticated and with interest coupons (“Coupons”) attached, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of this Permanent Global Note to the bearer of this Permanent Global Note against the surrender of this Global Note at the Specified Office (as defined in the Trust Deed) of the Principal Paying Agent within 30 days of the occurrence of the relevant Exchange Event.

 

The Conditions shall be modified with respect to Notes represented by this Global Note by the provisions set out herein.

 

7.                                      PAYMENTS

 

(a)                                 Payments of principal, interest and other amounts (if any) in respect of the unpaid balance of the principal amount of this Permanent Global Note may, at the direction of the bearer be made on the due date for any such payment to the relevant Clearing Systems for credit to the account (or accounts) of the Accountholder (as defined below) or Accountholders appearing in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems as having Notes credited to them.

 

(b)                                 Payments of principal, interest and other amounts (if any) in respect of this Permanent Global Note shall be made against presentation for endorsement of this Permanent Global Note in accordance with Clause 8 (Recording) and, if no further payment falls to be made in respect of this Permanent Global Note, this Permanent Global Note shall be surrendered to or to the order of the Principal Paying Agent.

 

(c)                                  Upon any payment in respect of the Notes represented by this Permanent Global Note, the Issuer shall procure that the amount so paid shall be entered pro rata in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems but any failure to make such entries shall not affect the discharge referred to in previous paragraph.

 

8.                                      RECORDING

 

8.1                               The Issuer shall procure that a record of each payment made in respect of this Permanent Global Note in accordance with Clause 7 (Payments) and the Conditions shall be made by the relevant Clearing Systems.

 

8.2

 

(a)                                 On each occasion on which:

 

66

 

(i)                                     Notes represented by this Permanent Global Note are to be redeemed in full and cancelled in accordance with Condition 5(g) (Cancellation); or

 

(ii)                                  Definitive Notes are delivered in exchange for this Permanent Global Note in accordance with Clause 5 (Exchange),

 

the Issuer shall procure that (A)(1) the aggregate principal amount of Notes so redeemed or (2) the principal amount of the Definitive Notes so delivered and (B) the remaining principal amount (if any) of this Permanent Global Note (which shall be the principal amount of this Permanent Global Note before that redemption or exchange less the aggregate of the amounts referred to in (A)) are recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems.

 

(b)                                 On each occasion on which any further portion of the Temporary Global Note is exchanged for an interest in this Permanent Global Note, the principal amount of this Permanent Global Note shall be increased by the amount of such further portion and the Issuer shall procure that the principal amount of this Permanent Global Note (which shall be the principal amount of this Permanent Global Note before that exchange plus the amount of such further portion) is recorded in the records of the relevant Clearing Systems.

 

9.                                      CONDITIONS APPLY

 

Until this Permanent Global Note has been exchanged as provided herein or cancelled in accordance with the Agency Agreement, the bearer of this Permanent Global Note shall be subject to the Conditions and, subject as otherwise provided herein, shall be entitled to the same rights and benefits under the Conditions as if it were the holder of Definitive Notes in the denomination of €100,000 and the related Coupons and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of this Permanent Global Note.

 

10.                               NOTICES

 

Notwithstanding Condition 15 (Notices), while all the Notes are represented by this Permanent Global Note (or by this Permanent Global Note and a temporary global note) and this Permanent Global Note is (or this Permanent Global Note and a temporary global note are) held on behalf of the relevant Clearing Systems, notices to Noteholders may be given by delivery of the relevant notice to the relevant Clearing Systems for communication to the relevant Accountholders (as defined below) rather than by publication as required by Condition 15 (Notices); provided, however, that, so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and its rules so require, notices will also be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or on the website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu).  Any notice delivered to Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg shall be deemed to have been given to Noteholders on the date on which such notice is delivered to the relevant Clearing System.

 

67

 

11.                               PRESCRIPTION

 

Claims in respect of principal, premium and interest in respect of this Permanent Global Note will become void unless it is presented for payment within a period of ten years (in the case of principal and premium) and five years (in the case of interest) from the appropriate Relevant Date (as defined in Condition 7 (Taxation)).

 

12.                               REDEMPTION AT THE OPTION OF THE NOTEHOLDERS

 

The option of the Noteholders provided for in Condition 5(c) (Redemption at the option of the Noteholders) may be exercised by the holder of this Permanent Global Note giving notice to the Principal Paying Agent within the time limits relating to the deposit of Notes with a Paying Agent set out in that Condition substantially in the form of the Put Option Notice available from any Paying Agent and stating the principal amount of Notes in respect of which the Put Option is exercised and at the same time presenting this Permanent Global Note to the Principal Paying Agent for notation accordingly.

 

13.                               AUTHENTICATION AND EFFECTUATION

 

This Permanent Global Note shall not be valid or enforceable for any purpose unless and until it has been authenticated for and on behalf of The Bank of New York Mellon (acting through its London Branch) as principal paying agent and effectuated by the entity appointed as common safekeeper by the relevant Clearing Systems.

 

14.                               ACCOUNTHOLDERS

 

For so long as any of the Notes is represented by this Permanent Global Note or by this Permanent Global Note and Temporary Global Note and such Global Note(s) is/are held on behalf of the relevant Clearing Systems, each person (other than a relevant Clearing System) who is for the time being shown in the records of a relevant Clearing System as the holder of a particular principal amount of Notes (each an “Accountholder”) (in which regard any certificate or other document issued by a relevant Clearing System as to the principal amount of such Notes standing to the account of any person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes) shall be treated as the holder of that principal amount for all purposes (including but not limited to for the purposes of any quorum requirements of, or the right to demand a poll, meetings of the Noteholders and giving notice to the Issuer pursuant to Condition 8 (Events of Default) and Condition 5(c) (Redemption at the option of the Noteholders)) other than with respect to the payment of principal and interest on the Notes, the right to which shall be vested, as against the Issuer, (i) if represented by this Permanent Global Note only, solely in the bearer of this Permanent Global Note in accordance with and subject to its terms or (ii) if represented by this Permanent Global Note and Temporary Global Note, in the bearer of this Permanent Global Note and the bearer of the Temporary Global Note, in accordance with and subject to their terms.  Each Accountholder must look solely to the relevant Clearing Systems for its share of each payment made to the bearer of this Permanent Global Note.

 

68

 

15.                               THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

No person shall have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any of the terms of this Permanent Global Note.

 

16.                               GOVERNINGLAW

 

This Permanent Global Note and all matters and any non-contractual obligations arising from or connected with it are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

AS WITNESS the manual signature of a duly authorised person on behalf of the Issuer.

 

	
LOTTOMATICA GROUP S.p.A.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(duly authorised)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ISSUED on 5 December 2012
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
CERTIFICATE OF   AUTHENTICATION
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
AUTHENTICATED for and on behalf of
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
THE BANK OF NEW YORK   MELLON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(ACTING THROUGH ITS   LONDON BRANCH)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
as principal paying agent without recourse,   warranty or liability
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(duly authorised)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
CERTIFICATION OF   EFFECTUATION
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EFFECTUATED by
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
CLEARSTREAM BANKING,   SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
as common safekeeper without recourse,   warranty or liability
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(duly authorised)
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

69

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

PART A
 FORM OF DEFINITIVE NOTE

 

[On the face of the Note:)

 

	
€100,000
    	
Serial No:                           
    

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO ANY U.S.  PERSON UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IS AVAILABLE.

 

ANY UNITED STATES PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE) WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.

 

LOTTOMATICA GROUP S.p.A.

(incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Republic of Italy)

 

€500,000,000

3.500 per cent.  Guaranteed Notes due 5 March 2020

 

guaranteed by

 

GTECH CORPORATION

GTECH HOLDINGS CORPORATION

GTECH RHODE ISLAND LLC

INVEST GAMES S.A.

 

ISIN: XS0860855930

 

This Note is one of a series of notes (the “Notes”) in the denomination of €100,000 and in the aggregate principal amount of €500,000,000 issued by Lottomatica Group S.p.A. (the “Issuer”).  The Notes are constituted by a trust deed dated 2 December 2010 among the Issuer, the Guarantors and BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited as trustee for the holders of the Notes from time to time.

 

The Issuer, for value received, promises to pay to the bearer the principal sum of

 

€100,000

(ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND EURO)

 

on 5 March 2020, or on such earlier date or dates as the same may become payable in accordance with the conditions endorsed hereon (the “Conditions”), and to pay interest on such principal sum in arrear on the dates and at the rate specified in the Conditions, together

 

70

 

with any additional amounts payable in accordance with the Conditions, all subject to and in accordance with the Conditions.

 

Interest is payable on the above principal sum at the rate of 3.500 per cent.  per annum, payable annually in arrear on 5 March each year commencing on 5 March 2013, all subject to and in accordance with the Conditions.

 

This Note and the interest coupons relating hereto shall not be valid for any purpose until this Note has been authenticated for and on behalf of The Bank of New York Mellon (acting through its London Branch) as principal paying agent.

 

This Note and all matters and any non-contractual obligations arising from or connected with it are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

AS WITNESS the facsimile signature of a duly authorised person on behalf of the Issuer.

 

	
LOTTOMATICA GROUP S.p.A.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(duly authorised)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ISSUED on 5 December 2012
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
CERTIFICATE OF   AUTHENTICATION
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
AUTHENTICATED for and on behalf of
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
THE BANK OF NEW YORK   MELLON
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(ACTING THROUGH ITS   LONDON BRANCH)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
as principal paying agent without recourse,   warranty or liability
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(duly authorised)
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

71

 

[On the reverse of the Note:]

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

[As set out in Part B of Schedule 2 to the Trust Deed]

 

FURTHER INFORMATION IN RESPECT OF THE ISSUER

 

[As set out in Schedule A to the Permanent Global Note]

 

[At the foot of the Terms and Conditions:]

 

PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

(acting through its London Branch)

One Canada Square

London El4 5AL

 

PAYING AGENT

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON (LUXEMBOURG) S.A.

Vertigo Building- Polaris

2-4 rue Eugene Ruppert L -2453

Luxembourg

 

72

 

PART B
 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES

 

The following is the text of the Terms and Conditions of the Notes which (subject to completion and amendment) will be endorsed on each Note in definitive form:

 

The €500,000,000 3.500 per cent.  Guaranteed Notes due 5 March 2020 (the “Notes”, which expression includes any further notes issued pursuant to Condition 14 (Further Issues) and forming a single series therewith) of International Game Technology PLC (formerly known as GTECH S.p.A. and Lottomatica Group S.p.A.) (the “Issuer”) are guaranteed on a joint and several basis by each of Double Down Interactive LLC, GTECH Canada ULC, GTECH Corporation, GTECH Holdings Corporation, GTECH Foreign Holdings Corporation, GTECH Germany GmbH, GTECH Rhode Island LLC, GTECH USA, LLC, IGT, International Game Technology, Invest Games S.A. and Lottomatica Holding S.r.l. (each a “Guarantor” and together the “Guarantors”) and were authorised by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer on 21 November 2012. The Notes are constituted by a trust deed dated 5 December 2012 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, and most recently on 7 April 2015, the “Trust Deed”) among the Issuer, the Guarantors and BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited as trustee (the “Trustee”, which expression includes all persons for the time being trustee or trustees appointed under the Trust Deed) and are the subject of a paying agency agreement dated 5 December 2012 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, and most recently on 7 April 2015, the “Agency Agreement”) among the Issuer, the Guarantors, The Bank of New York Mellon (acting through its London Branch) as principal paying agent (the “Principal Paying Agent”, which expression includes any successor principal paying agent appointed from time to time in connection with the Notes), The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. (together with the Principal Paying Agent, the “Paying Agents”, which expression includes any successor or additional paying agents appointed from time to time in connection with the Notes) and the Trustee.

 

The Notes and the Trust Deed are subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement dated 7 April 2015 (as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”) between, amongst others, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, a syndicate of banks as lenders and The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC as security agent (the “Security Agent”). Pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee (for itself and on behalf of the Noteholders) has the benefit, amongst others, of the Security (as described in Condition 3 (Negative Pledge and Security).

 

References herein to “Guarantor” shall, so far as the context permits, also include any Subsidiary (as defined herein) of the Issuer which becomes a Guarantor of the Notes and party to the Trust Deed at any time, but shall not include any Subsidiary of the Issuer which ceases to be a Guarantor of the Notes, all as described under “Guarantee and Status”.

 

Certain provisions of these Conditions are summaries of the Trust Deed, Intercreditor Agreement and the Agency Agreement and subject to their detailed provisions.  The holders of the Notes (the “Noteholders”) and the holders of the related interest coupons (the “Couponholders” and the “Coupons” respectively) are entitled to the benefit of, are bound by, and are deemed to have notice of, all the provisions of the Trust Deed and Intercreditor Agreement and are deemed to have notice of all the provisions of the Agency Agreement applicable to them.  Copies of the Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement are available for inspection during normal business hours at the registered office for the time being of the

 

73

 

Trustee, being at the Issue Date (as defined below) One Canada Square, London E14 5AL, United Kingdom, and at the Specified Offices (as defined in the Agency Agreement) of each of the Paying Agents, the initial Specified Offices of which are set out below.

 

References to “€” or “Euro” are to the single currency introduced at the start of the third stage of the European Economic and Monetary Union pursuant to the Treaty establishing the European Community, as amended.

 

1.                                      FORM, DENOMINATION AND TITLE

 

The Notes are serially numbered and in bearer form in the denomination of €100,000 with Coupons attached at the time of issue.  Title to the Notes and the Coupons will pass by delivery. The holder of any Note or Coupon shall (except as otherwise required by law) be treated as its absolute owner for all purposes (whether or not it is overdue and regardless of any notice of ownership, trust or any other interest therein, any writing thereon or any notice of any previous loss or theft thereof) and no person shall be liable for so treating such holder.  No person shall have any right to enforce any term or condition of the Notes or the Trust Deed under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

2.                                      GUARANTEE AND STATUS

 

(a)                                 Guarantee

 

Each Guarantor has unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed on a joint and several basis (i) the due payment of all sums expressed to be payable by the Issuer under the Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement, the Notes and the Coupons and (ii) the performance by the Issuer of all of its obligations under the Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement, the Notes and the Coupons.  Each Guarantor’s obligations in that respect (each, a “Guarantee”) are contained in the Trust Deed.

 

(b)                                 Status of the Notes

 

The Notes constitute direct, general unconditional, and unsubordinated obligations of the Issuer, secured in the manner provided in Condition 3 (Negative Pledge and Security), and will at all times rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsubordinated obligations of the Issuer, save for such obligations as may be preferred by provisions of law that are both mandatory and of general application.

 

(c)                                  Status of the Guarantees

 

The Guarantees constitute direct, general unconditional and unsubordinated obligations of the Guarantors secured in the manner provided in Condition 3 (Negative Pledge and Security) and will at all times rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsubordinated obligations of the relevant Guarantor, save for such obligations as may be preferred by provisions of law that are both mandatory and of general application.

 

74

 

(d)                                 Guarantees by Subsidiaries:

 

For as long as any Note remains outstanding, if (i) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor issues a Guarantee of any Issuer/IGT Relevant Indebtedness and (ii) it is lawful for such Subsidiary to do so, the Issuer shall procure that such Subsidiary shall, in accordance with the provisions set out in the Trust Deed, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee on the terms mutatis mutandis of Clause 4 (Guarantees) of the Trust Deed and on a pari passu basis with such Subsidiary’s obligations as guarantor under such Issuer/IGT Relevant Indebtedness, the due and punctual payment of all sums from time to time payable by the Issuer in respect of the Notes and under the Trust Deed. The Issuer shall promptly give notice to the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent and the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) of the appointment of any such new Guarantor.

 

(e)                                  Release of Guarantors:

 

In the event that any Guarantor shall have been fully and unconditionally released from all obligations under Guarantees of Issuer/IGT Relevant Indebtedness, such Guarantor (a “Released Guarantor”) shall, upon receipt by the Trustee of the certificate described in this Condition 2(e), be deemed released from all obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes without any further action required on the part of the Trustee, any Noteholder or any Couponholder. The Issuer will deliver a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer or two Authorised Signatories (as defined in the Trust Deed) of the Issuer certifying to the Trustee that (i) such Guarantor has been fully and unconditionally released from all obligations under Guarantees of the Issuer/IGT Relevant Indebtedness and (ii) that no Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default is continuing or will result from the release of that Guarantor. Such notice shall, in respect of (i) be relied upon by the Trustee without liability and without further enquiry or evidence, and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties. Subject to the receipt of the aforementioned certificate, the Trustee shall execute such instrument as may be reasonably required by the Issuer to evidence such release. Any Guarantor not so released shall remain irrevocably and unconditionally liable for its obligations under the Guarantee. The Issuer shall promptly give notice to the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent and the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) following any such release of a Guarantor. If a Released Guarantor issues a Guarantee in respect of Issuer/IGT Relevant Indebtedness at any time subsequent to the date on which it is released from the Guarantee as described above, such Released Guarantor will be required to provide a guarantee as described in, and subject to the provisions of, Condition 2(d) (Guarantees by Subsidiaries) above.

 

(f)                                   List of Guarantors:

 

The Issuer and the Principal Paying Agent shall maintain an updated list of Guarantors, which shall be available for inspection at their respective registered offices upon request. The Issuer shall promptly give notice to the Trustee and the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) if there is a change to the list of Guarantors.

 

75

 

(g)                                  The Guarantee of each Guarantor will be limited as necessary to recognise certain limitations arising under or imposed by applicable law and defences generally available to debtors (including those relating to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, corporate benefit or purpose, financial assistance, capital maintenance, voidable preference, thin capitalisation or guidance and coordination or affecting the rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law. In particular, but without limitation, each Guarantor organised or incorporated under the laws of any state of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, the Republic of Italy, Luxembourg or Germany has limited its Guarantee as set out in the Trust Deed.

 

In these Conditions, “Issuer/IGT Relevant Indebtedness” means (i) Relevant Indebtedness of the Issuer and (ii) the $500,000,000 7.50 per cent. Notes due 2019, the $300,000,000 5.50 per cent. Notes due 2020 and the $500,000,000 5.35 per cent. Notes due 2023, each issued by International Game Technology.

 

3.                                      NEGATIVE PLEDGE AND SECURITY

 

(a)                                 Negative Pledge: So long as any Note or Coupon remains outstanding (as defined in the Trust Deed), none of the Issuer or any Guarantor will, and each of the Issuer and the Guarantors shall procure that none of their respective Subsidiaries will, create or permit to subsist any Security Interest (other than a Permitted Security Interest or the Security) upon the whole or any part of their present or future business, undertakings, assets or revenues (including uncalled capital) to secure any Relevant Indebtedness or Relevant Guarantee of Relevant Indebtedness without (a) at the same time or prior thereto securing the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, the Coupons and the Trust Deed or, as the case may be, the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees, equally and rateably therewith to the satisfaction of the Trustee or (b) providing such other security, guarantee, indemnity or other arrangement for the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, the Coupons and the Trust Deed or, as the case may be, the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees, as the Trustee may in its absolute discretion consider to be not materially less beneficial to the interests of the Noteholders or as may be approved by an Extraordinary Resolution (as defined in the Trust Deed) of Noteholders.

 

(b)                                 Security: Pursuant to Condition 3(a) (Negative Pledge), the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, the Coupons and the Trust Deed and the Guarantors under the Guarantees will be secured by the following assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (the “Collateral”):

 

(i)                                     the shares of International Game Technology and, in the case of the obligations of the Issuer, the quotas of Lottomatica Holding S.r.l.;

 

(ii)                                  certain intercompany loans or notes in excess of US$10 million (x) with respect to which an obligor under the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement and Senior Term Loan Agreement (each term as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) is the creditor and the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer is a debtor or (y) with respect to which the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer is a creditor and an obligor under

 

76

 

Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement and Senior Term Loan Agreement is a debtor, including any such intercompany loan between the Issuer and any of International Game Technology, Lottomatica Holding S.r.l. and GTECH U.S.; and

 

(iii)                               any further assets that are secured in respect of Group Relevant Indebtedness or guarantees of Group Relevant Indebtedness from time to time.

 

The Collateral will be secured pursuant to, and subject to the terms of, the security documents (the “Security Documents” and the security created thereby, the “Security”) in favour of the Security Agent, acting on behalf of the holders of the obligations that are secured by the Security, including the Trustee.

 

The Security Documents provide that interests in the Security must be exercised by the Security Agent. The Noteholders are not a party to the Security Documents, and Noteholders may not therefore, individually take any direct action to enforce any rights in their favour under the Security Documents, other than to direct the Trustee by way of Extraordinary Resolution in respect of any rights it may have under the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(c)                                  Release of Security: Subject to the terms of the Trust Deed and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee will, in certain circumstances, share in the ability to direct the Security Agent to release the Security and, in particular (but subject to Condition 3(a) (Negative Pledge)), if the Security is released in respect of Group Relevant Indebtedness or any guarantee in respect thereof, it shall also be released in respect of the Notes, Coupons and Trust Deed. The Issuer shall promptly give notice to the Trustee and the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) if there is a release of Security in accordance with this Condition.

 

(d)                                 Limitations: The Security will be limited as necessary to recognise certain limitations arising under or imposed by applicable law and defences generally available to debtors (including those relating to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, corporate benefit or purpose, financial assistance, capital maintenance, voidable preference, thin capitalisation or guidance and coordination or affecting the rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law.

 

In these Conditions:

 

“Group Relevant Indebtedness” means Relevant Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

“Permitted Security Interest” means:

 

(a)                                 any Security Interest arising by operation of law;

 

77

 

(b)                                 any Security Interest existing on the assets or property of a Person immediately prior to its acquisition by or its consolidation or merger with the Issuer, a Guarantor or a Subsidiary of the Issuer, provided that such Security Interest is not created in contemplation of such acquisition, consolidation or merger and the amount secured by such Security Interest is not thereafter increased; and

 

(c)                                  any Security Interest to secure Relevant Indebtedness or a Relevant Guarantee of Relevant Indebtedness upon or with respect to any present or future assets, receivables, remittances or payment rights of the Issuer, a Guarantor or a Subsidiary of the Issuer (the “Charged Assets”), created pursuant to any securitisation or like arrangements provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Relevant Indebtedness or of Relevant Guarantee(s) of Relevant Indebtedness created pursuant to any securitisation or like arrangements and (ii) the Charged Assets at any one time do each not exceed 5% of the Consolidated Assets and whereby all or substantially all the payment obligations in respect of such Relevant Indebtedness or Relevant Guarantee of Relevant Indebtedness are to be discharged solely from the Charged Assets;

 

“Person” means any individual, company, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, organisation, state or agency of a state or other entity, whether or not having separate legal personality;

 

“Relevant Guarantee” means, in relation to any Relevant Indebtedness of any Person, any obligation of another Person to pay such Relevant Indebtedness including (without limitation):

 

(a)                                 any obligation to purchase such Relevant Indebtedness;

 

(b)                                 any obligation to lend money, to purchase or subscribe shares or other securities or to purchase assets or services in order to provide funds for the payment of such Relevant Indebtedness;

 

(c)                                  any indemnity against the consequences of a default in the payment of such Relevant Indebtedness; and

 

(d)                                 any other agreement to be responsible for such Relevant Indebtedness;

 

“Relevant Indebtedness” means any present or future indebtedness which is in the form of, or represented by, any bond, note, debenture, debenture stock, loan stock, certificate or other instrument which is, or is capable of being, listed, quoted or traded on any stock exchange or in any securities market (including, without limitation, any over-the-counter or other securities market);

 

“Security Interest” means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest including, without limitation, anything analogous to any of the foregoing under the laws of any jurisdiction; and

 

“Subsidiary” means, in relation to any Person (the “first person”) at any particular time, any other Person (the “second person”):

 

(a)                                 which is controlled, directly or indirectly by the first person;

 

78

 

(b)                                 more than half the issued share capital of which is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the first person;

 

(c)                                  which is a Subsidiary of another Subsidiary of the first person; or

 

(d)                                 whose financial statements are in accordance with applicable law and generally accepted accounting principles applicable to the Issuer fully consolidated with those of the first person.

 

For the purposes of this definition, a Person shall be treated as being controlled by another Person if the latter (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) has the power to (i) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of its directors or other equivalent officers or (ii) direct its operating and financial policies.

 

4.                                      INTEREST

 

(a)                                 Interest

 

The Notes bear interest from (and including) 5 December 2012 (the “Issue Date”) at the rate of 3.500 percent. per annum (the “Rate of Interest”) payable in arrear on 5 March in each year, commencing on 5 March 2013 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), subject as provided in Condition 6 (Payments).  The first payment (for the period from (and including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) 5 March 2013 and amounting to €863.01 per €100,000 principal amount of Notes) shall be made on 5 March 2013.  Each payment thereafter (for each full year from (and including) 5 March 2013 to (but excluding) 5 March 2020 and amounting to €3,500 per €100,000 principal amount of Notes) shall be made on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

Each Note will cease to bear interest from the due date for redemption unless, upon due presentation, payment of principal is improperly withheld or refused, in which case it will continue to bear interest at such rate (both before and after judgment) until whichever is the earlier of (a) the day on which all sums due in respect of such Note up to that day are received by or on behalf of the relevant Noteholder and (b) the day which is seven days after the Principal Paying Agent or the Trustee has notified the Noteholders that it has received all sums due in respect of the Notes up to such seventh day (except to the extent that there is any subsequent default in payment).

 

If interest is required to be paid in respect of a Note on any date which is not an Interest Payment Date, it shall be calculated by applying the Rate of Interest to the principal amount of such Note, multiplying the product by the relevant Day Count Fraction and rounding the resulting figure to the nearest cent (half a cent being rounded upwards), where:

 

“Day Count Fraction” means, in respect of any period, the number of days in the relevant period, from (and including) the first day in such period to (but excluding) the last day in such period, divided by the number of days in the Regular Period in which the relevant period falls; and

 

79

 

“Regular Period” means each period from (and including) the Issue Date or any Interest Payment Date to (but excluding) the next Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may be.

 

(b)                                 Interest rate adjustment:

 

(i)                                     The Rate of Interest will be subject to adjustment from time to time in the event of a Step Up Rating Change or Step Down Rating Change, as the case may be.  From (and including) the first Interest Payment Date following the date of a Step Up Rating Change, the Rate of Interest shall be the Initial Rate of Interest plus 1.25 per cent. per annum.  Furthermore, in the event of a Step Down Rating Change following a Step Up Rating Change, with effect from (and including) the first Interest Payment Date following the date of such Step Down Rating Change, the Rate of Interest shall be decreased by 1.25 per cent.  per annum to the Initial Rate of Interest.

 

(ii)                                  If at any relevant time the Issuer’s senior unsecured debt shall not be rated by any two of Moody’s, S&P or a Substitute Rating Agency, the Rate of Interest shall be the Initial Rate of Interest plus 1.25 per cent.  per annum with effect from (and including) the first Interest Payment Date on or after such time and up to (but excluding) the first Interest Payment Date on or immediately after such time as the Rate of Interest is able to be determined in accordance with the foregoing paragraph of this Condition 4(b) (Interest rate adjustment).

 

(iii)                               The Issuer will cause the occurrence of a Step Up Rating Change or a Step Down Rating Change to be notified to the Trustee, the Paying Agents and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and notice thereof to be given in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) as soon as possible after the occurrence of the Step Up Rating Change or the Step Down Rating Change (whichever the case may be) but in no event later than ten days thereafter.

 

(iv)                              Notwithstanding any other provision contained in these Conditions, there shall be no limit on the number of times that the Rate of Interest may be adjusted pursuant to a Rating Change during the term of the Notes, provided always that at no time during the term of the Notes will the Rate of Interest be lower than the Initial Interest Rate or higher than the Initial Interest Rate plus 1.25 per cent.  per annum.

 

(v)                                 Without prejudice to any other Condition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Condition 5(c) (Redemption at the option of the Noteholders)) and provided that the Issuer has otherwise complied with its obligations under this Condition 4(b), the occurrence of a Rating Change shall only affect the applicable Rate of Interest and the Noteholders shall not have any other rights or claims against the Issuer with respect thereto.

 

80

 

In these Conditions:

 

“Initial Rate of Interest” means the Rate of Interest set out in Condition 4(a) (Interest);

 

“Investment Grade Rating” means Baa3/BBB- or equivalent, or better from any Rating Agency;

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service Limited;

 

“Non-Investment Grade Rating” means Ba1/BB+ or equivalent, or worse from any Rating Agency;

 

“Rating Agency” means Moody’s or S&P or any of their respective successors or any rating agency (a “Substitute Rating Agency”) substituted for any of them by the Issuer from time to time with the prior written approval of the Trustee, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

“Rating Change” means a Step Up Rating Change and/or a Step Down Rating Change; “S&P” means Standard and Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.;

 

“Step Down Rating Change” means the public announcement after a Step Up Rating Change by both of Moody’s and S&P of an increase in, or a confirmation of, the rating of the Issuer’s senior unsecured debt and/or the Notes (as applicable) to at least an Investment Grade Rating; and

 

“Step Up Rating Change” means the public announcement by either or both of Moody’s and S&P of a decrease in the rating of the Issuer’s senior unsecured debt and/or the Notes (as applicable) to a Non-Investment Grade Rating.  For the avoidance of doubt, any further decrease in the rating of the Issuer’s senior unsecured debt and/or the Notes (as applicable) from below a Non-Investment Grade Rating shall not constitute a Step Up Rating Change.

 

5.                                      REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE

 

(a)                                 Scheduled redemption

 

Unless previously redeemed, or purchased and cancelled, the Notes will be redeemed at 100 per cent. of their principal amount together with any accrued and unpaid interest on 5 March 2020 (the “Maturity Date”), subject as provided in Condition 6 (Payments).

 

(b)                                 Redemption for tax reasons

 

The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Issuer in whole, but not in part, at any time, on any Interest Payment Date, on giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Noteholders (which notice shall be irrevocable), at 100 per cent. of their principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption, if, immediately before giving such notice, the Issuer satisfies the Trustee that:

 

81

 

(i)                                     the Issuer (or, if the Guarantees were called, any Guarantor) has or will become obliged to pay additional amounts as provided or referred to in Condition 7 (Taxation) as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the laws or regulations of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or any agency or authority thereof or therein having power to tax, or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws or regulations (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change or amendment becomes effective on or after 5 December 2012; and

 

(ii)                                  such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer (or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be) taking reasonable measures available to it;

 

provided, however, that no such notice of redemption shall be given (i) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer (or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be) would be obliged to pay such additional amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then payable and (ii) unless at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay additional amounts remains in effect.

 

Prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee:

 

(A)                               a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer or two Authorised Signatories (as defined in the Trust Deed) of the Issuer or, as the case may be, of the relevant Guarantor stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem have occurred; and

 

(B)                               an opinion in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee of independent legal or tax advisers of recognised standing to the effect that the Issuer (or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be) has or will become obliged to pay such additional amounts as a result of such change or amendment.

 

The Trustee shall be entitled to accept such certificate and opinion without further inquiry as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the circumstances set out in (i) and (ii) above, in which event they shall be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders.

 

Upon the expiry of any such notice as is referred to in this Condition 5(b) (Redemption for tax reasons), the Issuer shall be bound to redeem the Notes in accordance with this Condition 5(b) (Redemption for tax reasons).

 

82

 

(c)                                  Redemption at the option of the Noteholders

 

A put event (each, a “Put Event”) will be deemed to occur if:

 

(A)                               Issuer Change of Control

 

any person or persons acting in concert (as defined in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers) or any person(s) acting on their behalf (other than a Principal Shareholder) (i) shall become interested (within the meaning of Part 22 of the Companies Act 2006 (as amended)) in (A) more than 50% of the issued or allotted ordinary share capital of the Issuer or (B) shares in the capital of the Issuer carrying more than 50% of the voting rights normally exercisable at a general meeting of the Issuer or (ii) shall acquire or exercise control of the Issuer within the meaning of Article 93 of Italy’s Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998, as amended (each such event being an “Issuer Change of Control”);

 

(B)                               GTECH Change of Control

 

the Issuer ceases to control GTECH Corporation directly or indirectly, or any person or persons (other than the Issuer directly or indirectly) acting in concert or any person or persons acting on behalf of such person(s) shall become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares in the capital of GTECH Corporation carrying more than 50 per cent.  of the voting rights normally exercisable at a general meeting of GTECH Corporation (such event being a “GTECH Change of Control”); or

 

(C)                               Disposal of assets

 

there is a sale, lease, transfer or other disposal to a Person (other than the Issuer or a Guarantor) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (such event being a “Disposal Event”); and

 

(ii)                                  on the date (the “Relevant Announcement Date”) that is (x) the date of the first public announcement of the Issuer Change of Control, GTECH Change of Control or Disposal Event or, if earlier, (y) the date of the earliest Relevant Potential Change of Control Announcement (if any):

 

(A)                               the Notes carry an Investment Grade Rating from any Rating Agency and such rating is, within the Change of Control Period, either downgraded to a Non-Investment Grade Rating or withdrawn and is not, within the Change of Control Period, subsequently (in the case of a downgrade) reinstated or

 

83

 

upgraded to an Investment Grade Rating by such Rating Agency;

 

(B)                               the Notes carry a Non-Investment Grade Rating from any Rating Agency and such rating is, within the Change of Control Period, either downgraded by one or more notches (for illustration, BB+ to BB being one notch) or withdrawn and is not, within the Change of Control Period, subsequently reinstated or upgraded to its earlier rating or better by such Rating Agency; or

 

(C)                               the Notes carry no rating, and no Rating Agency assigns, within the Change of Control Period, an Investment Grade Rating to the Notes; and

 

(iii)                               in making any decision to downgrade or withdraw a credit rating pursuant to paragraph (ii) above, the relevant Rating Agency announces publicly or confirms in writing to the Issuer or the Trustee that such decision(s) are in connection with, in anticipation of or resulted from, in whole or in part, the occurrence of the Issuer Change of Control, the GTECH Change of Control or the Disposal Event, as the case may be, or the Relevant Potential Change of Control Announcement.

 

If a Put Event occurs, the holder of each Note will have the option (a “Put Option”) (unless prior to the giving of the relevant Put Event Notice (as defined below) the Issuer has given notice of redemption under Condition 5(b) (Redemption for tax reasons) above) to require the Issuer to redeem or, at the Issuer’s option, purchase (or procure the purchase of) that Note on the Put Date (as defined below) at 100 per cent. of its principal amount together with any accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the Put Date (the “Put Amount”).

 

Promptly upon the Issuer becoming aware that a Put Event has occurred the Issuer shall, and at any time upon the Trustee becoming similarly so aware the Trustee may, and if so requested by the holders of at least one quarter in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding or if so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders, shall (subject in each case to the Trustee being indemnified, secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction) give notice (a “Put Event Notice”) to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices), specifying the nature of the Put Event and the procedure for exercising the Put Option.

 

To exercise the Put Option, the holder of the Note must deliver such Note at the Specified Office of any Paying Agent at any time during normal business hours of such Paying Agent falling within the period (the “Put Period”) of 30 days after a Put Event Notice is given, accompanied by a duly signed and completed notice of exercise in the form (for the time being current) obtainable from the specified office of any Paying Agent (a “Change of Control Put Notice”).  The Note should be delivered together with all Coupons appertaining thereto on the date which is seven days after the

 

84

 

expiration of the Put Period (the “Put Date”).  The Paying Agent to which such Note and Change of Control Put Notice are delivered will issue to the Noteholder concerned a non-transferable receipt in respect of the Note so delivered.  Payment in respect of any Note so delivered will be made, if the holder duly specified a bank account in the Change of Control Put Notice to which payment is to be made, on the Put Date by transfer to that bank account and, in every other case, on or after the Put Date against presentation and surrender or (as the case may be) endorsement of such receipt at the specified office of any Paying Agent.  A Change of Control Put Notice, once given, shall be irrevocable.  For the purposes of these Conditions, receipts issued pursuant to this Condition 5(c) (Redemption at the option of the Noteholders) shall be treated as if they were Notes.  The Issuer shall redeem or purchase (or procure the purchase of) the relevant Notes on the Put Date unless previously redeemed (or purchased) and cancelled.

 

If 85 per cent.  or more in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have been redeemed or purchased pursuant to this Condition 5(c) (Redemption at the option of the Noteholders), the Issuer may, on giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) (such notice being given within 30 days after the Put Date), redeem or purchase (or procure the purchase of), at its option, all but not some only of the remaining outstanding Notes at their principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the date fixed for such redemption or purchase.

 

If the rating designations employed by any of Moody’s or S&P are changed from those which are described in paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Put Event” above, or if a rating is procured from a Substitute Rating Agency, the Issuer shall determine, with the agreement of the Trustee, the rating designations of Moody’s or S&P or such Substitute Rating Agency (as appropriate) as are most equivalent to the prior rating designations of Moody’s or S&P and this Condition 5(c) (Redemption at the option of the Noteholders) shall be construed accordingly.

 

The Trustee is under no obligation to ascertain whether a Put Event, Issuer Change of Control, GTECH Change of Control or Disposal Event or any event which could lead to the occurrence of or could constitute a Put Event, a Issuer Change of Control, a GTECH Change of Control or a Disposal Event has occurred, or to seek any confirmation from any Rating Agency pursuant to Condition 5(c)(iii) above, and, until it shall have actual knowledge or notice pursuant to the Trust Deed to the contrary, the Trustee may assume that no Put Event, Issuer Change of Control, GTECH Change of Control or Disposal Event or other such event has occurred.

 

In this Condition 5(c) (Redemption at the option of the Noteholders):

 

“Change of Control Period” means the period commencing on the Relevant Announcement Date and ending 120 days after the Issuer Change of Control, GTECH Change of Control or Disposal Event, as the case may be (or such longer period for which the Notes are under consideration (such consideration having been announced publicly within the period ending 120 days after the

 

85

 

Issuer Change of Control, GTECH Change of Control or Disposal Event, as the case may be) for rating review or, as the case may be, rating by a Rating Agency, such period not to exceed 60 days after the public announcement of such consideration);

 

“Principal Shareholder” means De Agostini S.p.A., its Subsidiaries or B&D Holding di Marco Drago e C.  S.a.p.a (“B&D Holding”) or any entity controlled by one or more of the same beneficial holders that directly or indirectly control B&D Holding at the Issue Date; provided that or the purposes of this definition, an entity or B&D Holding shall be treated as being controlled, directly or indirectly, by any such holder(s) if the latter (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) have or has, as applicable, the power to (i) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of its directors or other equivalent officers or (ii) direct its operating and financial policies; and

 

“Relevant Potential Change of Control Announcement” means any public announcement or statement by the Issuer, any actual or potential bidder or any adviser acting on behalf of any actual or potential bidder or purchaser relating to any potential Issuer Change of Control, GTECH Change of Control or Disposal Event, as the case may be, where within 180 days following the date of such announcement or statement, the Issuer Change of Control, GTECH Change of Control or Disposal Event occurs.

 

(d)                                 Redemption at the option of the Issuer

 

The Issuer may, having given not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) (which notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date fixed for redemption), redeem all, but not some only, of the Notes, on 6 January 2013 or at any time thereafter (the “Optional Redemption Date”) at a redemption price per Note equal to the greater of: (i) 100 per cent.  of the principal amount of the Note; or (ii) as determined by the Reference Dealers (as defined below), the sum of the then current values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (not including any interest accrued on the Notes to, but excluding, the Optional Redemption Date) discounted to the Optional Redemption Date on an annual basis (based on the actual number of days elapsed divided by 365 or (in the case of a leap year) by 366) at the Reference Dealer Rate (as defined below), plus 0.50 per cent., plus, in each case, any interest accrued on the Notes to, but excluding, the Optional Redemption Date (the “Call Amount”).  Upon the expiry of such notice, the Issuer shall redeem the Notes in accordance with this Condition 5(d).

 

In this Condition 5(d) (Redemption at the option of the Issuer):

 

“Reference Bund” means €22,000,000,000 3.25 per cent.  German Federal Government Bonds of Bundesrepublik Deutschland due 4 January 2020 with ISIN DE0001135390;

 

86

 

“Reference Dealers” means Banca IMI S.p.A., Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, Merrill Lynch International, UniCredit Bank AG or their successors; and

 

“Reference Dealer Rate” means, with respect to the Reference Dealers and the Optional Redemption Date, the average of the five quotations of the average mid market annual yield to maturity of the Reference Bund, or, if the applicable security is no longer outstanding, a similar security in the reasonable judgement of each Reference Dealer, at 11:00 a.m.  London time on the third business day in London preceding such Optional Redemption Date, quoted in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Reference Dealers.

 

(e)                                  No other redemption

 

The Issuer shall not be entitled to redeem the Notes otherwise than as provided in Condition 5(a) (Scheduled redemption), 5(b) (Redemption for tax reasons) and 5(d) (Redemption at the option of the Issuer) above.

 

(f)                                   Purchase

 

The Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries may at any time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise and at any price, provided that all unmatured Coupons are purchased therewith.

 

(g)                                  Cancellation

 

All Notes so redeemed or purchased by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries and any unmatured Coupons attached to or surrendered with them shall be cancelled and may not be reissued or resold.  None of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall be entitled to vote at any meetings of Noteholders in relation to the Notes redeemed or held by it.

 

(h)                                 Timing of Notices

 

If more than one notice of redemption is given by the Issuer pursuant to these Conditions, or a Noteholder delivers a Change of Control Put Notice pursuant to Condition 5(b) (Redemption at the Option of Noteholders), the first in time of such notices shall prevail.

 

6.                                      PAYMENTS

 

(a)                                 Principal

 

Payments of principal shall be made only against presentation and (provided that payment is made in full) surrender of Notes at the Specified Office of any Paying Agent outside the United States by Euro cheque drawn on, or by transfer to a Euro account (or other account to which Euro may be credited or transferred) maintained by the payee outside the United States with, a bank in a city in which banks have access to the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET2) System (the “TARGET System”).

 

87

 

(b)                                 Interest

 

Payments of interest shall, subject to Condition 6(f) (Payments other than in respect of matured Coupons) below, be made only against presentation and (provided that payment is made in full) surrender of the appropriate Coupons at the Specified Office of any Paying Agent outside the United States in the manner described in Condition 6(a) (Principal) above.

 

(c)                                  Payments subject to fiscal laws

 

All payments in respect of the Notes are subject in all cases to any applicable fiscal or other laws and regulations in the place of payment, but without prejudice to the provisions of Condition 7 (Taxation).  No commissions or expenses shall be charged to the Noteholders or Couponholders in respect of such payments.

 

(d)                                 Unmatured Coupons

 

Upon any Note becoming due and payable prior to the due date for redemption, all unmatured Coupons (if any) appertaining thereto will become void and no further amounts will be payable with respect thereto.

 

(e)                                  Payments on business days

 

If the due date for payment of any amount in respect of any Note or Coupon is not a business day in the place of presentation, the holder shall not be entitled to payment in such place of the amount due until the next succeeding business day in such place and shall not be entitled to any further interest or other payment in respect of any such delay. In this paragraph, “business day” means, in respect of any place of presentation, any day on which banks are open for presentation and payment of bearer debt securities and for dealings in foreign currencies in such place of presentation and, in the case of payment by transfer to a Euro account as referred to above, on which the TARGET System is open.

 

(f)                                   Payments other than in respect of matured Coupons

 

Payments of interest other than in respect of matured Coupons shall be made only against presentation of the relevant Notes at the Specified Office of any Paying Agent outside the United States in the manner described in Condition 6(a) (Principal) above.

 

(g)                                  Partial payments

 

If a Paying Agent makes a partial payment in respect of any Note or Coupon presented to it for payment, such Paying Agent will endorse thereon a statement indicating the amount and date of such payment.

 

88

 

7.                                      TAXATION

 

(a)                                 Gross Up

 

All payments in respect of principal (including any Call Amount or Put Amount, if applicable) and interest in respect of the Notes and the Coupons or under the Guarantees by the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, will be made free and clear of, and without withholding or deduction for or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature (“Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of any of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdictions, unless the withholding or deduction of such taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges is required by law.  In that event, the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor will pay such additional amounts as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received by the holders of the Notes or Coupons after such withholding or deduction shall equal the respective amounts of principal (including any Call Amount or Put Amount, if applicable) and interest which would have been received in respect of the Notes or (as the case may be) Coupons, in the absence of such withholding or deduction, except that no additional amounts shall be payable with respect to any payment in respect of any Note or Coupon:

 

(i)                                     (a) to, or to a third party on behalf of, a holder who is subject to such Taxes, in respect of such Note or Coupon by reason of its having some connection (otherwise than merely by holding the Note or Coupon) with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdictions; or (b) to, or to a third party on behalf of, a holder who is entitled to avoid such withholding or deduction in respect of such Note or Coupon by making a declaration of non-residence or other similar claim for exemption to the relevant taxing authority but has failed to do so; or

 

(ii)                                  for any Note or Coupon presented for payment more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent that the holder thereof would have been entitled to such additional amount on presenting the same for payment on the thirtieth such day; or

 

(iii)                               where such withholding or deduction is imposed on a payment to an individual and is required to be made pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive; or

 

(iv)                              held by or on behalf of a Noteholder or Couponholder who would have been able to lawfully avoid (but has not so avoided) such deduction or withholding by complying with any statutory requirements; or

 

(v)                                 presented for payment by or on behalf of a holder who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note or Coupon to another Paying Agent in a Member State of the European Union, without prejudice to the option of the Issuer to redeem the Notes pursuant to, and subject to the conditions of, Condition 5(b) (Redemption for tax reasons).

 

89

 

(b)                                 Taxing Jurisdiction

 

As used in these Conditions, “Relevant Date” in respect of any Note or Coupon means the date on which payment in respect thereof first becomes due or (if any amount of the money payable is improperly withheld or refused) the date on which payment in full of the amount outstanding is made or (if earlier) the date on which notice is duly given to the holders of Notes in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices) that, upon further presentation of the Note or Coupon being made in accordance with the Conditions, such payment will be made, provided that payment is in fact made upon such presentation; and “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction” means any jurisdiction or any political subdivision or any agency or authority thereof or therein having power to tax to which the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, becomes subject in respect of payments made by it in respect of principal (including any Call Amount or Put Amount, if applicable) and interest on the Notes and Coupons.

 

References in these Conditions to “principal” and/or “interest” shall be deemed to include any additional amounts which may be payable under this Condition 7 (Taxation).

 

8.                                      EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

If any of the following events occurs, then the Trustee at its discretion may and, if so requested in writing by holders of at least one quarter of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes or if so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution (as defined in the Trust Deed), shall (subject, in the case of the occurrence of any of the events mentioned in paragraphs (b) (Breach of other obligations), (d) (Unsatisfied judgment), (e) (Security enforced), (h) (Analogous event) (only in relation to events referred to in paragraphs (d) and (e) below), (i) (Failure to take action, etc.) or (j)(Unlawfulness) and, in relation only to a Material Subsidiary (which is not a Guarantor), paragraphs (c) (Cross-default of Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary) or (g) (Winding up, etc.) below, to the Trustee having certified in writing that the happening of such event is in its opinion materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders and, in all cases, to the Trustee having been indemnified, provided with security and/or prefunded to its satisfaction) give written notice to the Issuer declaring the Notes to be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable at their principal amount together with any accrued and unpaid interest without further action or formality:

 

(a)                                 Non-payment

 

The Issuer fails to pay (i) any amount of principal or premium in respect of the Notes, (ii) the Call Amount or (iii) the Put Amount on the due date for payment thereof or fails to pay any amount of interest in respect of the Notes within five business days of the due date for payment thereof.  In this paragraph, “business day” means any day on which banks are open for presentation and payment of bearer debt securities and for dealings in foreign currencies in such place of presentation and on which the TARGET System is open; or

 

90

 

(b)                                 Breach of other obligations

 

The Issuer or any Guarantor defaults in the performance or observance of any of its other obligations under or in respect of the Notes or the Trust Deed and such default (i) is, in the opinion of the Trustee, incapable of remedy or (ii) being a default which is, in the opinion of the Trustee, capable of remedy remains unremedied for 30 days or such longer period as the Trustee may agree after the Trustee has given written notice thereof to the Issuer and the Guarantors; or

 

(c)                                  Cross-default of Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary:

 

(i)                                     any Indebtedness of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary is not paid when due (as extended by any originally applicable grace period);

 

(ii)                                  any such Indebtedness becomes due and payable prior to its stated maturity (as extended by any originally applicable grace period) otherwise than at the option of the Issuer, the relevant Guarantor or (as the case may be) the relevant Material Subsidiary or (provided that no event of default, howsoever described, has occurred) any person entitled to such Indebtedness; or

 

(iii)                               the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary fails to pay when due (the date when the payment is due being the “Due Date”) (as extended by any originally applicable grace period) any amount payable by it under any Specified Guarantee of any Indebtedness, unless such payment (x) is contested in good faith by the Issuer, the relevant Guarantor or the relevant Material Subsidiary by all appropriate means, including (where applicable) an application to a competent court for a declaration that such payment is not due and (y) is, within 60 calendar days of the Due Date, (xx) either dismissed or forgiven by the creditor, (yy) formally determined by the appropriate authority (including where applicable by such competent court) not to be due or (zz) made by (or on behalf of) the Issuer, Guarantor or Material Subsidiary;

 

provided that the amount of Indebtedness referred to in sub-paragraph (i) and/or sub-paragraph (ii) above and/or the amount payable under any Specified Guarantee referred to in sub-paragraph (iii) above individually or in the aggregate exceeds €50 million (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies); or

 

(d)                                 Unsatisfied judgment

 

One or more judgment(s) or order(s) for the payment of an amount in excess of €50 million (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) whether individually or in aggregate, is rendered against the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary and continue(s) unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 60 days after the date(s) thereof or, if later, the date therein specified for payment; or

 

91

 

(e)                                  Security enforced

 

A secured party takes possession, or a receiver, manager or other similar officer is appointed, of the whole or any substantial (in the opinion of the Trustee) part of the undertaking, assets and revenues of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary; or

 

(f)                                   Insolvency, etc.

 

(i) the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, (ii) an administrator or liquidator of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary or the whole or any/a substantial (in the opinion of the Trustee) part of the undertaking, assets and revenues of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary is appointed (or application for any such appointment is made), (iii) the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary takes any action for a readjustment or deferment of any of its obligations or makes a general assignment or an arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors or declares a moratorium in respect of any of its Indebtedness or any Specified Guarantee of any Indebtedness given by it, (iv) the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary ceases or threatens to cease to carry on all or any substantial part of its business (other than for the purpose of a Permitted Restructuring), or (v) the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary suspends its payments generally; or

 

(g)                                  Winding up, etc.

 

An order is made or an effective resolution is passed for the winding up, liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary (other than for the purpose of a Permitted Restructuring); or

 

(h)                                 Analogous event

 

Any event occurs in relation to the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary (other than for the purpose of a Permitted Restructuring) which under the governing laws of their respective jurisdictions has an analogous effect to any of the events referred to in paragraphs (d) (Unsatisfied judgment) to (g) (Winding up, etc.) above; or

 

(i)                                     Failure to take action, etc.

 

Any action, condition or thing at any time required to be taken, fulfilled or done in order (i) to enable the Issuer or any Guarantor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and perform and comply with its obligations under and in respect of the Notes and/or the Trust Deed, (ii) to ensure that those obligations are legal, valid, binding and enforceable and (iii) to make the Notes, the Coupons and the Trust Deed admissible in evidence in the courts of the United Kingdom or the jurisdiction of incorporation of each Guarantor, as the case may be, is not taken, fulfilled or done; or

 

92

 

(j)                                    Unlawfulness

 

It is or will become unlawful for the Issuer or any Guarantor to perform or comply with any of its obligations under or in respect of the Notes or the Trust Deed; or

 

(k)                                 Guarantee

 

Any of the Guarantees is not (or is claimed by any Guarantor not to be) in full force and effect (other than as a result of a Permitted Restructuring).

 

The Issuer shall give to the Trustee, as soon as reasonably practicable after the acquisition or disposal of any company which thereby becomes or ceases to be a Material Subsidiary or after any transfer is made to any Subsidiary which thereby becomes a Material Subsidiary, a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer or two Authorised Signatories of the Issuer to such effect.

 

In these Conditions:

 

“Consolidated Assets” means the aggregate value of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, as disclosed in the audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries most recently prepared before the time when the determination or examination is being made as required by and in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

“Consolidated Revenues” means the aggregate revenues of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as disclosed in the audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries most recently prepared before the time when the determination or examination is being made as required by and in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

“Indebtedness” means any indebtedness of any Person for moneys borrowed or raised;

 

“Material Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Subsidiary of the Issuer (a) which (i) accounts for 10 per cent. or more of the Consolidated Assets as of such date; or (ii) accounted for 10 per cent. or more of the Consolidated Revenues for the year ended on or immediately prior to such date, or (b) which assumes all the assets and liabilities of a Subsidiary of the Issuer which immediately prior to such assumption is a Material Subsidiary as a Substituted Obligor pursuant to a Permitted Restructuring, and such Substituted Obligor shall cease to be a Material Subsidiary pursuant to this paragraph (b) only on the date on which the consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for the financial period current at the date of such Permitted Restructuring have been prepared, but so that such Substituted Obligor may be a Material Subsidiary on or at any time after the date on which such financial statements have been prepared by virtue of paragraph (a) of this definition;

 

“Permitted Restructuring” means either:

 

(a)                                 any solvent amalgamation, merger, reconstruction or similar arrangement on terms approved in writing by the Trustee or by an Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders; or

 

93

 

(b)                                 any solvent amalgamation, merger, reconstruction or similar arrangement of a Guarantor or a Material Subsidiary with (or with and into) the Issuer, any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer under which:

 

(i)                                     all the assets and liabilities of such Guarantor or such Material Subsidiary, as the case may be, are assumed by the entity resulting from such solvent amalgamation, merger or reconstruction (the “Substituted Obligor”) and such Guarantor or such Material Subsidiary ceases to exist; and

 

(ii)                                  (in the case of a Guarantor) the Substituted Obligor (unless the Substituted Obligor is the Issuer or another Guarantor) assumes the obligations of such Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee, or (in the case of a Material Subsidiary unless the Substituted Obligor is the Issuer) the Substituted Obligor would thereby become a Material Subsidiary; and

 

(iii)                               certain other conditions specified in the Trust Deed have been complied with;

 

“Specified Guarantee” means, in relation to any Indebtedness of any Person, any obligation of another Person to pay such Indebtedness including (without limitation):

 

(a)                                 any obligation to purchase such Indebtedness;

 

(b)                                 any obligation to lend money, to purchase or subscribe shares or other securities or to purchase assets or services in order to provide funds for the payment of such Indebtedness;

 

(c)                                  any indemnity against the consequences of a default in the payment of such Indebtedness; and

 

(d)                                 any other agreement to be responsible for such Indebtedness.

 

9.                                      PRESCRIPTION

 

Claims for principal shall become void unless the relevant Notes are presented for payment within ten years of the appropriate Relevant Date.  Claims for interest shall become void unless the relevant Coupons are presented for payment within five years of the appropriate Relevant Date.

 

10.                               REPLACEMENT OF NOTES AND COUPONS

 

If any Note or Coupon is lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed, it may be replaced at the Specified Office of the Principal Paying Agent or the Paying Agent having its Specified Office in Luxembourg, subject to all applicable laws, listing authority requirements and stock exchange requirements, upon payment by the claimant of the expenses incurred in connection with such replacement and on such terms as to evidence, security, indemnity and otherwise as the Issuer and the Guarantors may reasonably require.  Mutilated or defaced Notes or Coupons must be surrendered before replacements will be issued.

 

94

 

11.                               TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENTS

 

Under the Trust Deed, the Trustee is entitled to be indemnified and relieved from responsibility in certain circumstances and to be paid its costs and expenses in priority to the claims of the Noteholders. In addition, the Trustee is entitled to enter into business transactions with the Issuer and any entity relating to the Issuer without accounting for any profit.

 

In connection with the exercise by the Trustee of any of its trusts, powers, authorities and discretions (including, without limitation, any modification, waiver, authorisation, determination or substitution), the Trustee shall have regard to the general interests of the Noteholders as a class but shall not have regard to any interests arising from circumstances particular to individual Noteholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) and, in particular but without limitation, shall not have regard to the consequences of any such exercise for individual Noteholders or Couponholders (whatever their number) resulting from their being for any purpose domiciled or resident in, or otherwise connected with, or subject to the jurisdiction of, any particular territory or any political sub-division thereof and the Trustee shall not be entitled to require, nor shall any Noteholder or Couponholder be entitled to claim, from the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any other person any indemnification or payment in respect of any tax consequence of any such exercise upon individual Noteholders or Couponholders except to the extent already provided for in Condition 7 (Taxation) and/or any undertaking given in addition to, or in substitution for, Condition 7 (Taxation) pursuant to the Trust Deed.

 

In acting under the Agency Agreement and in connection with the Notes and the Coupons, the Paying Agents act solely as agents of the Issuer and the Guarantors and (to the extent provided therein) the Trustee and do not assume any obligations towards or relationship of agency or trust for or with any of the.  Noteholders .or Couponholders.

 

The initial Paying Agents and their initial Specified Offices are listed below.  The Issuer and the Guarantors reserve the right (with the prior approval of the Trustee) at any time to vary or terminate the appointment of any Paying Agent and to appoint a successor principal paying agent and additional or successor paying agents; provided, however, that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall at all times maintain (a) a principal paying agent, and (b) a paying agent in an EU Member State that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the EU Savings Directive.

 

Notice of any termination or appointment and of any change in the specified offices of the Paying Agents will be given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 15 (Notices).

 

12.                               MEETINGS OF NOTEHOLDERS; NOTEHOLDERS’ REPRESENTATIVE; MODIFICATION

 

(a)                                 Meetings of Noteholders

 

The Trust Deed contains provisions for convening Meetings (as defined in the Trust Deed) to consider matters relating to the Notes, including the modification of any provision of these Conditions, in accordance with Article

 

95

 

2415 of the Italian Civil Code and the applicable provisions of the Italian Financial Act on listed companies.  Any such modification may be made if sanctioned by an Extraordinary Resolution.  Such a Meeting may be convened, either as a Single Call Meeting (as defined in the Trust Deed) or as a Multiple Call Meeting (as defined in the Trust Deed), by the directors of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Noteholders’ Representative (as described below) and the Issuer and the Noteholders’ Representative are obliged to do so upon the request in writing of Noteholders holding not less than one-twentieth of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.  Such a Meeting will be validly held if attended by one or more Voters (as defined in the Trust Deed) representing or holding (i) in the case of a Single Call Meeting, at least one fifth of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes or (ii) in the case of a Multiple Call Meeting: (A) in the case of an Initial Meeting (as defined in the Trust Deed), at least one half of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes or (B) in the case of a Second Meeting (as defined in the Trust Deed) following adjournment of the Initial Meeting for want of quorum, more than one third of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes or (C) in the case of a Third Meeting or further Meetings, following a further adjournment for want of quorum, at least one fifth of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes provided, however, that the quorum, both in the case of a Single Call Meeting and in the case of a Multiple Call Meeting, shall always be at least one half of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes for the purposes of considering a Reserved Matter (as defined below) and provided further that the articles of association of the Issuer may from time to time require a higher quorum.  Both in the case of a Single Call Meeting and in the case of a Multiple Call Meeting, the majority required to pass a resolution at any meeting convened to vote on an Extraordinary Resolution (including any meeting convened following adjournment of the previous meeting for want of quorum) will be one or more Voters holding or representing at least two thirds of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented at the Meeting; provided, however, that certain proposals (as set out in Schedule 3 (Provisions for Meetings of the Noteholders) to the Trust Deed) (including, inter alia, any proposal to change any date fixed for payment of principal or interest in respect of the Notes, to reduce the amount of principal or interest payable on any date in respect of the Notes, to alter the method of calculating the amount of any payment in respect of the Notes or the date for any such payment, to change the currency of payments under the Notes or to change the quorum requirements relating to meetings or the majority required to pass an Extraordinary Resolution (each, a “Reserved Matter”)) may only be sanctioned by an Extraordinary Resolution passed at a Meeting by one or more Voters holding or representing more than one half of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented at the Meeting but at least one half of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.  Any Extraordinary Resolution duly passed at any such Meeting shall be binding on all the Noteholders and Couponholders, whether present or not.

 

The Trust Deed provides that, save for decisions in respect of those matters which are required to be addressed in a meeting of Noteholders pursuant to Article 2415 of the Italian Civil Code, a resolution in writing signed by or on 

 

96

 

behalf of the holders of not less than 90 per cent.  in principal amount of the Notes outstanding shall for all purposes be as valid and effective as an Extraordinary Resolution passed at a meeting of Noteholders duly convened and held.  Such a resolution in writing may be contained in one document or several documents in the same form, each signed by or on behalf of one or more Noteholders.

 

(b)                                 Noteholders’ Representative

 

Pursuant to Articles 2415 and 2417 of the Italian Civil Code, a Noteholders’ Representative (the “Noteholders’ Representative”) may be appointed, inter alia, to represent the interests of the Noteholders in respect of the Notes, such appointment to be made by an Extraordinary Resolution or by an order of a competent court at the request of one or more Noteholders or the directors of the Issuer.  The Noteholders’ Representative shall have the powers and duties set out in Article 2418 of the Italian Civil Code.

 

(c)                                  Modification

 

The Trustee may, without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders agree to any modification of these Conditions, the Trust Deed, the Intercreditor Agreement,  the Security Documents or the Agency Agreement (other than in respect of a Reserved Matter) which is, in the opinion of the Trustee, proper to make if, in the opinion of the Trustee, such modification will not be materially prejudicial to the interests of Noteholders and to any modification of the Notes, the Trust Deed, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Documents or the Agency Agreement which is of a formal, minor or technical nature or is to correct a manifest or proven error.

 

In addition, the Trustee may, without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders authorise or waive any proposed breach or breach of the Notes or the Trust Deed (other than a proposed breach or breach relating to the subject of a Reserved Matter or other matters pursuant to Article 2415, paragraph l of the Italian Civil Code) if, in the opinion of the Trustee, the interests of the Noteholders will not be materially prejudiced thereby.

 

Any such authorisation, waiver or modification shall be binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders and, unless the Trustee agrees otherwise, notified to the Noteholders as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

13.                               ENFORCEMENT

 

The Trustee may at any time, at its discretion and without notice, institute such proceedings as it thinks fit to enforce the provisions of the Trust Deed, the Notes and the Coupons, or to institute such proceedings or take any other action or steps required or requested of it under or in connection with the Intercreditor Agreement, but it shall not be bound to do so or to take any other action under or pursuant to the Trust Deed or the Intercreditor Agreement unless:

 

97

 

(a)                                 it has been so requested in writing by the holders of at least one quarter of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes or has been so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution; and

 

(b)                                 it has been indemnified, provided with security and/or prefunded to its satisfaction.

 

No Noteholder may proceed directly against the Issuer or any Guarantor unless the Trustee, having become bound to do so, fails to do so within a reasonable time and such failure is continuing.

 

14.                               FURTHER ISSUES

 

The Issuer may from time to time, without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders and in accordance with the Trust Deed, create and issue further notes having the same terms and conditions as the Notes in all respects (or in all respects except for the first payment of interest) so as to form a single series with the Notes.  The Issuer may from time to time, with the consent of the Trustee, create and issue other series of notes having the benefit of the Trust Deed.

 

15.                               NOTICES

 

Notices to the Noteholders shall be valid if published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or if such publication is not practicable, in a leading English language daily newspaper having general circulation in Europe or on the website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu) at least 30 days prior to the meeting (exclusive of the day on which the notice is published and of the day on which the meeting is to be held).  Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of first publication.  Couponholders shall be deemed for all purposes to have notice of the contents of any notice given to the Noteholders.

 

16.                               GOVERNING LAW

 

The Notes, the Trust Deed and the Intercreditor Agreement and all non-contractual matters arising from or connected with the Notes and the Trust Deed are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

17.                               SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

 

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute (a “Dispute”) arising from or connected with the Trust Deed or the Notes and all non-contractual matters arising from or in connection therewith (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of the Trust Deed or the Notes) or the consequences of their nullity.  The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts of England is for the benefit of the Trustee and the Noteholders only and shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Trustee or any Noteholder to take proceedings relating to a Dispute (“Proceedings”) outside England nor shall the taking of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if any to the extent permitted by law.

 

98

 

18.                               SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

Each Guarantor agrees that the documents which start any Proceedings and any other documents required to be served in relation to those Proceedings may be served on it by being delivered to the Issuer at 70 Chancery Lane, London WC2A 1AF, England, United Kingdom or at any address of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor in the United Kingdom at which process may be served on it in accordance with Parts 34 and 37 of the Companies Act 2006.  Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the right of any Noteholder to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

99

 

PART C
 FORM OF COUPON

 

[On the face of the Coupon:]

 

LOTTOMATICA GROUP S.p.A.

€500,000,000 3.500 per cent.  Guaranteed Notes due 5 March 2020

 

guaranteed by

 

GTECH CORPORATION

GTECH HOLDINGS CORPORATION

GTECH RHODE ISLAND LLC

INVEST GAMES S.A.

 

Coupon for €[·] due on [·]

 

Such amount is payable, subject to the terms and conditions (the “Conditions”) endorsed on the Note to which this Coupon relates (which are binding on the holder of this Coupon whether or not it is for the time being attached to such Note), against presentation and surrender of this Coupon at the specified office for the time being of any of the agents shown on the reverse of this Coupon (or any ·successor or additional agents appointed from time to time in accordance with the Conditions).

 

ANY UNITED STATES PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE) WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED STATES.

 

[On the reverse of the Coupon:]

 

Principal Paying Agent: The Bank of New York Mellon (acting through its London Branch), One Canada Square, London El4 5AL

 

Paying Agent: The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A., Aerogolf Center, 1A, Hoehenhof, L-1736 Senningerberg, Luxembourg

 

LOTTOMATICA GROUP S.p.A.

 

	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(duly authorised)
    	
 
    

 

100

 

SCHEDULE 3
 PROVISIONS FOR MEETINGS OF THE NOTEHOLDERS

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS

 

In this Trust Deed and the Conditions, the following expressions have the following meanings:

 

“Block Voting Instruction” means, in relation to any Meeting, a document in the English language issued by a Paying Agent:

 

(a)                                 certifying that certain specified Notes (the “deposited Notes”) have been deposited with such Paying Agent (or to its order at a bank or other depositary) or blocked in an account with a clearing system, at least two Local Business Days, prior to the date fixed for the Meeting and will not be released until the earlier of:

 

(i)                                     the conclusion of the Meeting; and

 

(ii)                                  the surrender to such Paying Agent, not less than 48 hours before the time fixed for the Meeting (or, if the Meeting has been adjourned, the time fixed for its resumption), of the receipt for the deposited or blocked Notes and notification thereof by such Paying Agent to the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee;

 

(b)                                 certifying that the depositor of each deposited Note or a duly authorised person on its behalf has instructed the relevant Paying Agent in writing that the votes attributable to such deposited Note are to be cast in a particular way on each resolution to be put to the Meeting and that, during the period of 48 hours before the time fixed for the Meeting, such instructions may not be amended or revoked;

 

(c)                                  listing the total number and (if in definitive form) the certificate numbers of the deposited Notes, distinguishing for each resolution between those in respect of which instructions have been given to vote for, or against, the resolution; and

 

(d)                                 authorising a named individual or individuals to vote at a Meeting in respect of the deposited Notes in accordance with such instructions;

 

“Chairman” means, in relation to any Meeting, the individual who takes the chair in accordance with paragraph 7 (Chairman);

 

“Extraordinary Resolution” means a resolution approved by the number of Voters specified in paragraph 8 (Quorum and majority required to pass Extraordinary Resolutions) at a Meeting duly convened and held in accordance with this Schedule;

 

“Initial Meeting” means any Meeting other than a New Meeting;

 

“Local Business Days” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks are open for business in Italy;

 

101

 

“Maturity Date” has the meaning given to it in the Conditions;

 

“Meeting” means a meeting of Noteholders (whether originally convened or resumed following an adjournment);

 

“Multiple Call Meeting” means a Meeting convened as a multiple call meeting;

 

“New Meeting” means a Meeting convened after adjournment for want of quorum of a previous Meeting;

 

“Noteholders’ Representative” means a person appointed, inter alia, to represent the interests of the Noteholders (rappresentante comune) by an Extraordinary Resolution or by an order of a competent court at the request of one or more Noteholders or the directors of the Issuer, as described in Articles 2415, 2417 and 2418 of the Italian Civil Code;

 

“Proxy” means, in relation to any Meeting, a person appointed to vote under a Block Voting Instruction other than:

 

(a)                                 any such person whose appointment has been revoked and in relation to whom the relevant Paying Agent has been notified in writing of such revocation by the time which is 48 hours before the time fixed for such Meeting;

 

(b)                                 any such person appointed to vote at a Meeting which has been adjourned for want of a quorum and who has not been re-appointed to vote at the Meeting when it is resumed;

 

(c)                                  any such person who is (i) a member of any management or supervisory board (including directors and Statutory Auditors; or (ii) an employee of the Issuer, any Guarantor or their respective Subsidiaries; or

 

(d)                                 any of the Subsidiaries of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

“Reserved Matter” means any proposal:

 

(a)                                 to change any date fixed for payment of principal or interest in respect of the Notes, to reduce the amount of principal or interest payable on any date in respect of the Notes or to alter the method of calculating the amount of any payment in respect of the Notes on redemption or maturity or the date for any such payment in accordance with Article 2415 No.2 of the Italian Civil Code;

 

(b)                                 to effect the exchange or substitution of the Notes for, or the conversion of the Notes into, shares, bonds or other obligations or securities of the Issuer or any other person or body corporate formed or to be formed;

 

(c)                                  to change the currency in which amounts due in respect of the Notes are payable;

 

(d)                                 to approve any proposal by the Issuer for any other modification of any provision of the Conditions or the Trust Deed or any arrangement in respect of the obligations of the Issuer thereunder subject to Clause 7.2 (Modifications) of the Trust Deed;

 

102

 

(e)                                  to amend this definition; or

 

(f)                                   to change the quorum requirements relating to meetings or the majority required to pass an Extraordinary Resolution;

 

“Second Meeting” means a Meeting convened after adjournment for want of quorum of an Initial Meeting;

 

“Single Call Meeting” means a Meeting convened as a single call meeting;

 

“Third Meeting” means a Meeting convened after adjournment for want of quorum of a Second Meeting;

 

“Voter” means, in relation to any Meeting, the bearer of a Voting Certificate or a Proxy or the bearer of a definitive Note who produces such definitive Note at the Meeting;

 

“Voting Certificate” means, in relation to any Meeting, a certificate in the English language issued by a Paying Agent and dated in which it is stated:

 

(a)                                 that certain specified Notes (the “deposited Notes”) have been deposited with such Paying Agent (or to its order at a bank or other depositary) or blocked in an account with a clearing system at least two Local Business Days prior to the date fixed for the Meeting and will not be released until the earlier of:

 

(i)                                     the conclusion of the Meeting; and

 

(ii)                                  the surrender of such certificate to such Paying Agent; and

 

(b)                                 that the bearer of such certificate, being the holder of, or having been duly authorised in writing by the depositor of, the deposited Notes, is entitled to attend and vote at the Meeting in respect of such Notes;

 

“24 hours” means a period of 24 hours including all or part of a day upon which banks are open for business in both the places where the relevant Meeting is to be held and in each of the places where the Paying Agents have their Specified Offices (disregarding for this purpose the day upon which such Meeting is to be held) and such period shall be extended by one period or, to the extent necessary, more periods of 24 hours until there is included as aforesaid all or part of a day upon which banks are open for business as aforesaid; and

 

“48 hours” means two consecutive periods of 24 hours.

 

2.                                      ISSUE OF VOTING CERTIFICATES AND BLOCK VOTING INSTRUCTIONS

 

The holder of a Note may obtain a Voting Certificate from any Paying Agent or require any Paying Agent to issue a Block Voting Instruction by depositing such Note with such Paying Agent or arranging for such Note to be (to its satisfaction) held to its order or under its control or blocked in an account with a clearing system not later than two Local Business Days before the date fixed for the relevant Meeting.  A Voting Certificate or Block Voting Instruction shall be valid until the release of the 

 

103

 

deposited Notes to which it relates.  So long as a Voting Certificate or Block Voting Instruction is valid, the bearer thereof (in the case of a Voting Certificate) or any Proxy named therein (in the case of a Block Voting Instruction) shall be deemed to be the holder of the Notes to which it relates for all purposes in connection with the Meeting.  A Voting Certificate and a Block Voting Instruction cannot be outstanding simultaneously in respect of the same Note.

 

3.                                      REFERENCES TO DEPOSIT/RELEASE OF NOTES

 

Where Notes are represented by the Temporary Global Note and/or the Permanent Global Note or are held in definitive form within a clearing system, references to the deposit, or release, of Notes shall be construed in accordance with the usual practices (including blocking the relevant account) of such clearing system.

 

4.                                      VALIDITY OF BLOCK VOTING INSTRUCTIONS

 

A Block Voting Instruction shall be valid only if it is deposited at the specified office of the relevant Paying Agent, or at some other place approved by the Trustee, at least 24 hours before the time fixed for the relevant Meeting or the Chairman decides otherwise before the Meeting proceeds to business.  If the Trustee requires, a notarised copy of each Block Voting Instruction and satisfactory proof of the identity of each Proxy named therein shall be produced at the Meeting, but the Trustee shall not be obliged to investigate the validity of any Block Voting Instruction or the authority of any Proxy.

 

5.                                      CONVENING OF MEETING

 

The directors of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Noteholders’ Representative may convene a Meeting, either as a Single Call Meeting or as a Multiple Call Meeting or as, at any time and the Issuer and the Noteholders’ Representative shall be obliged to do so upon the request in writing of Noteholders holding not less than one twentieth of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (in the case of the Trustee subject to its being indemnified, secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction) provided that prior to calling any Meeting the Trustee shall be entitled to obtain and rely on such legal advice as it may deem necessary on all applicable laws and regulations governing the procedure for calling and holding such Meeting and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any delay occasioned in obtaining such advice.  All proper costs and expenses incurred for such legal advice provided to the Trustee shall be borne by the Issuer upon receipt of proper evidence thereof.  Every meeting shall be held on a date, and at a time and place, approved by the Trustee.

 

6.                                      NOTICE

 

At least 30 days’ notice to Noteholders (exclusive of the day on which the notice is given and of the day on which the relevant Meeting is to be held) specifying the date, time, place and agenda of the Meeting shall be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or, if such publication is not practicable, in a leading English language daily newspaper having general circulation in Europe or on the website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), in English on the website of the Issuer, and such notice shall be given to the Paying Agents (with a copy to the Issuer, the Guarantors 

 

104

 

and the Trustee).  The notice shall set out the full text of any resolutions to be proposed unless the Trustee agrees that the notice shall instead specify the nature of the resolutions without including the full text and shall state that the Notes may be deposited with, or to the order of, any Paying Agent for the purpose of obtaining Voting Certificates or appointing Proxies not later than five days before the date fixed for the Meeting.  The first resolution to be proposed to Noteholders at any Meeting shall be a proposal to authorise the Trustee, the financial advisers of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee and the legal counsel to the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee to attend and speak at such meeting.  If the Meeting shall be convened as a Multiple Call Meeting, the notice may also specify the date of a Second Meeting or Third Meeting.

 

7.                                      CHAIRMAN

 

The Chairman (who may, but need not, be a Noteholder) shall be the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such other person as the Meeting may specify. The Chairman of an adjourned Meeting, need not be the same person as was the Chairman of the original Meeting.

 

8.                                      QUORUM AND MAJORITY TO PASS EXTRAORDINARY RESOLUTIONS

 

A Meeting either convened as a Single Call Meeting or as a Multiple Call Meeting shall be validly held if there are one or more persons present, being or representing Noteholders holding:

 

(a)                                 in the case of a Single Call Meeting:

 

(i)                                     for the purpose of considering a Reserved Matter, at least one half of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; or

 

(ii)                                  for any other purposes, at least one fifth of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

(b)                                 in the case of a Multiple Call Meeting:

 

(i)                                     in the case of an Initial Meeting, at least one half of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

(ii)                                  in the case of a Second Meeting:

 

(A)                               for the purpose of considering a Reserved Matter, at least one half of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; or

 

(B)                               for any other purposes, more than one third of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; and

 

(iii)                               in the case of a Third Meeting:

 

(A)                               for the purpose of considering a Reserved Matter, at least one half of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; or

 

105

 

(B)                               for any other purposes, at least one fifth of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

Both in the case of a Single Call Meeting and in the Case of a Multiple Call Meeting, the majority required to pass an Extraordinary Resolution shall be one or more Voters holding or representing:

 

(c)                                  for voting on any matter other than a Reserved Matter, at least two thirds of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented at the Meeting; and

 

(d)                                 for voting on a Reserved Matter, more than one half of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented at the Meeting but at least one half of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

9.                                      ADJOURNMENT FOR WANT OF QUORUM

 

If within 15 minutes after the commencement of any Meeting a quorum is not present, then it shall be adjourned for such period which shall be:

 

(i)                                     the date specified in the notice to Noteholders of the Initial Meeting, not less than one day and not more than 30 days; and

 

(ii)                                  in all other cases, not less than 14 days and not more than 30 days.

 

10.                               ADJOURNMENT OTHER THAN FOR WANT OF QUORUM

 

The Chairman may, with the consent of (and shall if directed by) Voters holding or representing at least one third of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented at the Meeting, adjourn such Meeting from place to place provided that:

 

(i)                                     any Meeting so adjourned shall take place within five days of the original date for such Meeting; and

 

(ii)                                  no business shall be transacted at any Meeting so adjourned except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the Meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

11.                               NOTICE FOLLOWING ADJOURNMENT

 

Where the notice to Noteholders of the Initial Meeting specifies the date for a New Meeting, no further notice need be given to Noteholders.  If further notice is given to Noteholders such notice may specifically set out the quorum requirements which will apply when the Meeting resumes.

 

It shall not be necessary to give notice of the resumption of a Meeting which has been adjourned for any reason other than want of quorum.

 

12.                               PARTICIPATION

 

The following may attend and speak at a Meeting:

 

(a)                                 Voters;

 

106

 

(b)                                 the Noteholders’ Representative;

 

(c)                                  any Director or Statutory Auditor  of the Issuer and any Guarantor; and

 

(d)                                 any other person approved by the Meeting, including representatives of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, the financial advisers of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee and the legal counsel to the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee.

 

13.                               SHOW OF HANDS

 

Every question submitted to a Meeting shall be decided in the first instance by a show of hands.  Unless a poll is validly demanded before or at the time that the result is declared, the Chairman’s declaration that on a show of hands a resolution has been passed, passed by a particular majority, rejected or rejected by a particular majority shall be conclusive, without proof of the number of votes cast for, or against, the resolution.  Where there is only one Voter, this paragraph shall not apply and the resolution will immediately be decided by means of a poll.

 

14.                               POLL

 

A demand for a poll shall be valid if it is made by the Chairman, the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee or one or more Voters representing or holding not less than one fiftieth of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.  The poll may be taken immediately or after such adjournment as the Chairman directs, but any poll demanded on the election of the Chairman or on any question of adjournment shall be taken at the Meeting without adjournment.  A valid demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuation of the relevant Meeting for any other business as the Chairman directs.

 

15.                               VOTES

 

Every Voter shall have:

 

(a)                                 on a show of hands, one vote; and

 

(b)                                 on a poll, one vote in respect of each €100,000 in aggregate face amount of the outstanding Note(s) represented or held by him.

 

In the case of a voting tie the Chairman shall have a casting vote.  Unless the terms of any Block Voting Instruction state otherwise, a Voter shall not be obliged to exercise all the votes to which he is entitled or to cast all the votes which he exercises in the same way.

 

16.                               VALIDITY OF VOTES BY PROXIES

 

Any vote by a Proxy in accordance with the relevant Block Voting Instruction shall be valid even if such Block Voting Instruction or any instruction pursuant to which it was given has been amended or revoked, provided that none of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee or the Chairman has been notified in writing of such amendment or revocation by the time which is 48 hours before the time fixed for the relevant Meeting.  Unless revoked, any appointment of a Proxy under a Block Voting 

 

107

 

Instruction in relation to a Meeting shall remain in force in relation to any resumption of such Meeting following an adjournment; provided, however, that no such appointment of a Proxy in relation to a Meeting originally convened which has been adjourned for want of a quorum shall remain in force in relation to such Meeting when it is resumed.  Any person appointed to vote at such a Meeting must be re-appointed under a Block Voting Instruction Proxy to vote at the Meeting when it is resumed.

 

17.                               POWERS

 

A Meeting shall have power (exercisable by Extraordinary Resolution), without prejudice to any other powers conferred on it or any other person:

 

(a)                                 to approve any Reserved Matter;

 

(b)                                 to waive any breach or authorise any proposed breach by the Issuer or any Guarantor of its obligations under or in respect of the Notes, the Coupons, the Trust Deed or the Intercreditor Agreement or any act or omission which might otherwise constitute an Event of Default under the Notes;

 

(c)                                  to give any other authorisation or approval which under this Trust Deed or the Notes is required to be given by Extraordinary Resolution;

 

(d)                                 to consider any proposal for an administration order or a composition with creditors in respect of the Issuer or any similar proceedings in respect of a Guarantor;

 

(e)                                  to remove any Trustee;

 

(f)                                   to approve the appointment of a new Trustee;

 

(g)                                  to authorise the Trustee (subject to its being indemnified and/or secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction) or any other person to execute all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to any Extraordinary Resolution;

 

(h)                                 to discharge or exonerate the Trustee from any liability in respect of any act or omission for which it may become responsible under this Trust Deed, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes;

 

(i)                                     to appoint or revoke the appointment of a Noteholders’ Representative;

 

(j)                                    to approve the setting up of a fund for the purposes of representing the interests of Noteholders and any arrangements for the preparation of accounts in respect of such fund;

 

(k)                                 to appoint any persons as a committee to represent the interests of the Noteholders and to confer upon such committee any powers which the Noteholders could themselves exercise by Extraordinary Resolution; and

 

(l)                                     to consider any other matter of common interest to Noteholders.

 

108

 

18.                               EXTRAORDINARY RESOLUTION BINDS ALL HOLDERS

 

An Extraordinary Resolution shall be binding upon all Noteholders and holders of Coupons whether or not present at such Meeting and irrespective of how their vote was cast at such Meeting (so long however as their vote was cast in accordance with these provisions) and each of the Noteholders and holders of Coupons shall be bound to give effect to it accordingly.  Notice of the result of every vote on an Extraordinary Resolution shall be given to the Noteholders and the Paying Agents (with a copy to the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) within 14 days of the conclusion of the Meeting.

 

19.                               WRITTEN RESOLUTION BINDS ALL HOLDERS

 

Save for decisions in respect of those matters which are required to be addressed in a Meeting pursuant to Article 2415 of the Italian Civil Code, a written resolution signed by the holders of 90 per cent.  in principal amount of the Notes outstanding shall take effect as if it were an Extraordinary Resolution.  Such a resolution in writing may be contained in one document or several documents in the same for, each signed by or on behalf of one or more Noteholders.

 

20.                               MINUTES

 

Minutes shall be drawn up of all resolutions and proceedings at each Meeting.  The Chairman shall sign the minutes, which shall be prima facie evidence of the proceedings recorded therein.  Unless and until the contrary is proved, every such Meeting in respect of the proceedings of which minutes have been summarised and signed shall be deemed to have been duly convened and held and all resolutions passed or proceedings transacted at it to have been duly passed and transacted.

 

21.                               FURTHER REGULATIONS

 

Subject to all other provisions contained in this Trust Deed, the Trustee may without the consent of the Noteholders (but, for the avoidance of doubt, with the agreement of the Issuer) prescribe such further regulations regarding the holding of Meetings of Noteholders and attendance and voting at them as the Trustee may in its sole discretion determine.

 

109

 

EXECUTION CLAUSES

 

The Issuer

 

Executed as a Deed by

 

INTERNATIONAL GAME TECHNOLOGY PLC (formerly known as GTECH S.p.A. and Lottomatica Group S.p.A.)

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    

 

in the presence of:

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(Signature of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
( Name of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
( Address of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

The Initial Guarantors

 

Executed as a Deed by

 

GTECH CORPORATION

 

	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

GTECH HOLDINGS CORPORATION

 

	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

110

 

GTECH RHODE ISLAND LLC

 

	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

INVEST GAMES S.A.

 

Duly represented by:

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    

 

Title: director and authorised signatory

 

 

The Additional Guarantors

 

DOUBLE DOWN INTERACTIVE LLC

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    

 

in the presence of:

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(Signature of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Name of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Address of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

111

 

GTECH CANADA ULC

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    

 

in the presence of:

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(Signature of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
( Name of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
( Address of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

GTECH FOREIGN HOLDINGS CORPORATION

 

	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

 

GTECH GERMANY GmbH

 

	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Managing Director
    	
 
    

 

 

	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Managing Director
    	
 
    

 

112

 

GTECH USA, LLC

 

	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Manager 
    	
 
    

 

 

IGT

 

	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Officer
    	
 
    

 

 

INTERNATIONAL GAME TECHNOLOGY

 

	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
Officer
    	
 
    

 

 

LOTTOMATICA HOLDING S.R.L.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    

 

in the presence of:

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(Signature of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Name of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Address of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

113

 

The Trustee

 

For and on behalf of

 

BNY MELLON CORPORATE TRUSTEE SERVICES LIMITED

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Signature)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Name)
    

 

in the presence of:

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
(Signature of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Name of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
(Address of witness)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

114Exhibit 4.8

 

 

International Game Technology PLC

 

as the Issuer

 

DoubleDown Interactive LLC, GTECH Canada ULC, GTECH Corporation, GTECH Foreign Holdings Corporation, GTECH Germany GmbH, GTECH Holdings Corporation, GTECH Rhode Island LLC, GTECH USA, LLC, International Game Technology, Invest Games S.A., IGT and Lottomatica Holding S.r.l.

 

as the Initial Guarantors

 

BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited

 

as Trustee

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

 

as Security Agent

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch

 

as Euro Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

 

as Dollar Paying Agent and Dollar Registrar

 

and

 

The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A.

 

as Euro Registrar

 

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of April 7, 2015

 

 

$600,000,000 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2020
  $1,500,000,000 6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2022
  $1,100,000,000 6.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2025
  €700,000,000 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2020
  €850,000,000 4.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2023

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 1.DEFINITIONS
    	
7
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 1.01
    	
Definitions
    	
7
    
	
Section 1.02
    	
Other Definitions
    	
21
    
	
Section 1.03
    	
Rules of Construction
    	
22
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 2.THE NOTES
    	
23
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 2.01
    	
Form and Dating
    	
23
    
	
Section 2.02
    	
Execution and Authentication
    	
26
    
	
Section 2.03
    	
Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent
    	
26
    
	
Section 2.04
    	
Paying Agent to Hold Money
    	
28
    
	
Section 2.05
    	
Holder Lists
    	
28
    
	
Section 2.06
    	
Transfer and Exchange
    	
28
    
	
Section 2.07
    	
Replacement Notes
    	
32
    
	
Section 2.08
    	
Outstanding Notes
    	
33
    
	
Section 2.09
    	
Notes Held by the Issuer
    	
33
    
	
Section 2.10
    	
Certificated Notes
    	
34
    
	
Section 2.11
    	
Cancellation
    	
35
    
	
Section 2.12
    	
Defaulted Interest
    	
35
    
	
Section 2.13
    	
Computation of Interest
    	
36
    
	
Section 2.14
    	
ISIN, CUSIP and Common Code Numbers
    	
36
    
	
Section 2.15
    	
Issuance of Additional Notes
    	
36
    
	
Section 2.16
    	
Deposits of Money
    	
37
    
	
Section 2.17
    	
Agents’ Interest
    	
37
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 3.REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
    	
37
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 3.01
    	
Notices to Trustee
    	
37
    
	
Section 3.02
    	
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
    	
38
    
	
Section 3.03
    	
Notice of Redemption
    	
38
    
	
Section 3.04
    	
Effect of Notice of Redemption
    	
40
    
	
Section 3.05
    	
Deposit of Purchase or Redemption Price
    	
40
    
	
Section 3.06
    	
Notes Redeemed in Part
    	
41
    
	
Section 3.07
    	
Optional Redemption
    	
41
    
	
Section 3.08
    	
Redemption upon Changes in Withholding Taxes
    	
42
    
	
Section 3.09
    	
Mandatory Redemption
    	
44
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 4.COVENANTS
    	
44
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 4.01
    	
Payment of Notes
    	
44
    
	
Section 4.02
    	
Maintenance of Office or Agency
    	
45
    
	
Section 4.03
    	
Reports
    	
45
    
	
Section 4.04
    	
Compliance Certificate
    	
46
    
	
Section 4.05
    	
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    	
46
    
	
Section 4.06
    	
[Reserved]
    	
47
    
	
Section 4.07
    	
[Reserved]
    	
47
    

 

2

 

	
Section 4.08
    	
[Reserved]
    	
47
    
	
Section 4.09
    	
[Reserved]
    	
47
    
	
Section 4.10
    	
[Reserved]
    	
47
    
	
Section 4.11
    	
Limitation on Liens
    	
47
    
	
Section 4.12
    	
Additional Guarantees
    	
47
    
	
Section 4.13
    	
Purchase of Notes upon Change of Control
    	
48
    
	
Section 4.14
    	
[Reserved]
    	
50
    
	
Section 4.15
    	
Impairment of Security Interests
    	
50
    
	
Section 4.16
    	
Additional Amounts
    	
51
    
	
Section 4.17
    	
[Reserved]
    	
54
    
	
Section 4.18
    	
[Reserved]
    	
54
    
	
Section 4.19
    	
[Reserved]
    	
54
    
	
Section 4.20
    	
[Reserved]
    	
54
    
	
Section 4.21
    	
Limitation on Non Guarantor Indebtedness
    	
54
    
	
Section 4.22
    	
Maintenance of Listing
    	
54
    
	
Section 4.23
    	
Limitations on the Activities of GTECH and the Guarantors   Prior to the Completion Date
    	
54
    
	
Section 4.24
    	
Post Closing Matters
    	
55
    
	
Section 4.25
    	
Additional Intercreditor Agreements
    	
55
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 5.SUCCESSORS
    	
56
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 5.01
    	
Consolidation, Merger   and Sale of Assets
    	
56
    
	
Section 5.02
    	
Successor Corporation Substituted
    	
57
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 6.DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
    	
58
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 6.01
    	
Events of Default
    	
58
    
	
Section 6.02
    	
Acceleration
    	
60
    
	
Section 6.03
    	
Other Remedies
    	
60
    
	
Section 6.04
    	
Waiver of Past Defaults
    	
61
    
	
Section 6.05
    	
Control by Majority
    	
61
    
	
Section 6.06
    	
Limitation on Suits
    	
61
    
	
Section 6.07
    	
Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
    	
62
    
	
Section 6.08
    	
Collection Suit by Trustee
    	
62
    
	
Section 6.09
    	
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    	
62
    
	
Section 6.10
    	
Priorities
    	
63
    
	
Section 6.11
    	
Undertaking for Costs
    	
63
    
	
Section 6.12
    	
Agents
    	
63
    
	
Section 6.13
    	
Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    	
63
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 7.TRUSTEE AND SECURITY AGENT
    	
64
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 7.01
    	
Duties of Trustee
    	
64
    
	
Section 7.02
    	
Rights of Trustee and the Security Agent
    	
66
    
	
Section 7.03
    	
Individual Rights of Trustee and the Security Agent
    	
69
    
	
Section 7.04
    	
Disclaimer for Trustee and Security Agent
    	
70
    
	
Section 7.05
    	
Notice of Defaults
    	
70
    
	
Section 7.06
    	
Compensation and Indemnity
    	
70
    
	
Section 7.07
    	
Replacement of Trustee
    	
71
    
	
Section 7.08
    	
Successor Trustee or Security Agent by Merger
    	
72
    

 

3

 

	
Section 7.09
    	
Eligibility; Disqualification
    	
72
    
	
Section 7.10
    	
Certain Provisions
    	
73
    
	
Section 7.11
    	
Agents
    	
73
    
	
Section 7.12
    	
Force Majeure
    	
73
    
	
Section 7.13
    	
USA Patriot Act
    	
74
    
	
Section 7.14
    	
Tax Compliance
    	
74
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 8.LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
    	
74
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 8.01
    	
Option to Effect Legal   Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    	
74
    
	
Section 8.02
    	
Legal Defeasance and Discharge
    	
74
    
	
Section 8.03
    	
Covenant Defeasance
    	
75
    
	
Section 8.04
    	
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
    	
76
    
	
Section 8.05
    	
Deposited Money, U.S. Government Obligations and European   Government Obligations Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
    	
77
    
	
Section 8.06
    	
Repayment to the Issuer
    	
77
    
	
Section 8.07
    	
Reinstatement
    	
78
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 9.AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
    	
78
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 9.01
    	
Without Consent of   Holders of Notes
    	
78
    
	
Section 9.02
    	
With Consent of Holders of Notes
    	
79
    
	
Section 9.03
    	
Revocation and Effect of Consents
    	
81
    
	
Section 9.04
    	
Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    	
81
    
	
Section 9.05
    	
Trustee and Security Agent to Sign Amendments
    	
82
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 10.GUARANTEES
    	
82
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 10.01
    	
Guarantee
    	
82
    
	
Section 10.02
    	
Limitation on Guarantor Liability
    	
83
    
	
Section 10.03
    	
Limitations on Guarantor Liability — Italy
    	
84
    
	
Section 10.04
    	
Limitations on Guarantor Liability — Luxembourg
    	
85
    
	
Section 10.05
    	
Limitations on Guarantor Liability — Germany
    	
86
    
	
Section 10.06
    	
Execution and Delivery of Guarantee
    	
89
    
	
Section 10.07
    	
Successor Guarantor Substituted
    	
89
    
	
Section 10.08
    	
Releases
    	
90
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 11.SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
    	
91
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 11.01
    	
Satisfaction and   Discharge
    	
91
    
	
Section 11.02
    	
Application of Trust Money
    	
92
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 12.MISCELLANEOUS
    	
92
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 12.01
    	
Notices
    	
92
    
	
Section 12.02
    	
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    	
95
    
	
Section 12.03
    	
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    	
95
    
	
Section 12.04
    	
Rules by Trustee and Agents
    	
96
    
	
Section 12.05
    	
Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of   Immunities
    	
96
    

 

4

 

	
Section 12.06
    	
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and   Stockholders
    	
96
    
	
Section 12.07
    	
Governing Law
    	
97
    
	
Section 12.08
    	
Waiver of Trial by Jury
    	
97
    
	
Section 12.09
    	
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    	
97
    
	
Section 12.10
    	
Successors
    	
97
    
	
Section 12.11
    	
Severability
    	
97
    
	
Section 12.12
    	
Counterpart Originals
    	
97
    
	
Section 12.13
    	
Table of Contents, Headings
    	
98
    
	
Section 12.14
    	
Currency Indemnity
    	
98
    
	
Section 12.15
    	
Prescription
    	
98
    
	
Section 12.16
    	
[Reserved]
    	
98
    
	
Section 12.17
    	
Electronic Communications
    	
98
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 13.SECURITY
    	
99
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 13.01
    	
Collateral and Security   Documents
    	
99
    
	
Section 13.02
    	
Suits to protect the Collateral
    	
101
    
	
Section 13.03
    	
Resignation and Replacement of Security Agent
    	
101
    
	
Section 13.04
    	
Amendments
    	
101
    
	
Section 13.05
    	
Release of the Collateral
    	
101
    
	
Section 13.06
    	
Compensation and Indemnity
    	
102
    
	
Section 13.07
    	
Conflicts
    	
103
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXHIBITS
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Exhibit A-1
    	
FORM OF   DOLLAR NOTE
    	
 
    
	
Exhibit A-2
    	
FORM OF EURO   NOTE
    	
 
    
	
Exhibit B-1
    	
FORM OF TRANSFER   CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM RESTRICTED DOLLAR GLOBAL NOTE TO REGULATION S   DOLLAR GLOBAL NOTE
    	
 
    
	
Exhibit B-2
    	
FORM OF   TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM RESTRICTED EURO GLOBAL NOTE TO   REGULATION S EURO GLOBAL NOTE
    	
 
    
	
Exhibit C-1
    	
FORM OF   TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM REGULATION S DOLLAR GLOBAL NOTE TO   RESTRICTED DOLLAR GLOBAL NOTE
    	
 
    
	
Exhibit C-2
    	
FORM OF   TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM REGULATION S EURO GLOBAL NOTE TO   RESTRICTED EURO GLOBAL NOTE
    	
 
    
	
Exhibit D
    	
FORM OF   SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCHEDULES
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Schedule 1
    	
COLLATERAL
    	
 
    
				

 

5

 

INDENTURE dated as of April 7, 2015 by and among International Game Technology PLC (formerly known as Georgia Worldwide PLC), a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, the Initial Guarantors (as defined below), BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited, as Trustee, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as Security Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Euro Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Dollar Paying Agent and Dollar Registrar and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Euro Registrar.

 

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of its:

 

$600,000,000 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 issued on the date hereof (the “2020 Dollar Notes”);

 

$1,500,000,000 6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 issued on the date hereof (the “2022 Dollar Notes”);

 

$1,000,000,000 6.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 issued on the date hereof (the “2025 Dollar Notes” and together with the 2020 Dollar Notes and the 2022 Dollar Notes, the “Dollar Notes”);

 

€700,000,000 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 issued on the date hereof (the “2020 Euro Notes”); and

 

€850,000,000 4.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 issued on the date hereof (the “2023 Euro Notes” and together with the 2020 Euro Notes, the “Euro Notes” and together with the Dollar Notes, the “Initial Notes” and any additional notes that may be issued on any other issue date (the “Additional Notes” and together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”).

 

The Notes are being issued on the Completion Date by the Issuer pursuant to an automatic exchange under the Temporary Notes Indenture dated as of February 13, 2015 by and among Cleopatra Finance Limited, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey, BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited, as Trustee, BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited, as Security Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Dollar Registrar and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Euro Registrar.

 

Each of the Issuer and the Initial Guarantors has received good and valuable consideration for the execution and delivery of this Indenture.  All necessary acts and things have been done to make (i) the Initial Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, (ii) the Security Documents, when executed and delivered by the parties thereto, the legal, valid and binding agreements of the Issuer and of any relevant Guarantor and (iii) this Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuer and the Initial Guarantors in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.  The Issuer, the Initial Guarantors, the Trustee, the Agents and the Security Agent agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the Notes.

 

6

 

ARTICLE 1.
 DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01                             Definitions.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that beneficial ownership of ten percent or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control.  For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have corresponding meanings.

 

“Agents” means any Registrar, co-Registrar, Transfer Agent, Authentication Agent, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

 

“Applicable Procedures” means with respect to any transfer or exchange of Book-Entry Interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

“Applicable Law” shall mean, as to any Person, any statute, ordinance, law, treaty, rule or regulation or any determination, ruling or other directive by and from an arbitrator or a court or other governmental authority, in each case, applicable to or binding on such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

“Applicable 2020 Dollar Notes Premium” means, with respect to any 2020 Dollar Note on any redemption date, the excess of:

 

(1)                                 the present value at such redemption date of (i) the principal amount of such 2020 Dollar Note at November 15, 2019 plus (ii); all required interest payments due on such 2020 Dollar Note through November 15, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

(2)                                 the principal amount of the 2020 Dollar Note, if greater,

 

as calculated by the Issuer or other party appointed by it for this purpose.

 

“Applicable 2022 Dollar Notes Premium” means, with respect to any 2022 Dollar Note on any redemption date, the excess of:

 

(1)                                 the present value at such redemption date of (i) the principal amount of such 2022 Dollar Note at August 15, 2021 plus (ii); all required interest payments due on such 2022 Dollar Note through August 15, 2021 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

(2)                                 the principal amount of the 2022 Dollar Note, if greater,

 

as calculated by the Issuer or other party appointed by it for this purpose.

 

7

 

“Applicable 2025 Dollar Notes Premium” means, with respect to any 2025 Dollar Note on any redemption date, the excess of:

 

(1)                                 the present value at such redemption date of (i) the principal amount of such 2025 Dollar Note at August 15, 2024 plus (ii); all required interest payments due on such 2025 Dollar Note through August 15, 2024 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

(2)                                 the principal amount of the 2025 Dollar Note, if greater,

 

as calculated by the Issuer or other party appointed by it for this purpose.

 

“Applicable 2020 Euro Notes Premium” means, with respect to any 2020 Euro Note on any redemption date, the excess of:

 

(1)                                 the present value at such redemption date of (i) the principal amount of such 2020 Euro Note at November 15, 2019 plus (ii); all required interest payments due on such 2020 Euro Note through November 15, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

(2)                                 the principal amount of the 2020 Euro Note, if greater,

 

as calculated by the Issuer or other party appointed by it for this purpose.

 

“Applicable 2023 Euro Notes Premium” means, with respect to any 2023 Euro Note on any redemption date, the excess of:

 

(1)                                 the present value at such redemption date of (i) the principal amount of such 2023 Euro Note at August 15, 2022 plus (ii); all required interest payments due on such 2023 Euro Note through August 15, 2022 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

(2)                                 the principal amount of the 2023 Euro Note, if greater,

 

as calculated by the Issuer or other party appointed by it for this purpose.

 

“Authorized Officer” shall mean, with respect to (i) delivering an Officer’s Certificates pursuant to this Indenture, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer, the treasurer, the assistant treasurer, the principal accounting officer or any other person of the Issuer having substantially the same responsibilities as the aforementioned officers, and (ii) any other matter in connection with this Indenture, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the treasurer, the assistant treasurer, the general counsel or a responsible financial or accounting officer or any other person of the Issuer having substantially the same responsibilities as the aforementioned officers.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101, et seq., as amended from time to time, or any similar federal or state or other law in any jurisdiction or organization or similar foreign law (including, without limitation, the Bankruptcy (Désastre) (Jersey) Law 1990, as amended, the Italian royal decree n. 267 of

 

8

 

16 March 1942, Italian law n. 270 of 8 July 1999, Italian law n. 347 of 23 December 2003 and the UK Insolvency Act 1986, as amended (together with the rules and regulations made pursuant thereto)) for the relief of debtors.

 

“Book-Entry Interest” means one or more beneficial interests in Global Note held by Participants.

 

“beneficial owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.

 

“Board of Directors” means:

 

(1)                                 with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

 

(2)                                 with respect to a limited partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

 

(3)                                 with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

 

(4)                                 with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

“Bund Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity as of such date of the Comparable German Bund Issue, assuming a price for the applicable Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German Bund Price for such redemption date, where:

 

(1)                                 “Comparable German Bund Issue” means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to (i) November 15, 2019 with respect to the 2020 Euro Notes and (ii)  August 15, 2022 with respect to the 2023 Euro Notes that would be utilized at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of euro-denominated corporate debt securities in a principal amount approximately equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the applicable Euro Notes and of a maturity most nearly equal to (i) November 15, 2019 with respect to the 2020 Euro Notes and (ii) August 15, 2022 with respect to the 2023 Euro Notes; provided, however, that, if the period from such redemption dated (i) November 15, 2019 with respect to the 2020 Euro Notes and (ii) August 15, 2022 with respect to the 2023 Euro Notes is not equal to the fixed maturity of the German Bundesanleihe security selected by such Reference German Bund Dealer, the Bund Rate shall be determined by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the yields of German Bundesanleihe securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to (i) November 15, 2019 with respect to the 2020 Euro Notes and (ii) August 15, 2022 with respect to the 2023 Euro Notes is less than one (1) year, a fixed maturity of one (1) year shall be used;

 

9

 

(2)                                 “Comparable German Bund Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, the average of all Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for such date (which, in any event, must include at least two (2) such quotations), after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, or if the Issuer obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations;

 

(3)                                 “Reference German Bund Dealer” means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Issuer in good faith; and

 

(4)                                 “Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any redemption date, the average as determined by the Issuer in good faith of the bid and offered prices for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Issuer by such Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. (Frankfurt, Germany, time) on the third (3rd) Business Day preceding the redemption date.

 

“Business Day” means a day (other than Saturday or Sunday) on which banks and financial institutions are open in New York City, the United States, and London, England.

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)                                 in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)                                 in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)                                 in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

 

(4)                                 any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)                                 the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a Permitted Holder or any Subsidiary of a Permitted Holder;

 

(2)                                 the consummation of any transaction (including without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person (including any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)) other than a Permitted Holder becomes the “beneficial owner” as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Issuer’s outstanding Voting Stock, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

 

10

 

(3)                                 the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer are not Continuing Directors; or

 

(4)                                 the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer (other than by way of merger or consolidation in compliance with Article 5).

 

“Continuing Director” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer who:

 

(1)                                 was a member of such Board of Directors immediately after the consummation of the Mergers; or

 

(2)                                 was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of (x) one or more Permitted Holders or (y) a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme.

 

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Collateral” means the Issue Date Collateral and Post Completion Collateral that secures, as applicable, the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees pursuant to the Security Documents.

 

“Common Depositary” means The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch as common depositary to Euroclear and Clearstream until a successor common depositary replaces it, after which “Common Depositary” shall mean such successor serving hereunder.

 

“Completion Date” means the date on which the Mergers are completed.

 

“continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

 

“Default” means any event, act or condition which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would (without cure or waiver hereunder) constitute an Event of Default.

 

“Definitive Registered Dollar Note” means a certificated Dollar Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 and 2.10, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto and bearing the Private Placement Legend, if applicable, except that such Dollar Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

“Definitive Registered Euro Note” means a certificated Euro Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 and 2.10, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto and bearing the Private Placement Legend, if applicable, except that such Euro Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

“Definitive Registered Note” means the Definitive Registered Dollar Note together with the Definitive Registered Euro Note.

 

11

 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, Euroclear and Clearstream, including any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision(s) of this Indenture.

 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the date on which the applicable series of Notes matures.

 

“dollar” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

“Dollar Paying Agent” means The Bank of New York Mellon.

 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and successors.

 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

“euro” or “€” means the currency introduced at the start of the third stage of the European economic and monetary union pursuant to the Treaty establishing the European Community, as amended by the Treaty on European Union.

 

“Euro Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than euro, at any time of determination thereof, the amount of euro obtained by converting such currency other than euro involved in such computation into euro at the spot rate for the purchase of euro with the applicable currency other than euro as published in the Financial Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if the Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in the Financial Times, such source as may be selected in good faith by the Issuer) on the date of such determination.  Except as expressly provided otherwise, whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Issuer or any Guarantor has complied with any covenant or other provision in this Indenture or if there has occurred an Event of Default and an amount is expressed in a currency other than euro, such amount will be treated as the Euro Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such non-euro currency.

 

“Euro Paying Agent” means The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch.

 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, SA/NV.

 

“European Government Obligations” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, a member state of the European Monetary Union as of the date of this Indenture, and the payment for which such member state of the European Monetary Union pledges its full faith and credit; provided, however, that such member state has a long-term government debt rating of “A1” or higher by Moody’s or “A+” or higher by S&P or the equivalent rating category of another internationally recognized rating agency.

 

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

12

 

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in an arm’s length transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture).

 

“GAAP” means, as of the Issue Date, IFRS.  At any time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may elect to apply U.S. GAAP for all purposes of this Indenture in lieu of IFRS and, upon such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean U.S. GAAP as in effect from time to time.

 

“Global Note Legend” means the Global Notes legend set forth in Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

“GTECH” means GTECH S.p.A., a società per azioni organized under the laws of Italy.

 

“GTECH US” means GTECH Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware and a wholly owned Subsidiary of GTECH.

 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

 

“Guarantee Collateral” means the Issue Date Guarantee Collateral and the Post Completion Guarantee Collateral.

 

“Guarantee Security Interests” means the security interest in the Guarantee Collateral securing the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees and this Indenture.

 

“Guarantor” means the Initial Guarantors and any of the Issuer’s current and future Subsidiaries that guarantees the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, in each case, until the Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name is registered in the Security Register.

 

“IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor board or agency as endorsed by the European Union and in effect on the Issue Date.

 

“IGT Merger” means the merger of the IGT Merger Sub with and into the Target with the Target being the surviving entity, as contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

 

“IGT Merger Sub” means Georgia Worldwide Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of Nevada and a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as it may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Initial Guarantors” means DoubleDown Interactive LLC, GTECH Canada ULC, GTECH US, GTECH Foreign Holdings Corporation, GTECH Germany GmbH, GTECH Holdings Corporation, GTECH Rhode Island LLC, GTECH USA, LLC, the Target, Invest Games S.A., IGT and the Italian Guarantor, as Initial Guarantors under this Indenture.

 

13

 

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement to be dated on or prior to the Completion Date, by and among, the Issuer, the Initial Guarantors, the agent under the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement, the agent under the Senior Term Loan Agreement and the other parties named therein, as amended, restated or otherwise modified or varied from time to time.

 

“Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive both of the following:

 

(1)                                 a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; and

 

(2)                                 a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P,

 

or the equivalent of such rating by either such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization.

 

“Issue Date” means the date of the issuance of the Notes under this Indenture.

 

“Issue Date Collateral” means the Issue Date Guarantee Collateral and Issue Date Notes Collateral.

 

“Issue Date Guarantee Collateral” means the collateral set forth in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

“Issue Date Notes Collateral” means the collateral set forth in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

“Issuer” means International Game Technology PLC (formerly known as Georgia Worldwide PLC) hereunder until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, after which “Issuer” shall mean such successor.

 

“Issuer Merger” means the merger of GTECH with and into the Issuer with the Issuer being the surviving entity, as contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

 

“Italian Guarantor” means Lottomatica Holding S.r.l., a limited liability company (Società a Responsabilità Limitata) under the laws of the Republic of Italy.

 

“Material Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that (i) has total assets (as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) of five percent (5%) or more of the Issuer’s consolidated total assets and (ii) has consolidated EBITDA of five percent (5%) or more of the Issuer’s consolidated EBITDA, in each case measured based on the Issuer’s audited annual reports delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture (the “Annual Report”).  The determination of whether a Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Issuer (A) on the basis of management accounts based on the Annual Report and excluding intercompany balances, investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures and intangible assets and (B) by giving pro forma effect to any acquisitions or depositions of companies, division or lines of business since such balance sheet date or the start of such four quarter period, as applicable.

 

“Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of July 15, 2014 among GTECH; solely with respect to Section 5.02(a) and Article VIII thereof, GTECH US; the Issuer; the IGT Merger Sub and the Target, as amended.

 

14

 

“Mergers” means the Issuer Merger and the IGT Merger.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

 

“Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical organization within the meaning of section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act.

 

“Notes Collateral” means the Issuer Date Notes Collateral and the Post Completion Notes Collateral.

 

“Notes Security Interests” means the security interest in the Notes Collateral securing the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture.

 

“Offering Memorandum” means the final offering memorandum, dated February 9, 2015, relating to the offer of the Initial Notes.

 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion in writing from and signed by legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and that meets the requirements of Section 12.03.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee.

 

“outstanding” means, in relation to the Notes as of any date of determination, all the Notes issued other than:

 

(1)                                 Notes which have been redeemed pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(2)                                 Notes in respect of which the date for redemption in accordance with this Indenture has occurred and the redemption moneys including premium, if any, and all interest and Additional Amounts, if any, payable thereon have been duly paid to the Trustee or to the Paying Agent in the manner provided herein (and where appropriate notice to that effect has been given to the relevant Holders) and remain available for payment against presentation of the relevant Notes;

 

(3)                                 Notes which have been purchased and cancelled in accordance with Section 4.13;

 

(4)                                 mutilated or defaced Notes which have been surrendered and cancelled and in respect of which replacements have been issued in accordance with Section 2.07;

 

(5)                                 (for the purpose only of ascertaining the principal amount of the Notes outstanding and without prejudice to the status for any other purpose of the relevant Notes) Notes which are alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and in respect of which replacements have been issued; and

 

(6)                                 any Global Note to the extent that it shall have been exchanged for another Global Note or for Definitive Registered Notes pursuant to its provisions,

 

provided that for each of the following purposes, namely:

 

15

 

(1)                                 the right to vote of any Holders in respect of any direction, waiver or consent delivered in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

 

(2)                                 the determination of how many and which Notes are for the time being outstanding for the purposes of Sections 6.01 through 6.06 (inclusive), 6.11, 7.07 and 9.02,

 

Notes (if any) which at such date of determination are held by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer shall be deemed not to remain outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned will be so disregarded.

 

“Paying Agent” means the Euro Paying Agent, the Dollar Paying Agent and any additional paying agent.

 

“Permitted Holders” means De Agostini S.p.A., its Subsidiaries or B&D Holding di Marco Drago e C.S.a.p.a. (“B&D Holding”) or any entity controlled by one or more of the same beneficial holders that directly or indirectly control B&D Holding on the Completion Date; provided, that for the purposes of this definition, an entity or B&D Holding shall be treated as being controlled, directly or indirectly, by any such holder(s) if the latter (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) have or has, as applicable, the power to (i) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of its directors or other equivalent officers or (ii) direct its operating and financial policies.

 

“Permitted Liens” means:

 

(1)                                 mortgages, security interests, charges, encumbrances, pledges and other liens securing indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (a) $150,000,000 and (b) one percent (1%) of Total Assets (determined at the time of incurrence of such indebtedness and without giving effect to subsequent changes);

 

(2)                                 if on the date of the incurrence of such mortgage, security interest, charge, encumbrance, pledge and other lien (a) the Notes have Investment Grade Status or (b) the obligations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries under the Revolving Credit Facilities are not required to be secured by security interests and pledges with respect to the Collateral, mortgages, security interests, charges, encumbrances, pledges and other liens securing indebtedness (other than Public Debt) in an amount not to exceed (x) the greater of (i) $1,000,000,000 and (ii) six percent (6%) of Total Assets (determined at the time of incurrence of such indebtedness and without giving effect to subsequent changes), less (y) the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness incurred by Subsidiaries of the Issuer which are not Guarantors pursuant to Section 4.21;

 

(3)                                 mortgages, security interests, charges, encumbrances, pledges and other liens in favor of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors;

 

(4)                                 mortgages, security interests, charges, encumbrances, pledges and other liens granted for the benefit of (or to secure) the applicable series of Notes (or the applicable Guarantees);

 

(5)                                liens arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of business;

 

16

 

(6)                                 mortgages, security interests, charges, encumbrances, pledges and other liens on property (including Capital Stock), or property of a Person, existing at the time of acquisition of the property or the Person by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided, however, that such mortgages, security interests, charges, encumbrances, pledges and other liens were in existence (or were required to extend to such assets, including by way of an after-acquired property provision) prior to, and not incurred in contemplation of, or to finance, such acquisition;

 

(7)                                 liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary or financial institution;

 

(8)                                 liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are (a) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof, or (b) not yet due and payable;

 

(9)                                 liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights so long as (a) any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order, award or notice have not been finally terminated or (b) the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(10)                          liens on specific items of inventory or other goods (and the proceeds thereof) of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods and liens securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking, hedging or other trading activities;

 

(11)                          liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or supply of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business, and pledges of goods, the related documents of title or other related documents arising or created in the ordinary course of business or operations as liens only for indebtedness to a bank or financial institution directly relating to the goods or documents on or over which the pledge exists;

 

(12)                          liens arising in connection with, and deposits made to secure, the payment and performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts or concessions with respect to the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds, indemnity agreements in favor of issuers of bonds and other obligations of a like nature, and rights of usufruct and similar rights to continued use and possession of lottery equipment or other property in favor of lottery customers, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(13)                          encumbrances and liens existing on the Temporary Notes Issue Date;

 

(14)                          security interests, charges, pledges and other liens securing hedging obligations not entered into for speculative purposes; and

 

17

 

(15)                          mortgages, security interests, charges, encumbrances, pledges and other liens to secure refinancing indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, exchange, defease or discharge other indebtedness (other than intercompany indebtedness), provided that (a) the new mortgage, security interest, charge, encumbrance, pledge and other lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured the indebtedness being refinanced and (b) the indebtedness secured by the new mortgage, security interest, charge, encumbrance, pledge and other lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the indebtedness being refinanced and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Security Interests with respect to indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor will constitute “Permitted Liens” for purposes of this Indenture.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

“Post Completion Collateral” means the Post Completion Guarantee Collateral and Post Completion Notes Collateral.

 

“Post Completion Guarantee Collateral” means the collateral set forth in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

“Post Completion Notes Collateral” means the collateral set forth in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

“Private Placement Legend” means the restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto to be placed on all Notes, if applicable, issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

“Public Debt” means any debt securities consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments issued in (1) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (2) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such securities to registration thereof with the SEC for public resale.

 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

“Qualifying Equity Interests” means Equity Interests of the Issuer other than Disqualified Stock.

 

“Registrar” means an office or agency for the registration of the Notes and of their transfer or exchange, including any Registrars named herein or any additional registrar.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Trustee or the Security Agent (or any successor of the Trustee or the Security Agent), means any vice president, assistant vice president, director, associate director, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer or trust

 

18

 

officer within the Corporate Trust Administration Group of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or the Security Agent (or any successor group of the Security Agent) or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee or the Security Agent customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“Revolving Credit Facilities” means the $1,500,000,000 and €850,000,000 multicurrency revolving credit facilities available under the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement.

 

“Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement” means the Senior Facilities Agreement dated 4 November 2014 for the $1,500,000,000 and €850,000,000 multicurrency revolving credit facilities among GTECH, as Parent and a Borrower; GTECH US, as a Borrower; J.P. Morgan Limited and Mediobanca—Banca di Credito Finanziario S.p.A., as the Global Coordinators, Bookrunners and Mandated Lead Arrangers; the entities listed in Part III of Schedule I thereto, as the Bookrunners and Mandated Lead Arrangers; the entities listed in Part IV of Schedule I thereto, as the Mandated Lead Arrangers; the entities listed in Part V of Schedule I thereto, as the Arrangers, the financial institutions listed in Part II of Schedule I thereto, as the Original Lenders; The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as the Agent; the Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as the Issuing Agent; and the other parties thereto, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Security Agent” means Royal Bank of Scotland plc until a successor security agent replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, after which “Security Agent” shall mean such successor.

 

“Security Documents” means the security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments and any other instrument and document executed and delivered pursuant to this Indenture or otherwise or any of the foregoing, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the security interests in the Collateral as contemplated by this Indenture.

 

“Security Interests” means the Notes Security Interest and Guarantee Security Interests.

 

“Senior Term Loan Agreement” means the €800,000,000 senior loan agreement dated 29 January 2015 between GTECH and BNP Paribas, Italian Branch, Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A.,

 

19

 

Mediobanca—Banca di Credito Finanziario S.p.A. and Unicredit Bank AG, Milan Branch S.p.A.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Temporary Notes Issue Date.

 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal is scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)                                 any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

(2)                                 any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

 

“Target” means International Game Technology, a corporation organized under the laws of Nevada.

 

“Temporary Notes Issue Date” means February 13, 2015.

 

“Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total consolidated assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent publicly available balance sheet of the Issuer, and after giving pro forma effect to any acquisition or disposal of any property or assets consummated after the date of the applicable balance sheet and on or prior to the date of determination.

 

“Transactions” means the transactions described under the caption “The Transactions” in the Offering Memorandum.

 

“Transfer Agent” means an office or agency where the Notes may be transferred or exchanged, including any additional transfer agent.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two (2) Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to November 15,

 

20

 

2019 (with respect to the 2020 Dollar Notes), August 15, 2021 (with respect to the 2022 Dollar Notes) or August 15, 2024 (with respect to the 2025 Dollar Notes); provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2019 (with respect to the 2020 Dollar Notes), August 15, 2021 (with respect to the 2022 Dollar Notes) or August 15, 2024 (with respect to the 2025 Dollar Notes) is less than one (1) year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one (1) year will be used.

 

“Trustee” means BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited until a successor trustee replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, after which “Trustee” shall mean such successor.

 

“U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time.

 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (a) direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America, for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, rated at least “A-1” by S&P or “P-1” by Moody’s, and which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person (including any other interest or participation in such Person that confers on another Person such entitlement).

 

Section 1.02                             Other Definitions.

 

	
Term
    	
 
    	
Defined in Section
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“2002 Law”
    	
 
    	
10.03
    
	
“Additional Amounts”
    	
 
    	
4.16
    
	
“Additional Notes”
    	
 
    	
Recitals
    
	
“Authentication Agent”
    	
 
    	
2.02
    
	
“Authentication Order”
    	
 
    	
2.02
    
	
“Authorized Agent”
    	
 
    	
12.05
    
	
“BNYM Entities”
    	
 
    	
7.13
    
	
“Change in Tax Law”
    	
 
    	
3.08
    
	
“Change of Control Offer”
    	
 
    	
4.13
    
	
“Change of Control   Payment”
    	
 
    	
4.13
    
	
“Change of Control   Payment Date”
    	
 
    	
4.13
    
	
“Covenant Defeasance”
    	
 
    	
8.03
    
	
“Defaulted Interest”
    	
 
    	
2.12
    
	
“Dollar Global Notes”
    	
 
    	
2.01
    
	
“Event of Default”
    	
 
    	
6.01
    

 

21

 

	
Term
    	
 
    	
Defined in Section
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Existing GTECH Notes”
    	
 
    	
10.03
    
	
“Existing IGT Notes”
    	
 
    	
10.03
    
	
“Euro Global Notes”
    	
 
    	
2.01
    
	
“Global Notes”
    	
 
    	
2.01
    
	
“Initial Notes”
    	
 
    	
Recitals
    
	
“Intra-Group Liabilities”
    	
 
    	
10.03
    
	
“Issuer”
    	
 
    	
Recitals
    
	
“Italian Civil Code”
    	
 
    	
10.03
    
	
“Italian Share Pledge”
    	
 
    	
4.24
    
	
“Judgment Currency”
    	
 
    	
12.14
    
	
“Legal Defeasance”
    	
 
    	
8.02
    
	
“Limited Guarantee”
    	
 
    	
10.03
    
	
“Luxembourg Guarantor”
    	
 
    	
10.03
    
	
“Nevada Share Pledge”
    	
 
    	
4.24
    
	
“Notes”
    	
 
    	
Recitals
    
	
“Participants”
    	
 
    	
2.01
    
	
“Payment Default”
    	
 
    	
6.01
    
	
“Paying Agent”
    	
 
    	
2.03
    
	
“Pro Rata Share”
    	
 
    	
10.03
    
	
“Qualifying Guarantees”
    	
 
    	
10.03
    
	
“Relevant Notes”
    	
 
    	
10.03
    
	
“Regulation S Dollar   Global Note”
    	
 
    	
2.01
    
	
“Regulation S Euro   Global Note”
    	
 
    	
2.01
    
	
“Regulation S Global   Note”
    	
 
    	
2.01
    
	
“Required Currency”
    	
 
    	
12.14
    
	
“Restricted Dollar Global   Note”
    	
 
    	
2.01
    
	
“Restricted Euro Global   Note”
    	
 
    	
2.01
    
	
“Restricted Global Note”
    	
 
    	
2.01
    
	
“Reversion Period”
    	
 
    	
4.12
    
	
“Security Register”
    	
 
    	
2.03
    
	
“Senior Liabilities”
    	
 
    	
10.03
    
	
“Suspension Event”
    	
 
    	
4.12
    
	
“Taxes”
    	
 
    	
4.16
    
	
“Tax Jurisdiction”
    	
 
    	
4.16
    
	
“Tax Redemption Date”
    	
 
    	
3.08
    

 

Section 1.03                             Rules of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                 a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)                                 an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(c)                                  “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d)                                 words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

22

 

(e)                                  provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(f)                                   references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

 

(g)                                  all references to the principal, premium, interest or any other amount payable pursuant to this Indenture shall be deemed also to refer to any Additional Amounts which may be payable hereunder in respect of payments of principal, premium, interest and any other amounts payable pursuant to this Indenture or any undertakings given in addition thereto or in substitution therefor pursuant to this Indenture and express reference to the payment of Additional Amounts in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express reference is not made; and

 

(h)                                 except as otherwise provided, whenever an amount is denominated in euros, it shall be deemed to include the Euro Equivalent amounts denominated in other currencies.

 

ARTICLE 2.
 THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01                             Form and Dating.

 

(a)                                 The Dollar Notes and the Trustee’s or Authentication Agent’s certificate of authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture.  The Euro Notes and the Trustee’s or Authentication Agent’s certificate of authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, the rules of any securities exchange or usage.  The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute and are hereby expressly made a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Security Agent, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

The Dollar Notes initially will be represented by global notes (each, a “Dollar Global Note”) and will be issued only in fully registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The Euro Notes initially will be represented by global notes (each, a “Euro Global Note” and together with the Dollar Global Note, the “Global Note”) and will be issued only in fully registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(b)                                 Global Notes.  Dollar Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Principal Amount in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Each Dollar Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Dollar Notes as will be specified therein and each shall

 

23

 

provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Dollar Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and purchases and cancellations.  Euro Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Principal Amount in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Each Euro Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Euro Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Euro Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and purchases and cancellations.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Dollar Notes represented thereby will be made by the Dollar Registrar at the direction of the Transfer Agent (with a copy to the Trustee), in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Euro Notes represented thereby will be made by the Euro Registrar at the direction of the Transfer Agent (with a copy to the Trustee), in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

Dollar Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of a Dollar Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-1 hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Regulation S Dollar Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Dollar Notes represented thereby with a custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or the Authentication Agent as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Dollar Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made by the Dollar Registrar on Schedule A to each such Regulation S Dollar Global Note and recorded in the Security Register, as hereinafter provided.

 

Euro Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of a Euro Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-2 hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Regulation S Euro Global Note” and together with the Regulation S Dollar Global Note, the “Regulation S Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Euro Notes represented thereby with a Common Depositary for Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or the Authentication Agent as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Euro Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made by the Euro Registrar on Schedule A to each such Regulation S Global Note and recorded in the Security Register, as hereinafter provided.

 

Dollar Notes offered and sold within the United States to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of a Dollar Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-1 hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Restricted Dollar Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Dollar Notes represented thereby with a custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or its Authentication Agent as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the

 

24

 

Restricted Dollar Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made by the Dollar Registrar on Schedule A to each such Restricted Dollar Global Note and recorded in the Security Register, as hereinafter provided.

 

Euro Notes offered and sold within the United States to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of a Euro Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-2 hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Restricted Euro Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Euro Notes represented thereby with a Common Depositary, for Euroclear and Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or its Authentication Agent as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Euro Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made by the Euro Registrar on Schedule A to each such Restricted Euro Global Note and recorded in the Security Register, as hereinafter provided.

 

(c)                                  Definitive Registered Notes.  Definitive Registered Notes issued upon transfer of a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, or in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, shall be issued in accordance with this Indenture.  Dollar Notes issued in definitive registered form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto (excluding the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Principal Amount in the Global Note” in the form of Schedule A attached thereto).  Euro Notes issued in definitive registered form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto (excluding the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Principal Amount in the Global Note” in the form of Schedule A attached thereto).

 

(d)                                 Book-Entry Provisions.  The Applicable Procedures shall be applicable to Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes that are held by Participants through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable.

 

Members of, or participants and account holders in, DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream (“Participants”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC, the Common Depositary or their respective nominees or custodians under such Global Note, and DTC, the Common Depositary or their respective nominees may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the sole owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, or their respective nominees, or impair, as between DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream and the Participants, the operation of customary practices of such persons governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(b), the registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Participants and Persons that may hold interests through Participants, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

Except as provided in Section 2.10, owners of a beneficial interest in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes.

 

25

 

Section 2.02                             Execution and Authentication.

 

An Authorized Officer or director of the Issuer shall sign the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an authorized member of the Issuer’s board of directors or an executive officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.  The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such signature as authentic and shall be under no obligation to make any investigation in relation thereto.

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee or the Authentication Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to Section 2.11.

 

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by an Authorized Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate or cause the Authentication Agent to authenticate (i) Dollar Notes, on the date hereof, for original issue up to an aggregate principal amount of $3,200,000,000 and Euro Notes, on the date hereof, for original issue up to an aggregate principal amount of €1,550,000,000 and (ii) Additional Notes, from time to time, subject to compliance at the time of issuance of such Additional Notes with the provisions of Section 4.20.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Issuer pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

 

The Trustee may appoint one or more authentication agents (each, an “Authentication Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes.  Such Authentication Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by any such agent.  An Authentication Agent has the same rights as any Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

The Trustee and the Authentication Agent shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes under this Section 2.02 if the Trustee or the Authentication Agent, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee or the Authentication Agent in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee or the Authentication Agent to personal liability to existing Holders.

 

Section 2.03                             Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent.

 

The Issuer shall maintain a Paying Agent, an office or agency where the Notes may be presented for payment and through which the Issuer will make payments on the Notes and an office or agency where notices or demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes may be served.  The Issuer shall maintain one or more Paying Agents for the Dollar Notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York.  The Issuer shall maintain one or more Paying Agents for the Euro Notes in London, England.  The Issuer may appoint one or more Registrars, one or more Transfer Agents and one or more additional Paying Agents.  The

 

26

 

Issuer or any or its Affiliates may act as Registrar, Transfer Agent, Paying Agent and agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes.

 

The Issuer shall also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “Registrar”) in New York for the Dollar Notes and Luxembourg for the Euro Notes.  The Issuer shall also maintain a transfer agent (each, a “Transfer Agent”) in London, England.  The Registrar will maintain a register (the “Security Register”) for the Notes reflecting ownership of Notes of the relevant currency outstanding from time to time.  The Paying Agent will make payments on the Notes and the Transfer Agent will facilitate transfer of Definitive Registered Notes on the behalf of the Issuer.  The Registrar or Transfer Agent (as the case may be) will promptly inform the Issuer of any changes to the Security Register.  In the case of discrepancy between the Security Register and the register kept by, and at the office of, the Issuer, the registrations in the register held by, and at the registered office of, the Issuer shall prevail.  Each Transfer Agent shall perform the functions of a transfer agent.

 

The Issuer hereby initially appoints (i) The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch as Euro Paying Agent and Transfer Agent located at:  One Canada Square, London, E14 5AL, United Kingdom; (ii) The Bank of New York Mellon, as Dollar Paying Agent and Dollar Registrar located at:  101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, United States; and (iii) The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Euro Registrar located at:  24 rue Eugène Ruppert, L2453 Luxembourg, Luxembourg; and each hereby accepts such appointment.

 

The Issuer undertakes to maintain a Paying Agent in a member state of the European Union that is not obligated to withhold or deduct on account of tax pursuant to the European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26 and 27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive.

 

The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Paying Agent or co-Registrar not a party to this Indenture.  The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent.  If the Issuer fails to maintain a Paying Agent, the Trustee may appoint a Paying Agent which shall be entitled to appropriate compensation from the Issuer therefor pursuant to Section 7.06.

 

Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent without prior notice to the Holders of Notes.  For so long as Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require, the Issuer will publish notice of any change of Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent on the official website of the Irish Stock Exchange (www.ise.ie) in accordance with Section 12.01, or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange, such notice of the change in a Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent may instead be published in a daily newspaper with general circulation in Ireland (which is expected to be the Irish Times).

 

In addition, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as paying agent in connection with the Notes other than for the purposes of effecting a redemption described under Section 3.07 or Section 3.11 or an offer to purchase the Notes described under Section 4.13.  The Issuer will make payments on the Global Notes to the Paying Agents for further credit to

 

27

 

DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream (as applicable) which will in turn, distribute such payments in accordance with their respective procedures.

 

Section 2.04                             Paying Agent to Hold Money.

 

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree that such Paying Agent will hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, interest and premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, and shall promptly notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment.  While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) shall have no further liability for the money.  If the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer including, without limitation, its bankruptcy, voluntary or judicial liquidation, composition with creditors, reprieve from payment, controlled management, fraudulent conveyance, general settlement with creditors, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, the Paying Agent shall serve as an agent of the Trustee for the Notes.  The Issuer shall no later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day prior to the day on which the Paying Agent is to receive payment, procure that the bank effecting payment for it confirms via fax or tested SWIFT MT100 message to the Paying Agent the payment instructions relating to such payment.  A Paying Agent shall not be obliged to pay the Holders of the Notes (or make any other payment) unless and until such time as it has confirmed receipt of funds sufficient to make the relevant payment.

 

Section 2.05                             Holder Lists.

 

The Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders.  If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee and each Paying Agent in writing no later than two (2) Business Days before each record date for each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such record date as the Trustee or the Paying Agent may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders, including the aggregate principal amount of Notes held by each Holder.

 

Section 2.06                             Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)                                 Where Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, such Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange in accordance with the requirements of this Section 2.06.  To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee or the Authentication Agent shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, at the Registrar’s request.

 

No service charge shall be made by the Issuer or the Registrar to the Holders of the Notes for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes (except as otherwise expressly

 

28

 

permitted herein), but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp duty, stamp duty reserve, documentary or other similar tax or governmental charge or similar charge payable in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange of Notes (other than any agency fee or similar charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06 or 9.04) or in connection with a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 4.13 not involving a transfer.

 

Upon presentation for exchange or transfer of any Note as permitted by the terms of this Indenture and by any legend appearing on such Note, such Note shall be exchanged or transferred upon the Security Register and one or more new Notes shall be authenticated and issued in the name of the Holder (in the case of exchanges only) or the transferee, as the case may be.  No exchange or transfer of a Note shall be effective under this Indenture unless and until such Note has been registered in the name of such Person in the Security Register.  Furthermore, the exchange or transfer of any Note shall not be effective under this Indenture unless the request for such exchange or transfer is made by the Holder or by a duly authorized attorney-in-fact at the office of the Registrar.

 

Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Issuer or the Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or transfer, in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer evidencing the same indebtedness, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee, the Registrar or any Paying Agent shall be required to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange any Note (i) for a period of fifteen (15) days preceding (A) the record date for any payment of interest on the Notes, (B) any date fixed for redemption of the Notes or (C) the date fixed for selection of the Notes to be redeemed in part or (ii) which the Holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, so long as a Global Note remains outstanding and is held by or on behalf of DTC or the Common Depositary, transfers of a Global Note, in whole or in part, or of any beneficial interest therein, shall only be made in accordance with Section 2.01(c), Section 2.06(a) and this Section 2.06(b); provided, however, that a beneficial interest in a Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the restricted Note legend on the Note, if any.

 

(A)                               Except for transfers or exchanges made in accordance with clauses (B), (C), (D) and (E) of this Section 2.06(b), transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to nominees of DTC or the Depositary or to a successor of DTC or the Depositary or such successor’s nominee.

 

(B)                               Restricted Dollar Global Note to Regulation S Dollar Global Note.  If the Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Dollar Global Note at any time wishes to exchange its interest in such Restricted Dollar Global Note for an interest in a Regulation S Dollar Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Restricted Dollar

 

29

 

Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Dollar Global Note, such transfer or exchange may be effected, only in accordance with this clause (B) and the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable.  Upon receipt by the Dollar Registrar (with a copy to the Trustee) from the Transfer Agent of (A) instructions directing the Dollar Registrar to credit or cause to be credited an interest in a Regulation S Dollar Global Note in a specified principal amount and to cause to be debited an interest in a Restricted Dollar Global Note in such specified principal amount, and (B) a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1 attached hereto given by the Holder of such beneficial interest stating that the transfer of such interest has been made in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Dollar Global Notes and (x) pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S or (y) that the Dollar Note being transferred is being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144, then the Dollar Registrar shall reduce or cause to be reduced the principal amount of such Restricted Dollar Global Note and DTC shall increase or cause to be increased the principal amount of such Regulation S Dollar Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the interest in such Restricted Dollar Global Note to be exchanged.

 

(C)                               Restricted Euro Global Note to Regulation S Euro Global Note.  If the Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Euro Global Note at any time wishes to exchange its interest in such Restricted Euro Global Note for an interest in a Regulation S Euro Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Restricted Euro Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Euro Global Note, such transfer or exchange may be effected, only in accordance with this clause (C) and the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable.  Upon receipt by the Euro Registrar (with a copy to the Trustee) from the Transfer Agent of (A) instructions directing the Euro Registrar to credit or cause to be credited an interest in a Regulation S Euro Global Note in a specified principal amount and to cause to be debited an interest in a Restricted Euro Global Note in such specified principal amount, and (B) a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto given by the Holder of such beneficial interest stating that the transfer of such interest has been made in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Euro Global Notes and (x) pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S or (y) that the Euro Note being transferred is being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144, then the Euro Registrar shall reduce or cause to be reduced the principal amount of such Restricted Euro Global Note or the Common Depositary shall increase or cause to be increased the principal amount of such Regulation S Euro Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the interest in such Restricted Euro Global Note to be exchanged.

 

(D)                               Regulation S Dollar Global Note to Restricted Dollar Global Note.  If the Holder of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Dollar Global Note (other than a Holder that is an Affiliate of the Issuer) at any time wishes to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to exchange its interest in such Regulation S Dollar Global Note for an interest in a Restricted Dollar Global Note, or to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Dollar Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with this clause (D) and the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable.  Upon receipt by the Dollar Registrar (with a copy to the Trustee) from the Transfer Agent of (A) instructions directing the Dollar

 

30

 

Registrar to credit or cause to be credited an interest in the Restricted Dollar Global Note in a specified principal amount and to cause to be debited an interest in the Regulation S Dollar Global Note in such specified principal amount, and (B) a certificate in the form of Exhibit C-1 attached hereto given by the Holder of such beneficial interest stating that the transfer of such interest has been made in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Dollar Global Notes and stating that (x) the Person transferring such interest reasonably believes that the Person acquiring such interest is a QIB and is obtaining such interest in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or (y) that the Person transferring such interest is relying on an exemption other than Rule 144A from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and, in such circumstances, such Opinion of Counsel as the Issuer or the Trustee or the Registrar may reasonably request to ensure that the requested transfer or exchange is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the Dollar Registrar shall reduce or cause to be reduced the principal amount of the Regulation S Dollar Global Note and DTC shall increase or cause to be increased the principal amount of the Restricted Dollar Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the interest in the Regulation S Dollar Global Note to be exchanged or transferred.

 

(E)                                Regulation S Euro Global Note to Restricted Euro Global Note.  If the Holder of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Euro Global Note (other than a Holder that is an Affiliate of the Issuer) at any time wishes to transfer such interest to a Person who wishes to exchange its interest in such Regulation S Euro Global Note for an interest in a Restricted Euro Global Note, or to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Euro Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with this clause (E) and the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable.  Upon receipt by the Euro Registrar (with a copy to the Trustee) from the Transfer Agent of (A) instructions directing the Euro Registrar to credit or cause to be credited an interest in the Restricted Euro Global Note in a specified principal amount and to cause to be debited an interest in the Regulation S Euro Global Note in such specified principal amount, and (B) a certificate in the form of Exhibit C-2 attached hereto given by the Holder of such beneficial interest stating that the transfer of such interest has been made in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Euro Global Notes and stating that (x) the Person transferring such interest reasonably believes that the Person acquiring such interest is a QIB and is obtaining such interest in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or (y) that the Person transferring such interest is relying on an exemption other than Rule 144A from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and, in such circumstances, such Opinion of Counsel as the Issuer or the Trustee or the Euro Registrar may reasonably request to ensure that the requested transfer or exchange is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the Registrar shall reduce or cause to be reduced the principal amount of the Regulation S Euro Global Note and the Common Depositary shall increase or cause to be increased the principal amount of the Restricted Euro Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the interest in the Regulation S Euro Global Note to be exchanged or transferred.

 

31

 

(c)                                  If Notes are issued upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Notes so issued shall bear such legend, and a request to remove such legend from Notes shall not be honored unless there is delivered to the Issuer such satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required by the Issuer, that neither the legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers thereof comply with the provisions of Rule 144A under the Securities Act.  Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee, at the direction of the Issuer, shall or shall cause the Authentication Agent to authenticate and deliver Notes that do not bear the legend.

 

(d)                                 The Trustee shall have no responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, or for any intra-note transfers.

 

(e)                                  In the case of the issuance of certificated Notes pursuant to Section 2.10, the Holder of a certificated Note may transfer such Note by surrendering it to the Registrar or a co-Registrar.  In the event of a partial transfer or a partial redemption of a holding of certificated Notes represented by one certificated Note, a certificated Note shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the part transferred, and a new certificated Note in respect of the balance of the holding not transferred or redeemed shall be issued to the transferor or the Holder, as applicable; provided that only (i) certificated Dollar Notes in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall be issued and (ii) certificated Euro Notes in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof shall be issued.  The Issuer shall bear the cost of preparing, printing, packaging and delivering the certificated Notes.

 

(f)                                   The Trustee, any Agent, the Issuer and any Guarantor may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent, the Issuer or the Guarantors shall be affected by notice to the contrary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee, any Agent, the Issuer and any Guarantor from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or the Common Depositary, as applicable, or impair, as between DTC, the Common Depositary and the Participants, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of an interest in any Global Note.

 

(g)                                  All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Issuer, the Trustee or the applicable Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile with originals to be delivered promptly thereafter to the Issuer, the Trustee or the applicable Registrar (as the case may be).

 

Section 2.07                             Replacement Notes.

 

If any mutilated certificated Note is surrendered to the Registrar, the Trustee or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate, or cause the Authentication Agent to authenticate, a replacement Note in exchange and substitution for, and in such form as the Note mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken if the Holder satisfies any other requirements of the Issuer and the Trustee.  If required by the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity

 

32

 

bond or other indemnity sufficient in the judgment of the Issuer, the Registrar and the Trustee to protect the Issuer, the Trustee and the Agents, from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note, including fees and expenses of counsel and any tax that may be imposed in replacing such Note.

 

Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.07 shall be an additional obligation of the Issuer and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen certificated Note has become or is about to become due and payable, or is about to be redeemed or purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the provisions herein, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new certificated Note, pay, redeem or purchase such certificated Note, as the case may be.

 

Section 2.08                             Outstanding Notes.

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authentication Agent except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Registrar in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note, however, Notes held by the Issuer or an Affiliate of any thereof shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 2.09.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the Note that has been replaced is held by a protected purchaser.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If the Trustee or the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate thereof) holds, in accordance with this Indenture, on a Redemption Date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) will be deemed no longer outstanding and interest on them will cease to accrue.

 

Section 2.09                             Notes Held by the Issuer.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, Notes owned by the Issuer or by an Affiliate of the Issuer shall be disregarded and treated as if they were not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, only Notes which

 

33

 

a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.  Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

Section 2.10                             Certificated Notes.

 

(a)                                 A Global Note deposited with the Common Depositary or a custodian for DTC pursuant to Section 2.01 shall be exchanged or transferred in whole to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of certificated Notes only if such transfer complies with Section 2.06 and (i) if DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as depositary and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days, (ii) in whole, but not in part, if the Issuer so requests, or (iii) if a beneficial owner of the Notes requests such exchange in writing delivered through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, following an Event of Default if enforcement action is being taken in respect thereof hereunder.  Notice of any such transfer shall be given by the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.01(a).

 

(b)                                 Any Global Note that is exchangeable to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of certificated Notes pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be surrendered by the Common Depositary or a custodian for DTC, as applicable, to the Transfer Agent, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall, or shall cause the Authentication Agent to, authenticate and deliver, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes of authorized denominations in the form of certificated Notes.  Any portion of a Global Note transferred or exchanged pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in registered form:  (i) with respect to the Dollar Notes, in minimum denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as DTC or the Common Depositary shall direct and (ii) with respect to the Euro Notes, in minimum denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Common Depositary shall direct.  Subject to the foregoing, a Global Note is not exchangeable except for a Global Note of like denomination to be registered in the name of DTC or its nominee or the Common Depositary or its nominee.  In the event that a Global Note becomes exchangeable for certificated Notes, payment of principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on the certificated Notes shall be payable, and the transfer of the certificated Notes shall be registrable, at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purposes in accordance with Section 2.03.  Such certificated Notes shall bear the applicable legends set forth in Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto, as applicable.

 

(c)                                  In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.10(a), the Issuer shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons.

 

(d)                                 In the event that certificated Notes are not issued to each owner of beneficial interests in Global Notes promptly after any of the events specified in Section 2.10(a), the Issuer explicitly acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 6.06 or 6.07 hereof, the right of any beneficial owner in any Global Note to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial owner’s Notes as if such certificated Notes had been issued.

 

34

 

(e)                                  Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee, the Registrar or any Paying Agent shall be required to register the transfer or exchange of certificated Notes (i) for a period of fifteen (15) days preceding (A) the record date for any payment of interest on the Notes, (B) any date fixed for redemption of the Notes or (C) the date fixed for selection of the Notes to be redeemed in part or (ii) which the Holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer.

 

(f)                                   In the event of the transfer of any certificated Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar or any Paying Agent may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents as described herein.  The Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law and permitted herein and by the Notes.

 

Section 2.11                             Cancellation.

 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Registrar for cancellation.  The Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent will forward to the Registrar any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange, replacement, cancellation or payment.  The Registrar or, at the direction of the Registrar, the Paying Agent, and no one else shall cancel (subject to the Registrar’s retention policy) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and dispose of such cancelled Notes in its customary manner and subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act.  Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Registrar for cancellation.  The Issuer undertakes to promptly inform the Irish Stock Exchange (as long as the Notes are admitted to trading on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require) of any such cancellation.

 

Section 2.12                             Defaulted Interest.

 

(a)                                 Any interest on any Note that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture (all such interest herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant record date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clauses (b) or (c) below.

 

(b)                                 The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent as soon as practicable in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer may deposit with the Trustee or as directed by the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee and the Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided.  In addition, the Issuer shall fix, or cause to be fixed, a special record date and payment date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, such date to be not more than fifteen (15) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the proposed payment date and not less than fifteen (15) days after the receipt by the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the 

 

35

 

notice of the proposed payment date.  The Issuer shall promptly but, in any event, not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the special record date, notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of such special record date and, the Issuer (or, upon written request of the Issuer, the Paying Agent in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall cause notice of the proposed payment date of such Defaulted Interest, the special record date therefor and the amount of the Defaulted Interest to be paid to be mailed first-class, postage prepaid to each Holder as such Holder’s address appears in the Security Register, not less than ten (10) days prior to such special record date or, if the Notes are in global form, the Issuer will deliver such notice to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable.  Notice of the proposed payment date of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been so mailed or delivered, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes are registered at the close of business on such special record date.

 

(c)                                  The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Notes in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the proposed payment date pursuant to this Section 2.12, such manner of payment shall be reasonably practicable.

 

(d)                                 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

(e)                                  The Issuer undertakes to promptly inform the Irish Stock Exchange (as long as the Notes are admitted to trading on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require) of any such special record date.

 

Section 2.13                             Computation of Interest.

 

Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

Section 2.14                             ISIN, CUSIP and Common Code Numbers.

 

The Issuer, in issuing the Notes, may use ISIN, CUSIP and Common Code numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, such ISIN, CUSIP and Common Code numbers, as appropriate, shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers or codes either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Agents of any change in the ISIN, CUSIP or Common Code numbers.

 

Section 2.15                             Issuance of Additional Notes.

 

The Issuer may, subject to Section 4.20 of this Indenture, issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in accordance with the procedures of Section 2.02.  The Initial Notes issued on the date of this Indenture and any Additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

 

36

 

Section 2.16                             Deposits of Money.

 

Prior to 10:00 a.m. (London time) one (1) Business Day prior to each interest payment date, the maturity date and each payment date relating to a Change of Control Offer, and on the Business Day immediately following any acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.02, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money in U.S. dollars in the case of amounts due on the Dollar Notes and euro in the case of amounts due on the Euro Notes sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such day or date, as the case may be.  Subject to actual receipt of such funds as provided by this Section 2.16 by the designated Paying Agent, such Paying Agent shall make payments on the Notes to the Holders on such day or date, as the case may be, to the persons and in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Notes.  The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to DTC or its nominee or the Common Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes represented thereby.  The principal and interest on Notes in certificated form shall be payable at the office of the Paying Agent.  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of its failure to so act.

 

Section 2.17                             Agents’ Interest.

 

(a)                                 The rights, powers, duties and obligations and actions of each Agent under this Indenture are several and not joint or joint and several.  Each Agent shall only be obligated to perform the duties set forth in this Indenture and the Notes and shall have no implied duties.

 

(b)                                 The Issuer, each Guarantor and the Agents acknowledge and agree that in the event of a Default or Event of Default, the Trustee may, by notice in writing to each of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Paying Agents, require that the Paying Agents act as agents of, and take instructions exclusively from, the Trustee.

 

(c)                                  Other than as set forth in clause (b) above, the Agents shall act solely as agents of the Issuer and the Guarantors and in no event shall be agents of the Holders.

 

(d)                                 Any obligation the Agents may have to publish or mail a notice to Holders on behalf of the Issuer shall have been met upon delivery of the notice to the relevant clearing system while the Notes are in global form.

 

ARTICLE 3.
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01                             Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes in full or in part pursuant to any redemption provision of this Indenture, it shall deliver to the Trustee in accordance with Section 12.01, at least ten (10) days but not more than sixty (60) days before the redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

 

(A)                               the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

 

(B)                               the redemption date and the record date;

 

(C)                               the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

 

37

 

(D)                               the redemption price; and

 

(E)                                the ISIN, CUSIP and or Common Code numbers of the Notes, as applicable.

 

Section 3.02                             Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

 

If less than all of a series of Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or such other method as is customary with the procedures of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream (as applicable), including the application of a “pool factor” to the nominal amount of each Notes, unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements.  The Trustee shall not be liable for selections made by it in accordance with this Section 3.02.

 

No Dollar Note of $200,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part and only Dollar Notes in integral multiples of $1,000 will be redeemed and no Euro Note of €100,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part and only Euro Notes in integral multiples of €1,000 will be redeemed.

 

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be given to each Holder pursuant to Sections 3.03 and 12.01.

 

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note.  Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption.  On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment.

 

In relation to Definitive Registered Notes, a new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  On or after any purchase or redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the purchase or redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof tendered for purchase or called for redemption.

 

Section 3.03                             Notice of Redemption.

 

(a)                                 At least ten (10) days but not more than sixty (60) days before a redemption date, the Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the redemption date and deliver, pursuant to Section 12.01, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than sixty (60) days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11.  For Notes which are represented by global certificates held on behalf of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing.  For so long as the Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require, the Issuer shall publish notice of redemption in a daily newspaper with general circulation in Ireland (which is expected to be the Irish Times) and in 

 

38

 

addition to such publication, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the redemption date, mail such notice to Holders by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at their respective addresses as they appear on the registration books of the Registrars.  Such notice of redemption may instead be published on the website of the Irish Stock Exchange (www.ise.ie).  Notices of redemption may be conditional.

 

(b)                                 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and corresponding ISIN, CUSIP or Common Code numbers, as applicable, and shall state:

 

(A)                               the redemption date and the record date;

 

(B)                               the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid (subject to the right of Holders of record of certificated Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest and Additional Amounts, if any, due on the relevant interest payment date);

 

(C)                               if any Global Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Global Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Global Note, the principal amount thereof will be decreased by the portion thereof redeemed pursuant thereto;

 

(D)                               if any Definitive Registered Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed, and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Definitive Registered Note or Definitive Registered Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the Definitive Registered Note;

 

(E)                                the name and address of the Paying Agent(s) to which the Notes are to be surrendered for redemption;

 

(F)                                 that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the relevant Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

 

(G)                               that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes called for redemption cease to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(H)                              the paragraph of the Notes or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(I)                                   that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN, CUSIP or Common Code numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

(c)                                  At the Issuer’s request, the Paying Agent shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense in accordance with Section 12.01; provided, however, that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Paying Agent, at least forty-five (45) days prior to the redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Paying Agent give such

 

39

 

notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in Section 3.03(b).

 

(d)                                 The Trustee will not be liable for selection made by it as contemplated in this Section 3.03.

 

Section 3.04                             Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is given in accordance with Section 3.03 and Section 12.01, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price stated in the notice.  A notice of redemption may be subject to one or more conditions precedent, at the Issuer’s discretion.  If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one of more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion), such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all of such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

 

On and after a redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes or the portion of them called for redemption.

 

Section 3.05                             Deposit of Purchase or Redemption Price.

 

(a)                                 No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day prior to the purchase or redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if requested by the Trustee, with or as delivered by the Trustee) (i) with respect to the Dollar Notes, money in U.S. dollars sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest, premium and Additional Amounts (if any) on, all Dollar Notes to be redeemed on that date and (ii) with respect to the Euro Notes, money in euro sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest, premium and Additional Amounts (if any) on, all Euro Notes to be redeemed on that date.  The Trustee or Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent, as applicable, by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be purchased or redeemed.  The Issuer shall, no later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day prior to the date on which the applicable Paying Agent receives payment, procure that the bank effecting payment for it confirms by email, fax or tested SWIFT MT100 message to the relevant Paying Agent (or the Trustee, as the case may be) that an irrevocable instruction has been given.

 

(b)                                 If the Issuer complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption.  If a Note is redeemed on or after a record date for the payment of interest but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not so paid, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and Section 4.01.

 

40

 

Section 3.06                             Notes Redeemed in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Definitive Registered Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee or the Authentication Agent shall authenticate for (and in the name of) the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered; provided that any Definitive Registered Dollar Note shall be in a principal amount of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 above $200,000 and any Definitive Registered Euro Note shall be in a principal amount of €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 above €100,000.

 

Section 3.07                             Optional Redemption.

 

(a)                                 At any time prior to November 15, 2019, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2020 Dollar Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2020 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable 2020 Dollar Notes Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2020 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

On or after November 15, 2019, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2020 Dollar Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2020 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2020 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(b)                                 At any time prior to August 15, 2021, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2022 Dollar Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2022 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable 2022 Dollar Notes Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2022 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

On or after August 15, 2021, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2022 Dollar Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the 2022 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2022 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(c)                                  At any time prior to August 15, 2024, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2025 Dollar Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2025 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable 2025 Dollar Notes Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2025 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

41

 

On or after August 15, 2024, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2025 Dollar Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2025 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2025 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(d)                                 At any time prior to November 15, 2019, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2020 Euro Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2020 Euro Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable 2020 Euro Notes Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2020 Euro Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

On or after November 15, 2019, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2020 Euro Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2020 Euro Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2020 Euro Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(e)                                  At any time prior to August 15, 2022, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2023 Euro Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2023 Euro Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable 2023 Euro Notes Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2023 Euro Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

On or after August 15, 2022, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2023 Euro Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2023 Euro Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2023 Euro Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(f)                                   [Reserved].

 

(g)                                  Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

 

(h)                                 Any redemption or notice pursuant to this Section 3.07 may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent.

 

Section 3.08                             Redemption upon Changes in Withholding Taxes.

 

The Issuer may redeem the applicable series of Notes, in whole but not in part, at its discretion at any time upon giving not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice to the Holders of such series of Notes (which notice will be irrevocable and given in

 

42

 

accordance with the procedures described in Sections 3.03 and 12.01), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed by the Issuer for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) and all Additional Amounts (if any) then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise (subject to the right of Holders of such Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date and Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof), if on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of such Notes, the Issuer or any Guarantor is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts, and (a) the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor cannot avoid such requirement by taking reasonable measures available to it (including the designation of a different paying agent), (b) in the case of a Guarantor, such amounts cannot be paid by the Issuer or any other Guarantor who in turn can pay such amounts without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts and (c) the requirement arises as a result of:

 

(1)                                 any amendment to, or change in, the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a relevant Tax Jurisdiction which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the Temporary Notes Issue Date (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Temporary Notes Issue Date, such later date); or

 

(2)                                 any amendment to, or change in, an official written interpretation or application of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published administrative practice) which amendment or change becomes effective on or after the Temporary Notes Issue Date (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Temporary Notes Issue Date, such later date) (each of the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”).

 

The Issuer will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than sixty (60) days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of such Notes was then due, and the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must be in effect at the time such notice is given.  Prior to the publication or, where relevant, mailing of any notice of redemption of such Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel to the effect that the Issuer is or would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law.  In addition, before the Issuer publishes or mails notice of redemption of the Notes as described above, it will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that (a) it or the relevant Guarantor cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor taking reasonable measures available to it and (b) in the case of a Guarantor, the amounts giving rise to such obligation cannot be paid by the Issuer or any other Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts.

 

The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to conclusively rely without further inquiry on such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as sufficient evidence of the existence and satisfaction of the conditions precedent as described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the applicable Notes.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the implementation of European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26 and 27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law

 

43

 

implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive, will not be a change or amendment for such purposes.

 

The foregoing will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is incorporated or organized, engaged in business or resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by or on behalf of such Person on the Notes and any political subdivision thereof or therein.

 

Section 3.09                             Mandatory Redemption.

 

Except as provided in Section 3.08, the Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.  The Issuer and any of its Subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE 4.
 COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01                             Payment of Notes.

 

No later than 10 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day prior to a payment date, the Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, interest and premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

Principal, interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent receives such payment by such time in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Issuer holds, in an account with the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, by 10 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day prior to the due date, money deposited by the Issuer.

 

Principal of, interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Dollar Notes will be payable at the corporate trust office or agency of the Dollar Paying Agent maintained in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, for such purposes and principal of, interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Euro Notes will be payable at the corporate trust office or agency of the Euro Paying Agent maintained in London, England, for such purposes.  All payments on the Global Notes shall be made by transfer of immediately available funds to an account of the Holder of the Global Notes in accordance with instructions given by that Holder.

 

Principal of, interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on any Definitive Registered Notes will be payable at the corporate trust office or agency of any Paying Agent in any location required to be maintained for such purposes pursuant to Section 2.03.  In addition, interest on Definitive Registered Notes may be paid by check mailed to the person entitled thereto as shown on the Security Register for such Definitive Registered Notes.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to one percent (1%) per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful.  The Issuer shall pay interest (including post petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on

 

44

 

overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Section 4.02                             Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

Subject to Section 5.01, the Issuer shall maintain the offices and agencies specified in Section 2.03.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee (the address of which is specified in Section 12.01).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee need not act as the Registrar.

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in London, England for such purposes.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Issuer hereby designates the corporate trust office of the Trustee (the address of which is specified in Section 12.01) as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

Section 4.03                             Reports.

 

(a)                                 Whether or not required by the SEC’s rules and regulations, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes, within the time periods (including any extensions thereof) specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

 

(1)                                 all annual reports of the Issuer that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 20-F if the Issuer were required to file such reports; and

 

(2)                                 all quarterly and current reports of the Issuer that would be required to be furnished with the SEC on Form 6-K if the Issuer were required to furnish such reports.

 

All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports.  Each annual report on Form 20-F will include a report on the Issuer’s consolidated financial statements by the Issuer’s independent registered public accounting firm.  To the extent such filings are made with the SEC, the reports will be deemed to have been furnished to the Trustee and Holders of Notes.  The Issuer agrees that it will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings.

 

In addition, (i) not later than ten (10) Business Days after the time the Issuer publishes its quarterly and annual reports, the Issuer will hold (or cause to be held) a quarterly conference call to discuss the information contained in such reports and (ii) no fewer than two (2) Business Days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with clause (i) above, issue (or cause to be issued) a press release to appropriate

 

45

 

wire services announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing the Holders or beneficial owners of, and prospective investors in, the Notes and securities analysts and market makers to contact an individual at the Issuer (for whom contact information shall be provided in such press release) to obtain the information on how to access such conference call.

 

(b)                                 If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Issuer’s filings for any reason, the Issuer will post (or cause to be posted) the reports referred to in Section 4.03(a) on its website with no password protection within the time periods that would apply if the Issuer were required to file those reports with the SEC.

 

(c)                                  In addition, the Issuer agrees that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, at any time it is not required to file the reports required by the preceding paragraphs with the SEC, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

Section 4.04                             Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year (without the need for any request by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate stating as to such Authorized Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer is not (and has not been since the date of the last such certificate, or if none, since the Issue Date) in Default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

 

Section 4.05                             Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

 

The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

46

 

Section 4.06                             [Reserved].

 

Section 4.07                             [Reserved].

 

Section 4.08                             [Reserved].

 

Section 4.09                             [Reserved].

 

Section 4.10                             [Reserved].

 

Section 4.11                             Limitation on Liens.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer will not and will not permit any Guarantor to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist or become effective any mortgage, security interest, charge, encumbrance, pledge or other lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon the whole or any part of their present or future business, undertakings, assets or revenues (including uncalled capital) not constituting Collateral to secure indebtedness for borrowed money represented by notes, bonds, debentures or indebtedness under credit or other debt facilities (including the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement) with banks or other institutions providing for revolving credit or term loans, unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the indebtedness so secured.  Any such mortgage, security interest, charge, encumbrance, pledge or other lien granted or made to secure the Notes will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged (i) upon the release and discharge of the initial mortgage, security interest, charge, encumbrance, pledge or other lien to which it relates and (ii) otherwise as set forth under Section 13.05.

 

Section 4.12                             Additional Guarantees.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer will not permit any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, directly or indirectly, to guarantee, assume or in any other manner become liable for the payment of (i) any indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement or (ii) any Public Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor (other than the Notes), in each case in excess of $120,000,000 (or equivalent) in aggregate principal amount, unless:

 

(A)                               such Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee of payment of the Notes by such Subsidiary on the same terms as the guarantee of such indebtedness; and

 

(B)                               with respect to any guarantee of subordinated indebtedness by such Subsidiary, any such guarantee shall be subordinated to such Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes at least to the same extent as such subordinated debt is subordinated to the Notes.

 

(b)                                 In addition, after the consummation of the Mergers, the Issuer shall cause each Material Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (as determined based on the audited annual reports referred to below) and which has become a borrower under the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement or has guaranteed any indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement, to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture or joinder, as applicable, providing for such Material Subsidiary’s Guarantee on the same terms and conditions as those applicable to the Guarantors under this Indenture, within thirty (30) days of delivery of the Issuer’s audited annual reports to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, and

 

47

 

will deliver to the trustee an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental indenture or joinder, as applicable, has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and constitute a legally valid and enforceable obligation (subject to customary qualifications and exceptions).  Thereafter, such Material Subsidiary will be a Guarantor with respect to the Notes until such Material Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes is released in accordance with this Indenture.

 

(c)                                  If on any date following the Issue Date, the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (a “Suspension Event”), then, beginning on that day and continuing until such time, if any, at which the Notes cease to have Investment Grade Status (the “Reversion Date”), Sections 4.12(a) and 4.12(b) will cease to be effective and will not be applicable to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries.  Sections 4.12(a) and 4.12(b) and any related default provisions will again apply according to its terms from the first day on which a Suspension Event ceases to be in effect.  Sections 4.12(a) and 4.12(b) will not, however, be of any effect with regard to actions of the Issuer properly taken during the continuance of the Suspension Event, and no action taken prior to the Reversion Date will constitute a Default or Event of Default.  In addition, without causing a Default or Event of Default, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may honor any contractual commitments or take actions in the future after any date on which the Notes cease to have an Investment Grade Status as long as the contractual commitments were entered into during the Suspension Event and not in anticipation of the Notes no longer having an Investment Grade Status.

 

(d)                                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be obligated to cause such Subsidiary to guarantee the Notes to the extent that the granting of such Guarantee could give rise to or result in:  (1) any breach or violation of Applicable Law (including those relating to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, corporate benefit or purpose, financial assistance, capital maintenance, voidable preference, thin capitalization or guidance and coordination or affecting the rights of creditors generally); (2) any risk or liability for the officers, directors or (except in the case of a Subsidiary that is a partnership) shareholders of such Subsidiary (or, in the case of a Subsidiary that is a partnership, directors or shareholders of the partners of such partnership); or (3) significant costs, expenses, liability or obligations (including with respect to any Taxes) directly associated with the granting of such Guarantee (but excluding any reasonable guarantee or similar fee payable to the Issuer or a Guarantor) which are disproportionate to the benefit obtained by the Holders of the Notes from such Guarantee in the good faith judgment of a responsible officer of the Issuer; provided, however, that the Issuer will procure that the relevant Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor at such time as such restriction would no longer apply to the providing of the Guarantee or no longer would prohibit such Subsidiary from becoming a Guarantor (or prevent the Issuer from causing such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor).

 

Section 4.13                             Purchase of Notes upon Change of Control.

 

(a)                                 If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $200,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof in the case of Dollar Notes and €100,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof in the case of Euro Notes) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a change of control offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture.  In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer a payment (the “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to but

 

48

 

excluding the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.  Within thirty (30) days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail (or deliver electronically) a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date for payment specified in the notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), which date will be no earlier than thirty (30) days and no later than sixty (60) days from the date such notice is mailed or delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice.

 

(b)                                 The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer’s compliance with the applicable securities laws and regulations will not constitute a breach of its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture.

 

(c)                                  Except as otherwise provided herein, no later than the date that is sixty (60) days after any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail the Change of Control Offer to each Holder of any such Notes, with a copy to the Trustee:

 

(1)                                 stating that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to purchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to the Change of Control Payment;

 

(2)                                stating the Change of Control Payment Date and the record date;

 

(3)                                 stating that any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date unless the Change of Control Payment is not paid, and that any Notes or part thereof not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)                                 describing the circumstances and relevant facts regarding the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control;

 

(5)                                 describing the procedures determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased; and

 

(6)                                 if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control.

 

(d)                                 On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)                                 accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(2)                                 deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

 

(3)                                 deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.

 

49

 

(e)                                  The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof (in the case of Dollar Notes) and in a minimum principal amount of €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof (in the case of Euro Notes).  The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

(f)                                   The provisions of this Section 4.13 that require the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

 

(g)                                  The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to this Indenture as described in Section 3.07 unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.  A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, with the obligation to pay and the timing of payment conditioned upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, if a definitive agreement to effect a Change of Control is in place at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

 

(h)                                 For so long as the Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will publish notices relating to the Change of Control Offer in a daily newspaper with general circulation in Ireland (which is expected to be the Irish Times) or to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notices on the official website of the Irish Stock Exchange (www.ise.ie).

 

Section 4.14                             [Reserved].

 

Section 4.15                             Impairment of Security Interests.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, take or omit to take any action that would have the result of materially impairing the Security Interests (it being understood that, subject to Section 4.15(b), the incurrence of Permitted Liens with respect to the Collateral shall not be deemed to materially impair the Security Interests with respect to the Collateral) and the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, grant to any Person other than the Security Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the other beneficiaries described in the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, any interest whatsoever in any of the Collateral (except Permitted Liens).

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding Section 4.15(a) above, (i) nothing in this covenant shall restrict the discharge and release of any Security Interest in accordance with this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) the Security Interests and the related Security Documents may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or released (followed by an immediate retaking of a lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets) if, (except with respect to any

 

50

 

amendments, extensions, renewals, restatements, modifications, discharge or release in accordance with this Indenture, the incurrence of Permitted Liens or any action expressly permitted by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement) contemporaneously with any such action, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee and the Security Agent, either (1) a solvency opinion from an independent financial advisor, accounting firm, appraiser or investment bank of international standing which confirms the solvency of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, replacement, supplement, modification or release (followed by an immediate retaking of a lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), (2) a certificate from the board of directors or officer of the relevant Person which confirms the solvency of the Person granting such Security Interest after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, replacement, supplement, modification or release, or (3) an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, replacement, supplement, modification or release (followed by an immediate retaking of a lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), the lien created under the applicable Security Document, so amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, modified or released and replaced is a valid lien not otherwise subject to any limitation, imperfection or new hardening period, in equity or at law, that such lien was not otherwise subject to immediately prior to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, modification or replacement.

 

(c)                                  At the direction of the Issuer and without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, the Security Agent may from time to time enter into one or more amendments to the Security Documents or enter into additional or supplemental Security Documents to:  (i) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency therein, (ii) add to the Collateral or (iii) make any other change thereto that does not adversely affect the rights of the Holders of the Notes in any material respect.

 

(d)                                 In the event that the Issuer complies with the requirements of this Section 4.15, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall (subject to customary protections and indemnifications) consent to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, modification or release and replacement without the need for instructions from the Holders.

 

Section 4.16                             Additional Amounts.

 

(a)                                 All payments made under or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future tax, duty, levy, assessment or other governmental charge, including any related interest, penalties or additions to tax (“Taxes”) unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law or by the official interpretation or administration thereof.  If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any Guarantor is then incorporated or organized, engaged in business for tax purposes or resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having power to tax or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor (including, without limitation, the jurisdiction of any paying agent for the Notes) or any political subdivision thereof or therein (each, a “Tax Jurisdiction”) will at any time be required to be made from any payments made under or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee, including, without limitation, payments of principal, redemption price, interest or premium, then the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay such additional

 

51

 

amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by each Holder after such withholding or deduction (including any such withholding or deduction from such Additional Amounts) will equal the respective amounts that would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:

 

(1)                                 any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the existence of any actual or deemed present or former connection between the Holder (or between a fiduciary, settler, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) or the beneficial owner of the Notes and the relevant Tax Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, being or having been a citizen, resident or national thereof or being or having been present or engaged in a trade or business therein or having or having had a permanent establishment therein), other than connections arising from the acquisition or holding of such Note or any Guarantee, the exercise or enforcement of rights under such Note or under a Guarantee or the receipt of any payments in respect of such Note or a Guarantee;

 

(2)                                 any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes were imposed as a result of the presentation of a Note for payment (where Notes are in the form of certificated Notes and presentation is required) more than thirty (30) days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30 day period);

 

(3)                                 any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property or similar Taxes imposed on transfers;

 

(4)                                 any Taxes withheld, deducted or imposed on a payment that is required to be made pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26 and 27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive;

 

(5)                                 Taxes imposed on or with respect to a payment made to a Holder or beneficial owner of Notes who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note to another paying agent in a member state of the European Union;

 

(6)                                 any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments under, or with respect to, the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

 

(7)                                 any Taxes to the extent such Taxes are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner of Notes to comply with any reasonable written request of the Issuer addressed to the Holder or beneficial owner and made at least sixty (60) days before any such withholding or deduction would be payable to satisfy any certification, identification, information or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the relevant Tax Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by such Tax Jurisdiction (including, without

 

52

 

limitation, a certification that the Holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Tax Jurisdiction), but in each case, only to the extent the Holder or beneficial owner is legally eligible to provide such certification or documentation;

 

(8)                                 any Taxes that are imposed or withheld pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the Temporary Notes Issue Date (or any amended or successor version of such sections), any regulations promulgated thereunder, any official interpretations thereof, any similar law or regulation adopted pursuant to an intergovernmental agreement between a non U.S. jurisdiction and the United States with respect to the foregoing or any agreements entered into pursuant to section 1471(b)(1) of the Code; or

 

(9)                                 any combination of items (1) through (8) above.

 

Such Additional Amounts will also not be payable where, had the beneficial owner of the applicable Note been the Holder of such Note, it would not have been entitled to payment of Additional Amounts by reason of any of clauses (1) to (9) inclusive above.

 

(b)                                 In addition to the foregoing, the Issuer and the Guarantors, as the case may be, will also pay and indemnify the Holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, court or documentary Taxes, or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies (including penalties, interest and any other reasonable expenses related thereto) which are levied by any Tax Jurisdiction on the execution, delivery, issuance, enforcement or registration of any of the Notes, this Indenture, any Guarantee or any other document or instrument referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with respect thereto, (limited, solely in the case of taxes attributable to the receipt of any payments with respect thereto, to any such taxes imposed in a Tax Jurisdiction that are not excluded under clauses (1) through (5) or (7) through (8) above, or any combination thereof).

 

(c)                                  If the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to any series of Notes or any related Guarantee, each of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, will deliver to the Trustee on a date that is at least thirty (30) days prior to the date of that payment (unless the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises less than thirty (30) days prior to that payment date, in which case the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor shall notify the Trustee promptly thereafter) an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable.  The Officer’s Certificate must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the Paying Agents to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date.  The Trustee shall be entitled to rely solely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary.

 

(d)                                 The Issuer or the relevant Guarantor will make all withholdings and deductions required by law and will remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Tax authority in accordance with Applicable Law.  The Issuer or the relevant Guarantor will use its reasonable efforts to obtain Tax receipts from each Tax authority evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld.  The Issuer or the relevant Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee (or to a Holder or beneficial owner upon written request), within a reasonable time after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld is made, certified copies of Tax receipts evidencing payment by the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, or if, notwithstanding such entity’s efforts to obtain receipts,

 

53

 

receipts are not obtained, other evidence of payments (reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) by such entity.  Upon reasonable request, copies of Tax receipts or other evidence of payments, as the case may be, will be made available by the Trustee to the Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes of the applicable series.

 

(e)                                  Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the Notes or of principal, interest or of any other amount payable under, or with respect to, any of the Notes or any Guarantee, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

(f)                                   The above obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture, and any transfer by a Holder or beneficial owner of its Notes, and will apply, mutatis mutandis, to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer or any Guarantor is incorporated or organized, engaged in business for tax purposes or resident for tax purposes (and any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having power to tax) and any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by or on behalf of such Person on the Notes or any Guarantee and any political subdivision thereof or therein.

 

Section 4.17                             [Reserved].

 

Section 4.18                             [Reserved].

 

Section 4.19                             [Reserved].

 

Section 4.20                             [Reserved].

 

Section 4.21                             Limitation on Non Guarantor Indebtedness.

 

The Issuer will not permit any of its Subsidiaries which is not a Guarantor to incur any indebtedness; provided, however, that an aggregate principal amount of indebtedness at any time outstanding not in excess of the greater of (i) $1,000,000,000 and (ii) six percent (6%) of Total Assets may be incurred by its Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors.

 

Section 4.22                             Maintenance of Listing.

 

The Issuer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and, for so long as the Notes are outstanding, maintain the listing of such Notes on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange or, if at any time the Issuer determines that it will not obtain or maintain such listing on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain (prior to delisting) and thereafter maintain a listing of such Notes on another “recognised stock exchange” as defined in Section 1005 of the Income Tax Act 2007 of the United Kingdom.

 

Section 4.23                             Limitations on the Activities of GTECH and the Guarantors Prior to the Completion Date.

 

To the extent that GTECH or any Guarantor has taken any action or engaged in any activities during the period beginning on the Temporary Notes Issue Date and ending on the Completion Date other than, in each case, any action or activity necessary or appropriate to effectuate the Transactions, such actions and activities shall be treated and classified under

 

54

 

this Indenture (including but not limited to determining whether a Default or Event of Default would have occurred) as if this Indenture and the covenants set forth therein had applied to GTECH and the Guarantors during such period; provided, however, that no such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred if such Default or Event of Default no longer exists on the Completion Date.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for all purposes of this Indenture, each transaction or event constituting part of the Transactions shall be deemed to have occurred and been effective on the Issue Date as if it had occurred simultaneously with the issuance of the Notes.

 

Section 4.24                             Post Closing Matters.

 

As soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within 180 days of the Issue Date, the Issuer shall ensure that a first ranking pledge is granted with respect to all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Target (the “Nevada Share Pledge”) to secure the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees and to obtain all approvals, make all filings and take all other actions necessary to give effect to the foregoing, including the perfection of the pledge.

 

As soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within thirty (30) days of the Issue Date, the Issuer shall ensure that a first ranking pledge is granted with respect to all of the issued and outstanding quotas of the Italian Guarantor (the “Italian Share Pledge”) to secure the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and to obtain all approvals, make all filings and take all other actions necessary to give effect to the foregoing, including the perfection of the pledge.

 

Section 4.25                             Additional Intercreditor Agreements.

 

(a)                                 At the request of the Issuer and without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, in connection with the incurrence by the Issuer or the Guarantors of indebtedness permitted under this Indenture, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall enter into with the holders of such indebtedness (or their duly authorized representatives) an intercreditor agreement (an “Additional Intercreditor Agreement”) or a restatement, amendment or other modification of the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case on substantially the same terms as the Intercreditor Agreement (or terms not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes), including containing substantially the same terms with respect to release of Guarantees and priority and release of the Security Interests; provided that such Additional Intercreditor Agreement will not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or Security Agent or, in the opinion of the Trustee or Security Agent, as applicable, adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or Security Agent under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(b)                                 At the written direction of the Issuer and without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall from time to time enter into one or more amendments to any Intercreditor Agreement to:  (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency of any such agreement, (2) increase the amount or types of indebtedness covered by any such agreement that may be incurred by the Issuer or a Guarantor that is subject to any such agreement (including with respect to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the addition of provisions relating to new indebtedness ranking junior or pari passu in right of payment to the Notes), (3) add Guarantors to the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (4) further secure the Notes (including Additional Notes), (5) make provision for equal and ratable security

 

55

 

interests and pledges with respect to the Collateral to secure Additional Notes, (6) implement any Permitted Liens (including junior liens, pari passu liens and liens benefiting from priority rights of turnover in respect of proceeds of enforcement), (7) amend the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof or (8) make any other change to any such agreement that does not adversely affect the Holders of Notes in any material respect.  The Issuer shall not otherwise direct the Trustee or the Security Agent to enter into any amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement without the consent of the Holders of the majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, except as otherwise permitted under Article 9 of this Indenture and as permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Issuer may only direct the Trustee and the Security Agent to enter into any amendment to the extent such amendment does not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or Security Agent or, in the opinion of the Trustee or Security Agent, adversely affect their respective rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(c)                                  In relation to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee shall consent on behalf of the Holders of the Notes to the payment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition, retirement or redemption of any obligations subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees thereby.

 

(d)                                 Each Holder, by accepting a Note, shall be deemed to have agreed to and accepted the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement (whether then entered into or entered into in the future pursuant to the provisions described herein) and to have directed the Trustee or Security Agent, as applicable, to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and any such Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 5.
 SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01                             Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly:  (i) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

 

(1)                                 either (a) the Issuer is the surviving corporation or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union, Switzerland, Jersey, Canada or the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; provided, however, that if the Person is a partnership or limited liability company, then a corporation wholly-owned by such Person organized or existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union, Switzerland, Jersey, Canada or the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia that does not and will not have any material assets or operations shall become a co-issuer of the applicable series of Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures duly executed by the Trustee;

 

56

 

(2)                                 the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the applicable series of Notes pursuant to documents in such form as are reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; and

 

(3)                                 immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

 

(b)                                 In addition, the Issuer may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its and its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

 

(c)                                  A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Issuer or a Guarantor, unless immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

 

(d)                                 Section 5.01 will not apply to:

 

(A)                               a merger of the Issuer with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another jurisdiction or forming a direct holding company of the Issuer;

 

(B)                               any sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, including by way of merger or consolidation; and

 

(C)                               the Issuer Merger.

 

Section 5.02                             Successor Corporation Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer or the Guarantors, in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer or the Guarantors, as applicable, is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Issuer” or the “Guarantors”, as applicable, shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable), and may exercise every right and power of the predecessor Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, under the Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, herein and therein and the predecessor Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, shall be discharged from all obligations under the Notes, this Indenture, the Security Documents and any supplemental indenture, as applicable; provided, however, that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all of the assets of or a consolidation or merger of the Issuer in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01.

 

57

 

ARTICLE 6.
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01                             Events of Default.

 

Each of the following is an “Event of Default” with respect to the applicable series of Notes:

 

(a)                                 default for thirty (30) days in the payment when due of interest on the applicable series of Notes;

 

(b)                                 default in payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the applicable series of Notes;

 

(c)                                  failure by the Issuer or a Guarantor to comply with any covenant in this Indenture (other than a default specified in clause (A) or (B) above) for sixty (60) days after written notice specified in Section 6.02(b) below;

 

(d)                                 default under any document evidencing any indebtedness for borrowed money by the Issuer or any Guarantor, whether such indebtedness now exists or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:

 

(A)                               is caused by a failure to pay principal when due at final (and not any interim) maturity on or prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or

 

(B)                               results in the acceleration of such indebtedness prior to its express maturity (without such acceleration having been rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured),

 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated (without such acceleration having been rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured), aggregates $120,000,000 or more; provided, however, that this clause (d) shall not apply to (i) secured indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such indebtedness and (ii) any indebtedness that is required to be converted into Qualifying Equity Interests upon the occurrence of certain designated events so long as no payments in cash or otherwise are required to be made in accordance with such conversion);

 

(e)                                  failure by the Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or group of Guarantors that, taken as a whole would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, to pay final judgments, orders or decrees (not subject to appeal) entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $120,000,000 (exclusive of any amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy insurance companies), which judgments shall not have been discharged or waived and there shall have been a period of sixty (60) consecutive days or more during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, order or decree (by reason of pending appeal, waiver or otherwise) shall not have been in effect;

 

(f)                                   the Security Interests purported to be created under any Security Document (other than in accordance with the terms of the relevant Security Document, the Intercreditor

 

58

 

Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture) with respect to Collateral having a Fair Market Value in excess of $30,000,000 will, at any time, cease to be in full force and effect and constitute a valid and perfected security interest or pledge with the priority required by the applicable Security Document, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under this Indenture and discharge of this Indenture or in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents or any Security Interest purported to be created under any Security Document is declared invalid or unenforceable or the Issuer or any Guarantor granting such Security Interest asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such Security Interest is invalid or unenforceable and such failure to be in full force and effect or such assertion has continued uncured for a period of fifteen (15) days;

 

(g)                                  except as permitted by this Indenture, any Guarantee of any Guarantor (or any group of Guarantors) that constitutes a Significant Subsidiary shall be held in any final and non-appealable judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason (other than in accordance with its terms) to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor (or any group of Guarantors) that constitutes a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor (or any group of Guarantors) that constitutes a Significant Subsidiary, shall deny or disaffirm in writing its or their obligations under its or their Guarantees;

 

(h)                                 the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of its Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A)                               commences a voluntary case;

 

(B)                               consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

(C)                               consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

 

(D)                               makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

 

(E)                                admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; and

 

(i)                                     a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A)                               is for relief against the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of its Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

(B)                               appoints a custodian or administrator of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of its Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any

 

59

 

group of its Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(C)                               orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of its Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary,

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days.

 

Section 6.02                             Acceleration.

 

(a)                                 If an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, then the principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest on all the outstanding Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

 

(b)                                 If an Event of Default (other than as specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.01 above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders) may, and the Trustee, upon the written request of such Holders, shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and any Additional Amounts and accrued interest on all the outstanding Notes immediately due and payable, and upon any such declaration all such amounts payable in respect of the Notes will become immediately due and payable.

 

Section 6.03                             Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of this Indenture.  Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee may direct the Security Agent to take enforcement action with respect to the Collateral upon an Event of Default.

 

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee, and all rights of action and claims under the Security Documents may be prosecuted or enforced under the Security Documents by the Security Agent as directed by the Trustee, without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by any of the Trustee shall be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.10 hereof.

 

A delay or omission by the Trustee, the Security Agent or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  No right or remedy is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and all rights and remedies (whether provided hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise) are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.  Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 to the Trustee, the Security Agent or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, concurrently and as often as may be deemed expedient by the Trustee, the Security Agent or the Holders, as the case may be.

 

60

 

Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification or security satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

Section 6.04                             Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration.  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05                             Control by Majority.

 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to payment of principal, interest or Additional Amounts or premium, if any.

 

Section 6.06                             Limitation on Suits.

 

In case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders of the Notes unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.  Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture unless:

 

(a)                                 such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(b)                                 Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes that are then outstanding have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(c)                                  such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

 

61

 

(d)                                 the Trustee has not complied with such request within sixty (60) days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(e)                                  Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the applicable series of Notes that are then outstanding have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

 

Section 6.07                             Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, interest and premium, Additional Amounts, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring proceedings for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of Holders of not less than ninety percent (90%) of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes.

 

Section 6.08                             Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.  The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.

 

Section 6.09                             Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, their creditors or property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein 

 

62

 

contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10                             Priorities.

 

Subject to the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, all moneys received by the Trustee or the Security Agent under this Indenture or any Security Document shall be held by the Trustee or the Security Agent, as applicable, in trust to apply them (subject to any legal privilege (if any) pursuant to any applicable Bankruptcy Law or any other applicable law):

 

First:  to the Trustee, the Security Agent and any of their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.06, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances, if any, made, by the Trustee or the Security Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second:  to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes, on the principal of, or premium, interest, Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, pari passu and ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes, on the principal of, premium, interest, Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

 

Third:  to the Issuer, any Guarantor or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.  This Section 6.10 is subject at all times to the provisions set forth in Section 13.02.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any conflict between this Section 6.10 and the Security Documents, the Security Documents shall prevail.

 

Section 6.11                             Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee or the Security Agent for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee or as the Security Agent, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee or the Security Agent, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than ten percent (10%) in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

Section 6.12                             Agents.

 

The Trustee shall be entitled to require the Paying Agent to act under its direction following the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default.

 

Section 6.13                             Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

 

If the Trustee, the Security Agent or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued 

 

63

 

or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined in a final judgment adversely to the Trustee or to the Security Agent or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

ARTICLE 7.
 TRUSTEE AND SECURITY AGENT

 

Section 7.01                             Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.  The Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines as unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.  Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification or security satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses, liabilities, fees and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action in accordance with Section 7.06 hereof.

 

(b)                                 Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(A)                               the duties of the Trustee and the Security Agent shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents and the Trustee and the Security Agent need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture or the Security Documents against the Trustee or the Security Agent; and

 

(B)                               in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee and the Security Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and the Security Agent and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture or the relevant Security Documents.  However, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture or the Security Documents, as applicable (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein) and shall be entitled to seek advice from legal counsel in relation thereto.

 

(c)                                  Each Holder, by its holding of a Note is deemed to direct the Security Agent to execute and deliver, if necessary, and act as beneficiary under, the Security Documents to which the Security Agent is a party on behalf of the Holders under this Indenture.  The Security Agent shall only act at the direction of the Trustee, subject to its rights herein and in the Security Documents.  The Security Agent shall be merely an agent and have no fiduciary duties to the Trustee or the Holders.

 

64

 

(d)                                 Each Holder, by its acceptance of any Notes and the Guarantees of the Notes by the Guarantors, consents to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and any other Security Documents to which the Trustee may be a party (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or as may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and authorizes and directs the Trustee to enter into and perform its obligations and exercise its rights under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and such Security Documents in accordance therewith, to bind the Holders on the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and such Security Documents and to execute any and all documents, amendments, waivers, consents, releases or other instruments authorized or required to be executed by it pursuant to the terms thereof.

 

(e)                                  The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct except that:

 

(A)                               this Section 7.01(e) does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

 

(B)                               the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(C)                               the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

 

(f)                                   Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture and the Security Documents that in any way relates to the Trustee or the Security Agent, as applicable, is subject to clauses (a), (b), (d), (e) and (g) of this Section 7.01.

 

(g)                                  No provision of this Indenture or any Security Document shall require the Trustee, any Agent or the Security Agent to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or under the Security Documents.

 

(h)                                 None of the Trustee, the Security Agent or any Agent shall be liable for interest on any money received by it or to make any investments except as the Trustee or the Security Agent, as applicable, may agree in writing with the Issuer.  Money held in trust by the Trustee, the Security Agent or Agents, as applicable, need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(i)                                     Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent shall be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including without limitation Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee or the Security Agent, as applicable, has received written notice thereof (addressed as provided in Section 12.01), as applicable, and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuer or this Indenture.

 

(j)                                    The rights, privileges and protections of the Trustee and the Security Agent set forth in this Article 7 shall apply equally in respect of the any other document to which the Trustee or the Security Agent is a party.

 

65

 

Section 7.02                             Rights of Trustee and the Security Agent.

 

(a)                                 The Trustee and the Security Agent may conclusively rely upon and will be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, whether in its original, facsimile or other electronic form, any document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent need investigate any fact or matter stated in the document (regardless of whether any such document is subject to any monetary or other limit).

 

(b)                                 Before the Trustee or the Security Agent acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee and the Security Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, as the case may be.  The Trustee and the Security Agent may consult with professional advisers (including counsel) and the advice or written advice of such professional adviser or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by them hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)                                  The Trustee and the Security Agent may act through their attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.  In addition, the Security Agent may delegate duties as provided in the Security Documents.

 

(d)                                 Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent shall be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(e)                                  Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture or the relevant Security Document, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer or a member of the Issuer’s board of directors.

 

(f)                                   Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent shall be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Document at the request or direction of any Holder unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee or the Security Agent, as applicable, security or indemnity satisfactory to them against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by them in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(g)                                  Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent shall have any duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in Article 4.  In addition, neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written notification.  Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.03 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

66

 

(h)                                 Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance, and shall not be responsible or liable for compliance with restrictions on transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of minimum denominations imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law or regulation with respect to any transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of any interest in any Notes.

 

(i)                                     The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee or the Security Agent, including their right to be indemnified or secured, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, each of The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, The Bank of New York Mellon and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., in each case in each of its respective capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder.  Absent willful misconduct or negligence, each Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent shall not be liable for acting in good faith on instructions believed by it to be genuine and from the proper party.  Each Agent’s obligations and duties are several and not joint.

 

(j)                                    If any Guarantor is substituted to make payments on behalf of the Issuer pursuant to Article 10, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of such substitution.

 

(k)                                 In the event the Trustee receives inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders, each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents, the Trustee in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, will be taken and shall not incur any liability for its failure to act until such inconsistency or conflict is, in its reasonable opinion, resolved.

 

(l)                                     [Reserved].

 

(m)                             Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent is required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance or its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(n)                                 The permissive right of the Trustee and the Security Agent to take the actions permitted by this Indenture or the Security Documents shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.

 

(o)                                 Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent will be liable to any person if prevented or delayed in performing any of its obligations or discretionary functions under this Indenture or the Security Documents by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond its control.

 

(p)                                 Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent shall under any circumstances be liable for any consequential loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit of any kind) of the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Subsidiary or any other Person (or, in each case, any successor thereto), even if advised of it in advance and even if foreseeable.

 

(q)                                 Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent shall be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee and the Security 

 

67

 

Agent, in their sole discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee or the Security Agent shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer personally or by agent or attorney.

 

(r)                                    The Trustee or the Security Agent may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of the individuals or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(s)                                   No provision of this Indenture or any Security Document shall require the Trustee or the Security Agent to do anything which, in its opinion, may be illegal or contrary to applicable law or regulation.

 

(t)                                    The Trustee or the Security Agent may refrain from taking any action in any jurisdiction if the taking of such action in that jurisdiction would, in its opinion, based upon legal advice in the relevant jurisdiction, be contrary to any law of that jurisdiction or, to the extent applicable, the State of New York.

 

(u)                                 The Trustee and the Security Agent may retain professional advisors to assist them in performing their duties under this Indenture and the Security Documents.  The Trustee and the Security Agent may consult with such professional advisors or with counsel, and the advice or opinion of such professional advisors or counsel with respect to legal or other matters relating to this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by them hereunder in good faith and in reliance on the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(v)                                 The Trustee and the Security Agent may assume without inquiry in the absence of actual knowledge that each of the Issuer and the Guarantors is duly complying with its obligations contained in this Indenture and the Security Documents required to be performed and observed by it, and that no Default or Event of Default or other event which would require repayment of the Notes has occurred.

 

(w)                               The Security Agent shall accept without investigation, requisition or objection such right and title as the Issuer may have to any of the Collateral and shall not be bound or concerned to examine or enquire into or be liable for any defect or failure in the right or title of the Issuer to the Collateral or any part thereof, whether such defect or failure was known to the Security Agent or might have been discovered upon examination or enquiry and whether capable of remedy or not, and shall have no responsibility for the validity, value or sufficiency of the Collateral.

 

(x)                                 Without prejudice to the provisions hereof, neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent shall be under any obligation to insure any of the Collateral or any certificate, note, bond or other evidence in respect thereof, or to require any other Person to maintain any such insurance and neither shall be responsible for any loss, expense or liability which may be suffered as a result of any assets comprised in the Collateral being uninsured or inadequately insured.

 

68

 

(y)                                 Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent shall be responsible for any loss, expense or liability occasioned to the Collateral, howsoever caused, by the Security Agent or by any act or omission on the part of any other Person (including any bank, broker, depositary, warehouseman or other intermediary or by any clearing system or other operator thereof), or otherwise, unless such loss is occasioned by the willful misconduct or fraud of the Security Agent or the Trustee, as the case may be.

 

(z)                                  Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, the Security Agent shall have no duty or liability as to the Collateral (if any) in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the priority, perfection or validity of any security interest in the Collateral.  The Security Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Security Agent in good faith.

 

(aa)                          At any time that the security granted pursuant to the Security Documents has become enforceable and the Holders have given a direction to the Trustee to enforce such security, the Trustee is not required to give any direction to the Security Agent with respect thereto unless it has been indemnified or secured to its satisfaction in accordance with this Indenture.  In any event, in connection with any enforcement of such security, the Trustee is not responsible for:

 

(A)                               any failure of the Security Agent to enforce such security within a reasonable time or at all;

 

(B)                               any failure of the Security Agent to pay over the proceeds of enforcement of the security;

 

(C)                               any failure of the Security Agent to realize such security for the best price obtainable;

 

(D)                               monitoring the activities of the Security Agent in relation to such enforcement;

 

(E)                                taking any enforcement action itself in relation to such security;

 

(F)                                 agreeing to any proposed course of action by the Security Agent which could result in the Trustee incurring any liability for its own account; or

 

(G)                               paying any fees, costs or expenses of the Security Agent.

 

Section 7.03                             Individual Rights of Trustee and the Security Agent.

 

The Trustee or the Security Agent in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, any Guarantor or any 

 

69

 

Affiliate of the Issuer or any Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or Security Agent.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest as such term is used in Section 310(b) of the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1940, as amended, it must eliminate such conflict within ninety (90) days or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.09 and Section 7.10 hereof.

 

Section 7.04                             Disclaimer for Trustee and Security Agent.

 

Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent shall be responsible for and neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent makes any representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or the Collateral.  Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent shall be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes and neither shall be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture or any Security Document other than its certificate of authentication.  The Trustee and the Security Agent shall be entitled to assume without inquiry that the Issuer has performed in accordance with all the provisions in this Indenture, unless notified to the contrary.

 

Section 7.05                             Notice of Defaults.

 

Subject to Section 7.02(g), if a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to each Holder notice of the Default or Event of Default within ninety (90) Business Days after it becomes known to the Trustee.  Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, Additional Amounts or interest on any Notes, the Trustee may withhold the notice to the Holders of such Notes if a committee of its trust officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 7.06                             Compensation and Indemnity.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall pay to each of the Trustee, the Security Agent and Agents from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing for their respective services hereunder.  None of the Trustee’s, the Security Agent’s or the Agents’ compensation shall be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer, and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall reimburse each of the Trustee and the Security Agent promptly upon request for all disbursements, advances (if any) and expenses incurred or made by them in addition to the compensation for their services.  Such expenses shall include the compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and the Security Agent’s respective agents and counsel.

 

(b)                                 The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee and the Security Agent (which for purposes of this Section 7.06(b) shall include their respective officers, directors, employees and agents) against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by them arising out of, or in connection with, the acceptance or administration of their duties (including any management time spent) under this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, any supplemental indenture, supplemental intercreditor agreement, supplemental additional intercreditor agreements or accession agreement or the Notes or in any other role performed by the Trustee or the Security Agent, as applicable, under said documents,

 

70

 

including the costs and expenses of, and taxes paid by the Trustee or the Security Agent in connection with, enforcing this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents against the Issuer and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.06(b)) and defending themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder or under the Security Documents, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to (x) in the case of the Trustee, the Trustee’s willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith or (y) in the case of the Security Agent, the Security Agent’s willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith.  Except where the interests of the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Trustee or the Security Agent, as applicable, on the other hand, may be adverse, the Trustee or the Security Agent, as applicable, shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee or the Security Agent, as applicable, to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or any of the Guarantors of its obligations hereunder.  Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c)                                  To secure the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s payment obligations in this Section 7.06, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee or the Security Agent, in their capacity as Trustee and Security Agent, except on money or property held in trust to pay principal of, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on particular Notes.  Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

(d)                                 Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee or Security Agent, when the Trustee or the Security Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

(e)                                  The indemnity contained in this Section 7.06 shall survive the discharge or termination of this Indenture and shall continue for the benefit of the Trustee, the Security Agent and each Agent notwithstanding its resignation or retirement.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee and the Security Agent in this Section 7.06, including their right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, The Bank of New York Mellon, The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. and Persons employed by the Trustee to act hereunder.

 

Section 7.07                             Replacement of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.07.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing.  The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

71

 

(A)                               the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09;

 

(B)                               the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(C)                               a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(D)                               the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

(c)                                  If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one (1) year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

(d)                                 If a successor Trustee does not take office within sixty (60) days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, (i) the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least ten percent (10%) in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or (ii) the retiring Trustee may appoint a successor Trustee at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee takes office; provided, however, that such appointment shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer.

 

(e)                                  If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.09, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)                                   A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Holders.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided, however, that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.06.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07, the Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under Section 7.06 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.08                             Successor Trustee or Security Agent by Merger.

 

If the Trustee or the Security Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another entity, the successor entity without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or Security Agent.

 

Section 7.09                             Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is an entity organized and doing business under the laws of England and Wales, the United States of America or of any state thereof or any country within the European Union and which is authorized under such laws to 

 

72

 

exercise corporate trustee power and is generally recognized as an entity which customarily performs such corporate trustee roles and provides such corporate trustee services in transactions similar in nature to the offering of the Notes as described in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Section 7.10                             Certain Provisions.

 

Each Holder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs on his or her behalf the Trustee to enter into and to take such actions and to make such acknowledgements as are set forth in this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement or other documents entered into in connection therewith.

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, suitability, adequacy or enforceability of the Security Documents or any obligation or rights created or purported to be created thereby or pursuant thereto or any security or the priority thereof constituted or purported to be constituted thereby or pursuant thereto, nor shall it be responsible or liable to any Person because of any invalidity of any provision of such documents or the unenforceability thereof, whether arising from statute, law or decision of any court. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to monitor or supervise the functions of the Security Agent under the Security Documents and shall be entitled to assume that the Security Agent is properly performing its functions and obligations thereunder and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any diminution in the value of or loss occasioned to the assets subject thereto by reason of the act or omission by the Security Agent in relation to its functions thereunder. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder as regards any deficiency which might arise because the Trustee is subject to any tax in respect of the Security Documents, the security created thereby or any part thereof or any income therefrom or any proceeds thereof.

 

Section 7.11                             Agents.

 

Any Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Indenture at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such resignation to the Trustee and the Issuer.  The Issuer may remove any Agent at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to any Agent.  Upon such notice, a successor Agent shall be appointed by the Issuer, who shall provide written notice of such to the Trustee.  Such successor Agent shall become the Agent hereunder upon the resignation or removal date specified in such notice.  If the Issuer is unable to replace the resigning Agent within thirty (30) days after such notice, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, deliver any funds then held hereunder in its possession to the Trustee or may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Agent or for other appropriate relief.  The costs and expenses (including its counsels’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Agent in connection with such proceeding shall be paid by the Issuer.  Upon receipt of the identity of the successor Agent, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder to the successor Agent, less the Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other obligations owed to the Agent.  Upon its resignation and delivery any funds, the Agent shall be discharged of and from any and all further obligations arising in connection with this Indenture, but shall continue to enjoy the benefit of Section 7.06.

 

Section 7.12                             Force Majeure.

 

In no event shall the Trustee, the Security Agent and Agents be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of their obligations hereunder arising out of or 

 

73

 

caused by acts of war or terrorism involving the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Monetary Union or any other national or international calamity or emergency (including natural disasters or acts of God), it being understood that the Trustee, the Security Agent and Agents, as applicable, shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

Section 7.13                             USA Patriot Act.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited, The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, The Bank of New York Mellon and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. (together the “BNYM Entities”), like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account.  The Issuer and the Guarantors undertake to provide the BNYM Entities with such information as it may request in order for the BNYM Entities to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, including but not limited to the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow it to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account and may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation or other identifying documents to be provided.

 

Section 7.14                             Tax Compliance.

 

In order to comply with applicable tax laws (inclusive of rules, regulations and interpretations promulgated by competent authorities) related to the Transactions in effect from time to time (“Applicable Tax Law”) that a foreign financial institution, issuer, trustee, paying agent or other party is or has agreed to be subject to, the Issuer agrees (i) to provide to the Trustee and the Paying Agents sufficient information about the parties or transactions (including any modification to the terms of such transactions) so the Trustee and the Paying Agents can determine whether it has tax related obligations under Applicable Tax Law and (ii) that the Trustee and the Paying Agents shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Tax Law for which the Trustee and the Paying Agents shall not have any liability.  The terms of this Section 7.14 shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 8.
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01                             Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Issuer may, at its option evidenced by a resolution of its board of directors set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02                             Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set 

 

74

 

forth in Section 8.04, will be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to the Notes issued under this Indenture and the Guarantees, respectively, and to have cured all then existing Events of Default on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (A) and (B) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and any supplemental indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(A)                               the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04;

 

(B)                               the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02;

 

(C)                               the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Agents and the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in connection therewith (including Section 7.06); and

 

(D)                               this Article 8.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03.

 

Section 8.03                             Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Article 4 (other than Sections 4.01, 4.02 (solely to the extent necessary to carry out its obligations that remain under this Indenture), 4.04 (solely with respect to obligations under covenants that are not released) and 4.05) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and any supplemental indenture, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 with respect to the applicable series of Notes, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and any supplemental indenture shall be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to 

 

75

 

the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, the Events of Default set forth in Section 6.01 (except those relating to payments on the Notes or, solely with respect to the Issuer, clauses (h) and (i) of Section 6.01) shall not constitute Events of Default with respect to the applicable series of Notes.

 

Section 8.04                             Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes issued under this Indenture:

 

(A)                               the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with or as directed by the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the series of applicable series of Notes, cash in U.S. dollars or U.S. dollars-denominated U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof (in the case of Dollar Notes) and cash in euro, European Government Obligations or a combination thereof (in the case of Euro Notes), in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants to pay the principal of, or interest and premium on such Notes that are then outstanding on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(B)                               in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the applicable series of Notes that are then outstanding will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(C)                               in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the applicable series of Notes that are then outstanding will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(D)                               no Default or Event of Default with respect to the applicable series of Notes has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);

 

(E)                                such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer is bound;

 

76

 

(F)                                 the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of the applicable series of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others; and

 

(G)                               the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05                             Deposited Money, U.S. Government Obligations and European Government Obligations Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)                                 Subject to Section 8.06, all money and in the case of Dollar Notes, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) and in the case of Euro Notes, non-callable European Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with or as directed by the Trustee (or with another qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of the Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(b)                                 The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations or non-callable European Government Obligations, as applicable, deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations or non-callable European Government Obligations, as applicable, held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(A)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, of the type and scope originally effected by the Issuer pursuant to this Article 8.

 

Section 8.06                             Repayment to the Issuer.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, interest or Additional Amounts on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two (2) years after such principal or interest (and Additional Amounts or premium, if any) has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense 

 

77

 

of the Issuer, give notice to the Holders in accordance with Section 12.01 that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

 

Section 8.07                             Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollar, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, euro or non-callable European Government Obligations, as applicable, in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, interest or Additional Amounts on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 9.
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01                             Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuer, the Security Agent and the Trustee (as applicable) may modify, amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document, the Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or any supplemental indenture without the consent of any Holder:

 

(A)                               to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, error or inconsistency;

 

(B)                               to provide for the applicable series of uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of the applicable series of certificated Notes;

 

(C)                               to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets;

 

(D)                               to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the applicable series of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

 

(E)                                to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the sections titled “Description of the Notes”, taken together, in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such sections of the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim or substantially verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, such Notes or the Guarantees;

 

(F)                                 to release any Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

78

 

(G)                               to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor trustee or security agent pursuant to the requirements thereof;

 

(H)                              to the extent necessary to grant a Security Interest, provided, however, that the granting of such Security Interest is not prohibited by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and Section 4.15 is complied with;

 

(I)                                   make any change to the extent permitted by the covenant described under Section 4.25;

 

(J)                                   to provide for the issuance of additional series of Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture; or

 

(K)                              to allow any guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture or a joinder, as applicable, with respect to the applicable series of Notes.

 

In formulating their opinion on such matters, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall be entitled to request and rely absolutely on such evidence as they deems appropriate, including an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate on which the Trustee and the Security Agent may solely rely.

 

The consent of the Holders of Notes is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment.  It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, the Indenture does not prohibit, and therefore no further consent of each Holder of Notes is required for, the capital reduction of the Issuer as described in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such capital reduction requires the authorization of creditors generally under applicable laws and regulations.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt by the Trustee and the Security Agent of the documents described in Section 7.02(b), the Trustee and the Security Agent will join with the Issuer in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture or other document authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent will be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture or other document that affects its own rights, duties, protections, privileges, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture.

 

Section 9.02                             With Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Except as provided otherwise in Section 9.01 and this Section 9.02, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Security Agent (as applicable) may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, any Security Document and any supplemental indenture with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of Notes then outstanding of such series (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for such series of the Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, such series of Notes or the Guarantees and any supplemental indenture may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of 

 

79

 

such series of Notes that are then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes).

 

Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 9.05 and 12.02, the Trustee and the Security Agent will join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or other document unless such amended or supplemental indenture or other document directly affects the Trustee’s or the Security Agent’s own rights, duties, protections, privileges, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture, or otherwise, in which case the Trustee or the Security Agent (as the case may be) may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture or other document.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer will mail or otherwise deliver to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Issuer to mail or otherwise deliver such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such series of Notes then outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Issuer with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or any supplemental indenture.  However, unless consented to by the Holders of at least ninety percent (90%) of the aggregate principal amount of such series of Notes affected (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), without the consent of each Holder of the applicable series of Notes affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any such series of Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(A)                               reduce the principal amount of such series of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(B)                               reduce the principal of or extend the fixed maturity of any such series of Notes or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of such series of Notes (other than provisions relating to Section 4.13 and provisions relating to the number of days of notice to be given in the event of a redemption);

 

(C)                               reduce the rate of or change the stated time for payment of interest on any such series of Note;

 

(D)                               waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium on such series of Notes (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of such Notes by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(E)                                make any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such series of Notes;

 

80

 

(F)                                 make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of such applicable series of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium on such applicable series of Notes;

 

(G)                               waive a redemption payment with respect to any such series of Note (other than a payment required by Section 4.13);

 

(H)                              impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(I)                                   make any change in Section 4.16 that adversely affects the right of any Holder of such Notes in any material respect or amends the terms of such Notes in a way that would result in a loss of an exemption from any of the Taxes described thereunder or an exemption from any obligation to withhold or deduct Taxes so described thereunder unless the Issuer agrees to pay Additional Amounts, if any, in respect thereof;

 

(J)                                   release all or substantially all of the Security Interests other than in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement, any applicable Additional Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture;

 

(K)                              release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

 

(L)                                make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

 

Any amendment, supplement or waiver consented to by at least ninety percent (90%) of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will be binding against any non consenting Holders.

 

Section 9.03                             Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date of the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

Section 9.04                             Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuer, in exchange for Notes, may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate, or cause the Authentication Agent to authenticate, the new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

81

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.05                             Trustee and Security Agent to Sign Amendments.

 

The Trustee or the Security Agent, as the case may be, will sign any amended or supplemental indenture or other document authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement or other document does not adversely affect the rights, duties, protections, privileges, indemnities, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or the Security Agent, as the case may be.  In formulating its opinion on any of the matters in Section 9.01 and 9.02 and in executing any amended or supplemental indenture or other document, the Trustee and the Security Agent will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.02, (i) indemnity deemed satisfactory to them in their sole discretion; and (ii) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or other document is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 10.
 GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01                      Guarantee.

 

(a)                                 Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, absolutely unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

 

(A)                               the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

(B)                               in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

 

(b)                                 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(c)                                  Subject to this Article 10, the Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the 

 

82

 

Notes or this Indenture the validity, perfection, non-perfection, lapse in perfection or priority of any security interest securing any of the obligations guaranteed by the Guarantors, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor’s liability under this Guarantee shall extend to all obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (including, without limitation, interest, fees, costs and expenses) that would be owed but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to any proceeding under Bankruptcy Law involving the Issuer or any Guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(d)                                 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect, subject to this Article 10.

 

(e)                                  Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment and performance in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee.  The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee or the limitations contained in this Article 10.

 

Section 10.02                      Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

 

(a)                                 Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under Applicable Laws relating to fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, improper corporate benefit, financial assistance or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

(b)                                 Limitations on the obligations of any Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date which are necessary to avoid any of the scenarios contemplated in clause (a) of this Section 10.02 may be set forth in a supplemental indenture hereto relating to such Guarantor and, for the avoidance of doubt, such limitations shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set out in full in this Section 10.02.

 

83

 

Section 10.03                      Limitations on Guarantor Liability — Italy.

 

(a)                                 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Indenture, the maximum amount that the Italian Guarantor will be required to pay under its Guarantee in respect of the obligations of the Issuer and any Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not a Subsidiary of the Italian Guarantor will be limited to the Pro Rata Share (as defined below) of:

 

(A)                               the principal amount of the indebtedness of the Italian Guarantor (or any Subsidiary of the Italian Guarantor) as “Borrower” under and as defined in the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement and the Senior Term Loan Agreement (including any refinancing thereof); and

 

(B)                               the principal amount of all intercompany loans (whether documented by an intercompany loan agreement, a promissory note or otherwise) advanced (or granted) to the Italian Guarantor (or any Subsidiary of the Italian Guarantor) by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer after the date of the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement,

 

in each case under clauses (A) and (B) above, as such amounts are outstanding on the first date on which a demand is made upon the Italian Guarantor to pay under a Qualifying Guarantee (as defined below).

 

(b)                                 In any event, for the sole purposes of complying with article 1938 of the Italian Civil Code, the maximum amount that the Italian Guarantor may be required to pay in respect of its obligations as Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not exceed €4,400,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency).

 

(c)                                  If any creditor or class of creditors of Senior Liabilities irrevocably and unconditionally waives such Senior Liabilities (as defined below) or agrees not to make a demand or fails to file a claim or a demand in the context of an insolvency, bankruptcy or similar proceedings resulting in the final and irrevocable discharge of such Senior Liabilities or finally and irrevocably barring any further right to claim for payments under the relevant Qualifying Guarantee, the Pro Rata Share will be recalculated as of the initial calculation date to exclude the Senior Liabilities owed to such creditor or class of creditors on such date and the Italian Guarantor will pay any additional amounts then due under this Guarantee.

 

(d)                                 The amount payable under this Guarantee will be calculated by reference to the amounts of the Senior Liabilities which are outstanding on the first date on which a demand is made upon the Italian Guarantor to pay under a Qualifying Guarantee of those Senior Liabilities.  For the purposes of such calculation amounts which are not denominated in euro will be converted into euro at the Security Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of euro with U.S. dollars in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 am (London time) on the date of calculation.  The Issuer agrees to provide evidence of its indebtedness for the purposes of the calculation and to ensure that all relevant creditors are under an obligation to provide information to it so that it can comply with this obligation.

 

For purposes of Section 10.03(a) through (d), the following definitions shall mean:

 

84

 

“Existing GTECH Notes” means, collectively, the €500,000,000 5.375% guaranteed notes due 2018 and the €500,000,000 3.500% guaranteed notes due 2020 both issued by GTECH.

 

“Existing IGT Notes” means, collectively, the $500,000,000 7.500% notes due 2019, the $300,000,000 5.500% notes due 2020 and the $500,000,000 5.350% notes, issued by the Target.

 

“Italian Civil Code” means the Italian civil code (codice civile), enacted by Royal Decree No. 22 of March 16, 1942, as subsequently amended and supplemented.

 

“Pro Rata Share” means the proportion that the aggregate amount of the Senior Liabilities owed to the Holders of the Notes bears to the amount of all outstanding Senior Liabilities guaranteed by Qualifying Guarantees by the Italian Guarantor, as such Senior Liabilities are outstanding on the first date on which a demand is made upon the Italian Guarantor to pay under a Qualifying Guarantee.

 

“Qualifying Guarantees” means guarantees permitted or not prohibited to be given by the Italian Guarantor under the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement, the Senior Term Loan Agreement and the Relevant Notes (including any Additional Notes), copies of which have been provided to the Security Agent, in respect of indebtedness which is permitted or not prohibited to be incurred by the Issuer and any Subsidiary of the Issuer under the Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement, the Senior Term Loan Agreement and the Relevant Notes (including any Additional Notes) and which contain a limitation equivalent to the limitation in this Guarantee (as certified by the Issuer to the Security Agent).

 

“Relevant Notes” means the Notes, the Existing GTECH Notes and the Existing IGT Notes.

 

“Senior Liabilities” means all amounts that are “Senior Secured Liabilities” under and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement or which do not constitute such liabilities solely because they are unsecured and the holders thereof have accordingly not become parties to the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Section 10.04                      Limitations on Guarantor Liability — Luxembourg.

 

(a)                                 Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary provided in this Indenture, the Guarantee granted by any Guarantor which is incorporated and established in the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg (a “Luxembourg Guarantor”) under this Article 10 for the obligations of any entity which is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of such Luxembourg Guarantor (the “Limited Guarantee”) shall, together with any similar guarantee obligations of such Luxembourg Guarantor under the Debt Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), be limited at any time to an aggregate amount not exceeding the higher of:

 

(A)                               ninety-five percent (95%) of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s capitaux propres (as referred to in article 34 of the Luxembourg law dated 19 December 2002 on the commercial register and annual accounts, as amended (the “2002 Law”)) determined as at the date on which a demand is made under the Limited Guarantee as stated in the Luxembourg Guarantor’s then most recently approved financial statements, increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities; and

 

85

 

(B)                               ninety-five percent (95%) of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s capitaux propres (as referred to in article 34 of the 2002 Law) determined as at the date of this Indenture as stated in the Luxembourg Guarantor’s most recently approved financial statements at such date, increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities.

 

(b)                                 For the purpose of Section 10.04(a), “Intra-Group Liabilities” shall mean any amounts owed by the Luxembourg Guarantor to any other member of the group of companies to which it belongs and that have not been financed (directly or indirectly) by a borrowing under the Debt Documents.

 

(c)                                  In addition, the above limitation shall not apply to (a) any amounts (if any) borrowed directly or indirectly by or made available by whatever means to that Luxembourg Guarantor or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries under the Debt Documents and (b) any amounts borrowed under the Debt Documents and on-lent to the Luxembourg Guarantor or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (in any form whatsoever).

 

Section 10.05                      Limitations on Guarantor Liability — Germany.

 

(a)                                 The enforcement of the Guarantee created under Section 10.01 and any indemnity owing under this Indenture by a Guarantor incorporated and existing as a German limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung) (a “German GmbH Guarantor”), shall be subject to the following limitations:

 

(b)                                 To the extent that the Guarantee secures, or to the extent that any indemnity of a German GmbH Guarantor would result in a payment of, liabilities of its direct or indirect shareholder(s) (an “Up-stream Guarantee”) or its affiliated companies (verbundenes Unternehmen) within the meaning of section 15 of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) (other than Subsidiaries of that German GmbH Guarantor) (a “Cross-stream Guarantee”) (save for any guarantees or indemnity in respect of funds to the extent they are on-lent, or otherwise passed on, and/or they replace or refinance funds which were on-lent, or otherwise passed on, in each case to that German GmbH Guarantor or its Subsidiaries, and such amount on-lent or otherwise passed on is not returned (if returned, a limitation will only apply to the extent the repayment has been proved by an up-to-date balance sheet)), the Guarantee or such indemnity shall not be enforced at the time of the respective Payment Demand (as defined below) if and only to the extent the German GmbH Guarantor demonstrates that the enforcement would have the effect of:

 

(A)                               causing the relevant German GmbH Guarantor’s Net Assets to be reduced to an amount less than its stated share capital (Stammkapital), or

 

(B)                               (if its Net Assets are already below its stated share capital) causing such amount to be further reduced,

 

and thereby affecting its assets required for the maintenance of its stated share capital (Stammkapital) pursuant to sections 30, 31 German Limited Liability Company Act (Gesetz betreffend die Gesellschaften mit beschränkter Haftung) (“GmbHG”) (as applicable at the time of enforcement) (each of the circumstances set out in sub-paragraphs (A) and (B) above, respectively a “Capital Impairment”).

 

(c)                                  “Net Assets” means the relevant company’s net assets (Nettovermögen) the value of which shall generally be determined in accordance with the German Commercial 

 

86

 

Code (Handelsgesetzbuch) (“HGB”) consistently applied by the German GmbH Guarantor in preparing its unconsolidated balance sheets (Jahresabschluss according to Section 42 GmbHG, Sections 242, 264 HGB) in previous years, save that:

 

(A)                               the amount of any increase of the stated share capital (Erhöhung des Stammkapitals) after the date of the Indenture (1) that has been effected out of retained earnings (Kapitalerhöhung aus Gesellschaftsmitteln) or (2) to the extent that it is not fully paid up, shall be deducted from the stated share capital;

 

(B)                               loans received by, and other contractual liabilities of, the relevant German GmbH Guarantor which are subordinated within the meaning of section 39 sub-section 1 no. 5 or section 39 sub-section 2 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) (contractually or by law) shall be disregarded;

 

(C)                               loans and other contractual liabilities incurred by the relevant German GmbH Guarantor in violation of the provisions of the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement shall be disregarded; and

 

(D)                               the costs of the Auditors’ Determination (as defined below) shall be taken into account either as a reduction of assets or as an increase of liabilities.

 

(d)                                 The limitations set out in Section 10.05(b) only apply if within ten (10) Business Days following receipt from the Trustee or, in case the Holders are entitled to demand payment, from a Holder, of a notice stating that it demands payment under the Guarantee or indemnity from the relevant German GmbH Guarantor (the “Payment Demand”) (during which up to ten (10) Business Days period (but no longer than until the receipt of the Management Determination) the enforcement shall be excluded), the managing director(s) of such German GmbH Guarantor has (have) confirmed in writing to the Trustee or, in case the Holders are entitled to demand payment, to the demanding Holder(s) (the “Management Determination”):

 

(A)                               to what extent the Guarantee or indemnity is an Up-stream Guarantee or a Cross-stream Guarantee as described in Section 10.05(b) above; and

 

(B)                               in case the German GmbH Guarantor claims the occurrence of a Capital Impairment, which amount of such Up-stream Guarantee and/or Cross-stream Guarantee cannot be enforced as the respective German GmbH Guarantor’s Net Assets are below its stated share capital or such enforcement would cause such German GmbH Guarantor’s Net Assets to be reduced to an amount below its stated share capital, as a result of which such enforcement would lead to a violation of the capital maintenance rules as set out in sections 30, 31 GmbHG, and such confirmation is supported by an up-to-date balance sheet of such German GmbH Guarantor together with a detailed calculation of the amount of such German GmbH Guarantor’s Net Assets taking into account the adjustments and obligations set forth in Section 10.05(c) above.

 

The Management Determination shall be prepared as of the date of the Payment Demand. The Trustee or, in case the Holders are entitled to demand payment of the Guarantee, a Holder, shall then be entitled to enforce the Guarantee or indemnity in an amount which 

 

87

 

would, in accordance with the Management Determination, not result in a Capital Impairment.

 

(e)                                  Following the Trustee’s or the Holder’s receipt, as applicable, of the Management Determination, the relevant German GmbH Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee or, in case the Holders are entitled to demand payment, to the demanding Holder(s), within twenty (20) Business Days of the Trustee’s or a Holder’s request an up-to-date balance sheet together with a detailed calculation of the amount of the Net Assets of the German GmbH Guarantor, drawn-up by an auditor of international standard and reputation appointed by the relevant German GmbH Guarantor taking into account the adjustments and obligations as set forth in Sections 10.05(c) and 10.05(d) above (the “Auditors’ Determination”). The Auditors’ Determination shall be prepared as of the date of the Payment Demand in accordance with the accounting principles as consistently applied and shall be binding on the Trustee and the Holders. The Trustee or, in case the Holders are entitled to demand payment, a Holder shall then be entitled to enforce the Guarantee or indemnity in an amount which would, in accordance with the Auditor’s Determination, not result in a Capital Impairment.

 

(f)                                   Each German GmbH Guarantor shall use its best efforts to realize within three (3) months after receipt of the Payment Demand and of a request from the Trustee or, in case the Holders are entitled to demand payment, from a Holder, to the extent legally permitted, any and all of its assets that are (i) shown in the balance sheet with a book value (Buchwert) that is substantially lower (at least 30 per cent lower) than the market value of the assets and (ii) not required for continuing its business (betriebsnotwendig), if the German GmbH Guarantor claims the occurrence of a Capital Impairment. After the expiry of such three (3) months period the German GmbH Guarantor shall, within ten (10) Business Days, notify the Trustee or, in case the Holders are entitled to demand payment, the demanding Holder(s) of (i) the amount of the proceeds from the sale and (ii) submit a statement setting forth a new calculation of the amount of the Net Assets of the German GmbH Guarantor taking into account such proceeds (the “New Calculation”). The New Calculation shall, upon the request from the Trustee or, in case the Holders are entitled to demand payment, from a Holder, be confirmed by the auditors referred to in Section 10.05(e) above within a period of twenty (20) Business Days following the request (the “Audited New Calculation”). The Audited New Calculation shall be binding on the Trustee and the Holders. The Trustee or, in case the Holders are entitled to demand payment, a Holder shall then be entitled to enforce the Guarantee or indemnity in an amount which would, in accordance with the New Calculation or, if an Audited New Calculation has been requested, with the Audited New Calculation, not result in a Capital Impairment.

 

(g)                                  The restrictions set forth Section 10.05(b) above shall only apply, if so long as and to the extent that:

 

(A)                               the relevant German GmbH Guarantor has complied with its obligations pursuant to Sections 10.05(d) through 10.05(f) above;

 

(B)                               the relevant German GmbH Guarantor is not a party to a profit and loss sharing agreement (Gewinnabführungsvertrag) and/or a domination agreement (Beherrschungsvertrag) where the relevant German GmbH Guarantor is the dominated entity (beherrschtes Unternehmen) and/or the entity being obliged to share its profits with the other party of such profit and loss sharing agreement which agreement provides the relevant German GmbH Guarantor with a fully valuable (werthaltig) compensation claim against the dominating entity (herschendes 

 

88

 

Unternehmen), provided that such fully valuable compensation claim shall no longer be required (and the absence of such claim would not hold up the applicability of any limitations hereunder) if, at the time of enforcement, section 30 sub-section 1 sentence 2 (first alternative) GmbHG has been construed by a ruling of the German Federal Court of Justice (Bundesgerichtshof) in a way that such compensation claim is not required for the application of section 30 sub-section 1 sentence 2 (first alternative) GmbHG; and

 

(C)                               the relevant German GmbH Guarantor does, at the time of the Payment Demand, not hold a fully recoverable indemnity or claim for refund (vollwertiger Gegenleistungs-oder Rückgewähranspruch) of any amount so paid against the relevant shareholder.

 

(h)                                 No limitations under this Section 10.05 will prejudice the rights of the Trustee and the Holders to enforce the Guarantee and any indemnity again at any time (subject always to the operation of the limitations set forth above at the time of such further enforcement).

 

(i)                                     This Section 10.05 shall apply mutatis mutandis to a Guarantor organized and existing as a partnership with a German limited liability company as unlimited liable partner (e.g., GmbH & Co. KG), provided that in such case and for the purpose of this Section 10.05 only, any reference to such Guarantor’s net assets (Reinvermögen) shall be deemed to be a reference to the net assets (Reinvermögen) of such unlimited liable partner in the form of limited liability company.

 

(j)                                    For the purpose of this Section 10.05, the Trustee may rely on Article 7 of this Indenture.

 

Section 10.06                      Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.

 

Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof.

 

Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee.

 

In the event that any Subsidiary of the Issuer is required to by Section 4.12 to become a Guarantor, the Issuer will cause such Subsidiary to:  (i) execute a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D to this Indenture and (ii) comply with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

 

Section 10.07                      Successor Guarantor Substituted.

 

In case of any consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance in compliance with Section 5.01(2) and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.  Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed 

 

89

 

any or all of the Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee.  All the Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

Section 10.08                      Releases.

 

(a)                                 The Guarantee of a Guarantor will terminate and be released automatically:

 

(A)                               in connection with any sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the applicable Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) or Capital Stock of the applicable Guarantor (and the applicable Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Issuer), in each case to a Person other than the Issuer or another Guarantor, if the sale or other disposition does not violate this Indenture;

 

(B)                               in accordance with an enforcement action pursuant to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(C)                               upon the Notes having achieved Investment Grade Status, so long as no other indebtedness is at that time guaranteed by the relevant Guarantor in a manner that would require the granting of a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.12 of this Indenture and provided that at any time the Notes cease to have Investment Grade Status, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, such Guarantee will be reinstated with respect to the Notes subject to any applicable limitations pursuant to Section 4.12 of this Indenture, and if and only to the extent such Guarantor also guarantees the Revolving Credit Facilities;

 

(D)                               with respect to the Guarantee of any Guarantor that was required to provide such Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.12(a), upon such Guarantor being unconditionally released and discharged from its liability with respect to the indebtedness giving rise to the requirement to provide such Guarantee;

 

(E)                                as described under Article 9 of this Indenture; or

 

(F)                                 upon defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the applicable series of Notes as provided under Article 8 and Section 11.01 of this Indenture.

 

Upon any occurrence giving rise to a release of a Guarantee, as specified in this Section 10.08, the Trustee will, at the request and cost of the Issuer, execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence or effect such release, discharge and termination in respect of such Guarantee.  Each of the releases set forth above shall be effected without the consent of the Holders or any action or consent on the part of the Trustee. Neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any Guarantor will be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any such release, discharge or termination.

 

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.08 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

 

90

 

ARTICLE 11.
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01                      Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

(a)                                 This Indenture, the Notes and all liens on Collateral created pursuant to the Security Documents (solely to the extent such liens are for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders) shall be discharged and will cease to be of further effect, when:

 

(A)                               either:

 

(1)                                 all such series of Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes of such series that have been replaced or paid and Notes of such series for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer, have been delivered to the Trustee for such series of Notes for cancellation; or

 

(2)                                 all such series of Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one (1) year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with or as directed by the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of such applicable series of Notes, cash in U.S. dollars or U.S. dollars-denominated U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof (in the case of Dollar Notes) and cash in euro, European Government Obligations or a combination thereof (in the case of Euro Notes), in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the applicable series of Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

(B)                               no Default or Event of Default under this Indenture has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer is bound;

 

(C)                               the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

 

(D)                               the Issuer has delivered irrevocable written instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the applicable series of Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied; provided, however, that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) of this Section 11.01(a)).

 

91

 

(b)                                 With respect to the termination of obligations with respect to Section 11.01(a)(A)(1), the obligations of the Issuer under Section 7.06 shall survive.  With respect to the termination of obligations with respect to Section 11.01(a)(A)(2), the obligations of the Issuer in Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.11, 4.01, 4.02, 4.05, 7.06, 7.07, 8.05 and 8.07 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding.  Thereafter, only the obligations of the Issuer in Sections 7.06, 7.07 and 8.07 shall survive.  After any such irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and, to the extent relating to the Trustee and the Notes, the Guarantees and the Security Documents and any supplemental indenture, except for those surviving obligations specified above.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01(a)(A)(2), the provisions of Sections 8.06 and 11.02 will survive.  In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.06, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

Section 11.02                      Application of Trust Money.

 

(a)                                 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.05, all money deposited with or as directed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, Additional Amounts and premium, if any, and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with or as directed by the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(b)                                 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or in the case of Dollar Notes, U.S. Government Obligations or in the case of Euro Notes, European Government Obligations in accordance with this Section 11.02 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01; provided, however, that if the Issuer or a Guarantor has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations or European Government Obligations, as applicable, held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 12.
 MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01                      Notices.

 

(a)                                 Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing in the English language and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopy or 

 

92

 

facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, or delivered electronically, to the others’ address:

 

If to the Issuer or a Guarantor:

 

International Game Technology PLC
 c/o GTECH Corporation
 GTECH Center
 10 Memorial Boulevard
 Providence, Rhode Island
 02903-1125 USA
 Facsimile No.:  +1 (401) 392-0391
 Attn:  General Counsel

 

With a copy to:

 

White & Case LLP
 5 Old Broad Street
 London EC2N 1DW
 United Kingdom
 Facsimile No.:  +44 (0) 20 7532 1001
 Attn:  Michael Immordino

 

If to the Trustee:

 

BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited
 One Canada Square
 London E14 5AL
 United Kingdom
 Facsimile No.:  +44 (0) 207 964 2509
 Attn:  Transaction Administration Manager

 

With a copy to:

 

BNY Mellon — The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg), S.A. Italian Branch
 Global Corporate Trust Milan
 Via Carducci, 31-20123 — Milan
 Italy
 Facsimile No.:  +39 02 879 09851
 E-mail:  milan_ges@bnymellon.com

 

If to the Security Agent:

 

Royal Bank of Scotland plc
 135 Bishopsgate
 London EC2M 3UR
 United Kingdom
 Facsimile No.:  +44 (0) 20 7678 8727
 Attn:  Natalie Brown, IB Service and Operations

 

93

 

If to the Euro Paying Agent and Transfer Agent:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch
 One Canada Square
 London E14 5AL
 United Kingdom
 Facsimile No.:  +44 (0) 1202 689 660
 Attn:  Corporate Trust Administration

 

If to the Dollar Paying Agent and Dollar Registrar:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon
 101 Barclays Street
 New York, New York 10286
 USA
 Facsimile No.:  +1 (212) 815 5915 
 Attn:  Corporate Trust Administration

 

If to the Euro Registrar:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A.
 24 rue Eugène Ruppert
 L2453 Luxembourg
 Luxembourg
 Facsimile No.:  +352 2452 4204
 Attn:  Corporate Trust Administration

 

(b)                                 The Issuer, any Guarantor, the Security Agent or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

(c)                                  All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed and confirmed by facsimile; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied or transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

(d)                                 All notices to the Holders (while any Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes) shall be delivered to DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable, for communication to entitled account holders.  So long as any of the Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require, notices of the Issuer with respect to the Notes will be published on the website of the Irish Stock Exchange (www.ise.ie), or, to the extent permitted or required by the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange, such notices may instead be published in a daily newspaper with general circulation in Ireland (which is expected to be the Irish Times) or if, in the opinion of the Issuer such publication is not practicable, in an English language newspaper having general circulation in Europe.  In the case of Definitive Registered Notes, notices will be mailed to Holders by first-class mail at their respective addresses as they appear on the records of the Registrar.

 

94

 

(e)                                  Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made or, if published more than once on different dates, on the first date on which publication is made; provided, however, that, if notices are mailed, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of such publication and the seventh day after being so mailed.  Notices delivered to DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream will be deemed given on the date when delivered.  Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such Holder by first-class mail or other equivalent means and shall be sufficiently given to such Holder if so mailed within the time prescribed.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.  If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.  Notices given by first class mail, postage paid, will be deemed given seven (7) days after mailing whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

(f)                                   If the Issuer or any Guarantor mails a notice or communication to Holders or delivers a notice or communication to Holders of Book-Entry Interests, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 12.02                      Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(A)                               an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.03) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(B)                               an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.03) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

 

Section 12.03                      Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(A)                               a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(B)                               a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(C)                               a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, such Person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 

95

 

(D)                               a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 

Section 12.04                      Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 12.05                      Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.

 

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors agree that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the Notes may be instituted in any state or Federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of them irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding.  The Issuer and each of the Guarantors irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action, or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture or the Notes, including such actions, suits or proceedings relating to securities laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, in such courts whether on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Issuer and each of the Guarantors agree that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Issuer and any of the Guarantors, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, as the case may be, are subject by a suit upon such judgment; provided, however, that service of process is effected upon the Issuer or any of the Guarantors in the manner provided by this Indenture.  The Issuer and each of the Guarantors have appointed GTECH US, or any successor, as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”), upon whom process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the Notes or the transactions contemplated herein which may be instituted in any state or Federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, by any Holder or the Trustee, and expressly accepts the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding.  The Issuer and each of the Guarantors hereby represent and warrant that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Issuer agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents that may be necessary to continue such respective appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid.  Service of process upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Issuer or any of the Guarantors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action involving the Issuer or any of the Guarantors arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the Notes may be instituted by any Holder or the Trustee in any other court of competent jurisdiction.

 

Section 12.06                      No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture or the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of 

 

96

 

the Notes.  Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

Section 12.07                      Governing Law.

 

THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

Section 12.08                      Waiver of Trial by Jury.

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS INDENTURE AND ANY SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (AND EACH HOLDER AND OWNER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, WILL BE DEEMED TO) IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE AND ANY SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM RELATING THERETO.

 

Section 12.09                      No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 12.10                      Successors.

 

All agreements of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

Section 12.11                      Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.12                      Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Indenture shall become effective only after each of the parties has signed a counterpart of the Indenture and all the counterparts have been assembled and delivered to each party. This Indenture shall be deemed to have been executed and become effective in the place such signed counterparts are assembled.

 

97

 

Section 12.13                      Table of Contents, Headings.

 

The Table of Contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 12.14                      Currency Indemnity.

 

Any payment on account of an amount that is payable in U.S. dollars or euro, as the case may be (the “Required Currency”), which is made to or for the account of any Holder or the Trustee in lawful currency of any other jurisdiction (the “Judgment Currency”), whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the liquidation of the Issuer or a Guarantor, shall constitute a discharge of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s obligation under this Indenture and the Notes or the Guarantee, as the case may be, only to the extent of the amount of the Required Currency with such Holder or the Trustee or its designee, as the case may be, could purchase in the London foreign exchange markets with the amount of the Judgment Currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the first (1st) Business Day following receipt of the payment in the Judgment Currency.  If the amount of the Required Currency that could be so purchased is less than the amount of the Required Currency originally due to such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, then the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, from and against all loss or damage arising out of, or as a result of, such deficiency.  This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder or the Trustee from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.

 

Section 12.15                      Prescription.

 

Claims against the Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of principal or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be prescribed ten (10) years after the applicable due date for payment thereof.  Claims against the Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of interest on the Notes will be prescribed six (6) years after the applicable due date for payment of interest.

 

Section 12.16                      [Reserved].

 

Section 12.17                      Electronic Communications.

 

In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses and judgments (including legal fees and expenses) arising to it from receiving or transmitting any data from the Issuer via any non-secure method of transmission or communication, including, without limitation, by facsimile or e-mail.  The Issuer accepts that some methods of communication are not secure, and the Trustee shall incur no liability for receiving instructions via any such non-secure method.  The Trustee is authorized to comply with and rely on any such notice, instructions or other communications believed by it to have been sent by the Issuer or any other authorized person.  The Issuer shall use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that instructions are complete and correct.  Any instructions given by the 

 

98

 

Issuer to the Trustee under this Indenture shall be conclusively deemed to be valid instructions from the Issuer to the Trustee for purposes of this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 13.
 SECURITY

 

Section 13.01                      Collateral and Security Documents.

 

(a)                                 The payment obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture will benefit from (i) the Issue Date Notes Collateral set forth in Schedule 1, (ii) the Post Completion Notes Collateral set forth in Schedule 1 and required to be granted under Section 4.24 (within 180 days from the Completion Date with respect to the Nevada Share Pledge and thirty (30) days from the Completion Date with respect to the Italian Share Pledge) and (iii) property and assets that thereafter secure the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to any Security Documents, and (b) the payment obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees and this Indenture will benefit from (i) the Issue Date Guarantee Collateral set forth in Schedule 1 and (ii) the Post Completion Date Guarantee Collateral set forth in Schedule 1 and required to be granted under Section 4.24 (within 180 days from the Completion Date with respect to the Nevada Share Pledge) and (iii) property and assets that thereafter secure the obligations of the Guarantors under this Indenture or any Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to any Security Documents (including pursuant to Section 4.16).

 

The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee copies of all documents delivered to the Security Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and the Issuer will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Security Documents, to assure and confirm to the Trustee that the Security Agent holds, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, duly created, enforceable and perfected liens as contemplated hereby and by the Security Documents, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured thereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed.  Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents will be responsible or liable for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any property securing the Notes and the Guarantees, for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Security Documents, for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any lien, or for any defect or deficiency as to any such matters, or for any failure to demand, collect, foreclose or realize upon or otherwise enforce any of the liens or Security Documents or any delay in doing so.

 

The Security Documents and the Collateral will be administered by the Security Agent, in each case pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of all holders of secured obligations.

 

99

 

(b)                                 Each of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders agree that the Security Agent shall be the joint creditor (together with the Holders) of each and every obligation of the parties hereto under the Notes and this Indenture, and that accordingly the Security Agent will have its own independent right to demand performance by the Issuer of those obligations, except that such demand shall only be made with the prior written notice to the Trustee and as permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement.  However, any discharge of such obligation to the Security Agent, on the one hand, or to the Trustee or the Holders, as applicable, on the other hand, shall, to the same extent, discharge the corresponding obligation owing to the other.

 

(c)                                  The Security Agent agrees that it will hold the security interests in the Collateral created under the Security Documents to which it is a party as contemplated by this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, and any and all proceeds thereof, for the benefit of, among others, the Trustee and the Holders, without limiting the Security Agent’s rights including under Section 13.02, to act in preservation of the security interest in the Collateral.  The Security Agent will, subject to being indemnified or secured in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, take action or refrain from taking action in connection therewith only as directed by the Trustee, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(d)                                 Each Holder, by accepting a Note, shall be deemed (1) to have consented and agreed to the terms of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement entered into in compliance with Section 4.25 (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of the Collateral and authorizing the Security Agent to enter into the Security Documents on its behalf) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and authorizes and directs the Security Agent to enter into the Security Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith, (2) to have authorized the Issuer, the Trustee and the Security Agent, as applicable, to enter into the Security Documents, any Additional Intercreditor Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreement and to be bound thereby and (3) to have irrevocably appointed and authorized the Security Agent and the Trustee to give effect to the provisions in the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Documents.  Each Holder, by accepting a Note, appoints the Security Agent as its trustee under the Security Documents and authorizes it to act on such Holder’s behalf, including by entering into and complying with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.  The Security Agent is hereby authorized to exercise such rights, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to it by the terms of the Security Documents, including the power to enter into the Security Documents, as trustee on behalf of the Holders and the Trustee, together with all rights, powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto or necessary to give effect to the trusts created thereunder.  The Security Agent shall, however, at all times, subject to Section 13.04, be entitled to seek directions from the Trustee and shall be obligated to follow those directions if given; provided that, the Trustee shall not be obligated to give such directions unless directed in accordance with this Indenture. The Security Agent hereby accepts its appointment as the trustee of the Holders and the Trustee under the Security Documents, and its authorization to so act on such Holders’ and the Trustee’s behalf.  The claims of Holders will be subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement entered into in compliance with Section 4.25.

 

100

 

(e)                                  Subject to Section 4.15, the Issuer is permitted to pledge the Collateral in connection with future issuances of its indebtedness or indebtedness of its Subsidiaries, including any Additional Notes, in each case, permitted under this Indenture and on terms consistent with the relative priority of such indebtedness.

 

Section 13.02                      Suits to protect the Collateral.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Agent shall have power to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Security Agent, in its sole discretion, may deem expedient to preserve or protect the security interests in the Collateral created under the Security Documents (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the lien on the Collateral or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee).

 

Section 13.03                      Resignation and Replacement of Security Agent.

 

Any resignation or replacement of the Security Agent shall be made in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Section 13.04                      Amendments.

 

Subject to the rights and obligations of the Security Agent under the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Agent agrees that it will enter into an amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement or enter into or amend any other Additional Intercreditor Agreement entered into in accordance with Section 4.25 upon a direction of the Issuer to do so, given in accordance with Section 4.25.  The Security Agent shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to Article 9 to the extent such amendment does not impose any personal obligations on the Security Agent or, in the opinion of the Security Agent, adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Security Agent under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, subject to the rights and obligations of the Security Agent under the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Section 13.05                      Release of the Collateral.

 

The Collateral will be automatically and unconditionally released:

 

(a)                                 in connection with any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of such property or assets to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Issuer or a Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does not violate this Indenture;

 

(b)                                 in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of Capital Stock of a Guarantor or any holding company of such Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Issuer or a Subsidiary, if the sale, transfer or other 

 

101

 

disposition does not violate this Indenture, and the Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition;

 

(c)                                  in accordance with an enforcement action pursuant to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(d)                                 upon the Notes having achieved Investment Grade Status, so long as no other indebtedness is at that time secured in a manner that would require the granting of a mortgage, security interest, charge, encumbrance, pledge or other lien pursuant to Section 4.11 of this Indenture provided that at any time the Notes receive both a rating of “Ba2” or lower from Moody’s and a rating of “BB” or lower from S&P, or the equivalent of such rating by either such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, such mortgage, security interest, charge, encumbrance, pledge or other lien will be regranted or made to secure the obligations under the Notes;

 

(e)                                  if any of the Security Interests no longer secure the Revolving Credit Facilities (or any refinancing thereof) (in which case release will be of the Security Interests with respect to the relevant Collateral), so long as no other indebtedness is at that time secured in a manner that would require the granting of a mortgage, security interest, charge, encumbrance, pledge or other lien pursuant Section 4.11 of this Indenture;

 

(f)                                   in accordance with Article 9 of this Indenture;

 

(g)                                  upon Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as provided under Article 8 and Section 11.01;

 

(h)                                 in accordance with the covenant described under Section 4.15;

 

(i)                                     upon repayment in full of the Notes; and

 

(j)                                    otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

The Security Agent will take all necessary action reasonably required, at the cost and request of the Issuer, to effectuate any release of the Security Interests in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the relevant Security Document.  Each of the releases set forth above shall be effected by the Security Agent without the consent of the Holders or any action on the part of the Trustee.

 

Section 13.06                      Compensation and Indemnity.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer, failing which the Guarantors to the extent legally possible, shall pay to the Security Agent from time to time compensation for its services, subject to any terms of the Intercreditor Agreement as in effect from time to time which may address the compensation of the Security Agent.  The Security Agent’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, to the extent legally possible, shall reimburse the Security Agent upon request for all out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred or made by it (as evidenced in an invoice from the Security Agent), including, without limitation, costs of collection, in 

 

102

 

addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the properly incurred compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Security Agent’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts.  The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally shall indemnify the Security Agent and its officers, directors, agents and employers against any and all loss, liability or expense (including properly incurred attorneys’ fees) incurred by or in connection with its rights, duties, and obligations under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents, as the case may be, including the properly incurred costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any such rights, powers or duties.  The Security Agent shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder, under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents, as the case may be.  The Issuer shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide cooperation at the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s expense in the defense.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such indemnified party may, in its sole discretion, assume the defense of the claim against it and the Issuer and each Guarantor, shall, jointly and severally, pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of the indemnified party’s defense (as evidenced in an invoice from the Security Agent).  Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel of their choosing and the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, to the extent legally possible, shall pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel (as evidenced in an invoice from the Security Agent).  The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

(b)                                 To secure the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s payment obligations under this Section 13.06, the Security Agent shall subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, have a lien on the Notes Collateral and Guarantee Collateral, respectively, and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Collateral for all monies payable to it under this Section 13.06.

 

(c)                                  The Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 13.06 and any lien arising hereunder shall, if any, to the extent legally possible, survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any Bankruptcy Law or the resignation or removal of the Security Agent.  Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Security Agent under Applicable Law, when the Security Agent incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

 

Section 13.07                      Conflicts.

 

Each of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders acknowledge and agree that the Security Agent is acting as security agent and trustee not just on their behalf but also on behalf of the creditors named in the Intercreditor Agreement and acknowledge and agree that pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Agent may be required by the terms thereof to act in a manner which may conflict with the interests of the Issuer, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders (including the Holders’ interests in the Collateral and the Guarantees) and that it shall be entitled to do so in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(Signatures on following page)

 

103

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

	
 
    	
International Game Technology PLC,
    
	
 
    	
as Issuer
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: Attorney-in-Fact
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Double Down Interactive LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Renato Ascoli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Renato Ascoli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: Manager
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
GTECH Canada ULC
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Victor Duarte
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Victor Duarte
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: President and Chief Executive   Officer
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
GTECH Corporation
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
GTECH Foreign Holdings Corporation
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
GTECH Germany GmbH
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Sylvia Dietz
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Sylvia Dietz
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: Managing Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
Athanasios Isaakidis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: /s/ Athanasios Isaakidis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: Managing Director
    

 

S-1

 

	
 
    	
GTECH Holdings Corporation
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
GTECH Rhode Island LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
GTECH USA, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Victor Duarte
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Victor Duarte
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: Manager
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
IGT
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
International Game Technology
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Invest Games S.A., a public limited   liability company (société anonyme)   incorporated under Luxembourg law, having its registered office at 9-11,   Grand-Rue, L-1661 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg register of   commerce and companies under the number B 113.166
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: Director
    

 

S-2

 

	
 
    	
Lottomatica Holding S.r.l.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Claudio Demolli
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title: Attorney-in-Fact
    

 

S-3

 

	
 
    	
BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services   Limited, as Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Trevor Blewer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Trevor Blewer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized Signatory
    

 

S-4

 

	
 
    	
The Bank of New York Mellon, London   Branch, as Euro Paying Agent and Transfer Agent
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Trevor Blewer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name: Trevor Blewer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized Signatory
    

 

S-5

 

	
 
    	
The Bank of New York Mellon, as Dollar   Paying Agent and Dollar Registrar
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Trevor Blewer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized Signatory
    

 

S-6

 

	
 
    	
The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg)   S.A., as Euro Registrar
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Trevor Blewer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized Signatory
    

 

S-7

 

	
 
    	
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as   Security Agent
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Jacob Nielsen
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized Signatory
    

 

S-8

 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

 

INTERNATIONAL GAME TECHNOLOGY PLC

 

CUSIP Number            [               ]
 ISIN Number                       [               ]

 

No.  [               ]

 

[Insert the following Global Notes Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture:  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENTS FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.  THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.]

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION.  NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY AS A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” 

 

A1-1

 

PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE (1) YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:  40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND TO COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING IN THE INDENTURE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (III) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

A1-2

 

[$600,000,000 5.625% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2020](1)

[$1,500,000,000 6.250% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2022](2)
 [$1,100,000,000 6.500% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2025](3)

 

International Game Technology PLC (formerly known as Georgia Worldwide PLC), a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales, for value received promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns the principal sum of [               ] [or such greater or lesser amount as indicated on the Security Register (as defined in the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof)](4) on [February 15, 2020](5) [February 15, 2022](6) [February 15, 2025](7).

 

From [               ] or from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for, cash interest on this Note will accrue at [5.625%](8) [6.250%](9) [6.500%](10), payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on August 15, 2015 to the Person in whose name this Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on the preceding February 1 or August 1 (the “Record Dates”), as the case may be.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee or the Authentication Agent by manual signature of an authorized signatory, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof and to the provisions of the Indenture, which provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

(1)  Use for 2020 Notes

 

(2)  Use for 2022 Notes

 

(3)  Use for 2025 Notes

 

(4)  Use for Notes in Global Form

 

(5)  Use for 2020 Notes

 

(6)  Use for 2022 Notes

 

(7)  Use for 2025 Notes

 

(8)  Use for 2020 Notes

 

(9)  Use for 2022 Notes

 

(10)  Use for 2025 Notes

 

A1-3

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, International Game Technology PLC (formerly known as Georgia Worldwide PLC) has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officer referred to below.

 

	
 
    	
International Game Technology PLC
    
	
 
    	
(formerly known as Georgia Worldwide   PLC), as Issuer
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
This is one of the Notes   referred to
    	
 
    
	
in the within-mentioned   Indenture.
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Authenticated by:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee   Services Limited,
    	
 
    
	
not in its individual   capacity but solely as Trustee
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    	
 
    

 

A1-4

 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

 

[$600,000,000 5.625]% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2020](11)
 [$1,500,000,000 6.250]% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2022](12)
 [$1,100,000,000 6.500]% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2025](13)

 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.                                      Interest

 

International Game Technology PLC (formerly known as Georgia Worldwide PLC), a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), for value received promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note from February 13, 2015 until maturity, at the rate per annum shown above.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.  The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [               ].  The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to one percent (1%) per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate compounded semi-annually to the extent lawful.

 

2.                                      Method of Payment

 

The Issuer will pay interest on this Note (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date for the next Interest Payment Date even if this Note is cancelled after the Record Date and on or before the Interest Payment Date.  The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest in U.S. dollars as provided in the Indenture.

 

The amount of payments in respect of interest on each Interest Payment Date shall correspond to the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note, as established by the Registrar at the close of business on the relevant Record Date.  Payments of principal shall be made upon surrender of the Global Note to the Paying Agent.

 

(11)  Use for 2020 Notes

 

(12)  Use for 2022 Notes

 

(13)  Use for 2025 Notes

 

A1-5

 

3.                                      Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, will act as Transfer Agent.  The Bank of New York Mellon will act as Dollar Paying Agent and Dollar Registrar.  Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Dollar Registrar or Transfer Agent; provided, however, that the Issuer shall undertake to maintain a Paying Agent in a member state of the European Union that is not obligated to withhold or deduct on account of tax pursuant to the European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26 and 27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive.

 

4.                                      Indenture

 

The Issuer issued the Notes under an indenture dated as of April 7, 2015 (the “Indenture”) between, among others, the Issuer, BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited, as trustee (the “Trustee”), Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as security agent (the “Security Agent”), The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Euro Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Dollar Paying Agent and Dollar Registrar and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Euro Registrar.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture.  Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

5.                                      Optional Redemption

 

[(a)                             At any time prior to November 15, 2019, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2020 Dollar Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2020 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable 2020 Dollar Notes Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2020 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(b)                                 On or after November 15, 2019, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2020 Dollar Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2020 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2020 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.](14)

 

[(a)                             At any time prior to August 15, 2021, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2022 Dollar Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2022 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable 2022 Dollar Notes Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to 

 

(14)  Use for 2020 Notes

 

A1-6

 

the rights of Holders of the 2022 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(b)                                 On or after August 15, 2021, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2022 Dollar Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the 2022 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2022 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.](15)

 

[(a)                             At any time prior to August 15, 2024, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2025 Dollar Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2025 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable 2025 Dollar Notes Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2025 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(b)                                 On or after August 15, 2024, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2025 Dollar Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2025 Dollar Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2025 Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.](16)

 

6.                                      Redemption for Changes in Taxes

 

The Issuer may redeem the applicable series of Notes, in whole but not in part, at its discretion at any time upon giving not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice to the Holders of such series of Notes (which notice will be irrevocable and given in accordance with the procedures described in Sections 3.03 and 12.01 of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed by the Issuer for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) and all Additional Amounts (if any) then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise (subject to the right of Holders of such Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date and Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof), if on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of such Notes, the Issuer or any Guarantor is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts, and (a) the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor cannot avoid such requirement by taking reasonable measures available to it (including the designation of a different paying agent), (b) in the case of a Guarantor, such amounts cannot be paid by the Issuer or any other Guarantor who in turn can pay such amounts without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts and (c) the requirement arises as a result of:

 

(1)                                 any amendment to, or change in, the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a relevant Tax Jurisdiction which change or amendment 

 

(15)  Use for 2022 Notes

 

(16)  Use for 2025 Notes

 

A1-7

 

becomes effective on or after the Temporary Notes Issue Date (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Temporary Notes Issue Date, such later date); or

 

(2)                                 any amendment to, or change in, an official written interpretation or application of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published administrative practice) which amendment or change becomes effective on or after the Temporary Notes Issue Date (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Temporary Notes Issue Date, such later date) (each of the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”).

 

The Issuer will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than sixty (60) days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of such Notes was then due, and the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must be in effect at the time such notice is given.  Prior to the publication or, where relevant, mailing of any notice of redemption of such Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel to the effect that the Issuer is or would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law.  In addition, before the Issuer publishes or mails notice of redemption of the Notes as described above, it will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that (a) it or the relevant Guarantor cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor taking reasonable measures available to it and (b) in the case of a Guarantor, the amounts giving rise to such obligation cannot be paid by the Issuer or any other Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts.

 

The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to conclusively rely without further inquiry on such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as sufficient evidence of the existence and satisfaction of the conditions precedent as described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the applicable Notes.

 

7.                                      Notice of Redemption

 

At least ten (10) days but not more than sixty (60) days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Issuer shall deliver, pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Indenture, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than sixty (60) days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture.

 

8.                                      [Reserved]

 

9.                                      Mandatory Redemption

 

Except as provided in Section 3.08 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Issuer and any of its Subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

 

A1-8

 

10.          Repurchase at the Option of Holders

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $200,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a change of control offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture.  In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer a payment (the “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.  Within thirty (30) days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail (or deliver electronically) a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date for payment specified in the notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), which date will be no earlier than ten (10) days and no later than sixty (60) days from the date such notice is mailed or delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice.

 

11.          [Reserved]

 

12.          Denominations

 

The Global Notes are in registered form without interest coupons attached.  The Notes are in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof of principal amount at maturity.  The Global Notes will represent the aggregate principal amount of all the Notes issued and not yet cancelled other than Definitive Registered Notes.  The transfer of Notes may be registered, and Notes may be exchanged, as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

13.          Unclaimed Money

 

All moneys paid by the Issuer to the Trustee or a Paying Agent for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes that remain unclaimed at the end of two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable may be repaid to the Issuer, subject to Applicable Law, and the Holder of such Note thereafter may look only to the Issuer for payment thereof.

 

14.          Discharge and Defeasance

 

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations and all obligations of any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture and all liens on Collateral created pursuant to the Security Documents (solely to the extent such liens are for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes) if the Issuer irrevocably deposits with the Trustee, euro or European Government Obligations (or a combination thereof) for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

A1-9

 

15.          Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

 

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, any Security Document and any supplemental indenture may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of such series (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for, such series of Notes) and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a continuing Default of Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, interest and premium and Additional Amount, if any, on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, any Security Document and any supplemental indenture may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for, such series of Notes).  In certain circumstances, the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, any Security Document and any supplemental indenture may be amended or supplemented without the consent of any Holder, including to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.

 

16.          Defaults and Remedies

 

The Notes have the Events of Default as set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture.  If an Event of Default (other than as specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i) of the Indenture) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders) may, and the Trustee, upon the written request of such Holders, shall declare the principal of, premium, if any, and any Additional Amounts and accrued interest on all outstanding Notes immediately due and payable and upon any such declaration all such amounts payable in respect of the Notes will become due and payable immediately.

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i) of the Indenture occurs and is continuing, then the principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest on all the outstanding Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of Notes.

 

Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Security Documents except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee and Security Agent may refuse to enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Security Documents unless they receive an indemnity or security satisfactory to them.  Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The above description of Events of Default and remedies is qualified by reference, and subject in its entirety, to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

A1-10

 

17.          Security

 

This Note and the other Notes will be secured by the Security Interests in the Collateral.  Reference is made to the Indenture for terms relating to such security, including the release, termination and discharge thereof.  The Security Documents and the Collateral will be administered by the Security Agent (or in certain circumstances a sub-agent) pursuant to the Security Documents for the benefit of all Holders of the Notes.  The Issuer shall not be required to make any notation on this Note to reflect any grant of such security or any such release, termination or discharge.

 

18.          Trustee and Security Agent Dealings with the Issuer

 

Each of the Trustee and the Security Agent under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or Security Agent.  Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-Registrar or co-Paying Agent may do the same with like rights.

 

19.          No Recourse Against Others

 

A director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or shareholder, as such, of the Issuer, any of its parent companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, the Security Documents or the Indenture for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

20.          Authentication

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee or, as the case may be, an authenticating agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

21.          ISIN and CUSIP Numbers

 

The Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders of the Notes.  In addition, the Issuer has caused ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders of the Notes.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of any such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

22.          Intercreditor Agreement

 

This Note and the Indenture are entered into with the benefit of and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.  In the event of any conflict between this Note, the Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, shall apply.

 

A1-11

 

The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture.

 

Requests may be made to:

 

International Game Technology PLC
 c/o GTECH Corporation
 GTECH Center
 10 Memorial Boulevard
 Providence, Rhode Island
 02903-1125 USA
 Facsimile No.:  +1 (401) 392-0391
 Attn:  General Counsel

 

A1-12

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

	
To assign and transfer this Note, fill   in the form below:
    
	
 
    
	
(I) or (we) assign and transfer   this Note to
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. no.)
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and postal code)
    
	
 
    
	
and irrevocably   appoint                                                                                to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute   another to act for him.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Your Signature:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature   Guarantee*:
    	
 
    
			

 

	
* (Participant in   a recognized signature guarantee medallion program or other signature   guarantor acceptable to the Trustee)
    
	
 
    
	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

Certifying Signature:

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)                                 o            to the Issuer; or

 

(2)                                 o            pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”); or

 

(3)                                 o            pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

 

(4)                                 o            pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or

 

(5)                                 o            pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (2) is checked, by executing this form, the Transferor is deemed to have certified that such Notes are being transferred to a person it reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act who has received notice that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; and, if box (3) is checked, by executing this form, the Transferor is deemed to have certified that such transfer is made pursuant to an offer and sale that occurred outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

	
Signature:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

A1-13

 

	
Signature Guarantee:
    	
 
    
	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
(Participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Certifying Signature:
    	
 
    	
  Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature Guarantee:  
    	
 
    
	
(Participant in a   recognized signature guarantee medallion program)
    
							

 

A1-14

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note or a portion thereof purchased pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

	
o   Section 4.13
    

 

If the purchase is in part, indicate the portion (in denominations of $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) to be purchased:

 

	
$                                             
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Your signature:  
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Date:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Certifying Signature:
    	
 
    	
 
    
							

 

A1-15

 

SCHEDULE A

 

SCHEDULE OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT IN THE DOLLAR GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Dollar Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Dollar Note, or exchanges of a part of another Dollar Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Dollar Global Note, have been made:

 

	
Date of
   Decrease/Increase
    	
 
    	
Amount of
   Decrease in
   Principal
   Amount
    	
 
    	
Amount of
   Increase in
   Principal
   Amount
    	
 
    	
Principal Amount 
   Following such
   Decrease/Increase
    	
 
    	
Signature of
   authorized
   officer of
   Registrar
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

A1-16

 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

 

INTERNATIONAL GAME TECHNOLOGY PLC

 

Common Code    [               ]
 ISIN Number        [               ]

 

No. [               ]

 

[Insert the following Global Notes Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture:  UNLESS THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED AS NOMINEE FOR THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, LONDON BRANCH, (THE “COMMON DEPOSITARY”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY GLOBAL NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, LONDON BRANCH, AS COMMON DEPOSITARY OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL IN AS MUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.  THIS GLOBAL NOTE AND ANY RELATED DOCUMENTATION MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME TO MODIFY THE RESTRICTIONS ON AND PROCEDURES FOR RESALES AND OTHER TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE TO REFLECT ANY CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW OR REGULATION (OR THE INTERPRETATION THEREOF) OR IN PRACTICES RELATING TO THE RESALE OR TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES GENERALLY.  THE HOLDER OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED, BY THE ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, TO HAVE AGREED TO ANY SUCH AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT.]

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION.  NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

A2-1

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY AS A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES:  ONE (1) YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:  40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S)] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND TO COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING IN THE INDENTURE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (III) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

A2-2

 

[€700,000,000 4.125% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2020](17) [€850,000,000 4.750% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2023](18)

 

International Game Technology PLC (formerly known as Georgia Worldwide PLC), a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales, for value received promises to pay to The Bank of New York Depository (Nominees) Limited or registered assigns the principal sum of [               ] [or such greater or lesser amount as indicated on the Security Register (as defined in the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof)](19) on [February 15, 2020](20) [February 15, 2023](21).

 

From [               ] or from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for, cash interest on this Note will accrue at [4.125%](22) [4.750%](23), payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on [               ] to the Person in whose name this Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on the preceding February 1 or August 1 (the “Record Dates”), as the case may be.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee or the Authentication Agent by manual signature of an authorized signatory, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof and to the provisions of the Indenture, which provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

(17)  Use for 2020 Notes

 

(18)  Use for 2023 Notes

 

(19)  Use for Notes in Global Form

 

(20)  Use for 2020 Notes

 

(21)  Use for 2023 Notes

 

(22)  Use for 2020 Notes

 

(23)  Use for 2023 Notes

 

A2-3

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, International Game Technology PLC (formerly known as Georgia Worldwide PLC) has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly authorized officer referred to below.

 

	
 
    	
International Game Technology PLC
    
	
 
    	
(formerly known as Georgia Worldwide   PLC), as Issuer
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
This is one of the Notes   referred to
    	
 
    
	
in the within-mentioned   Indenture.
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Authenticated by:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee   Services Limited,
    	
 
    
	
not in its individual   capacity but solely as Trustee
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    	
 
    
						

 

A2-4

 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

 

[€700,000,000 4.125% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2020](24) 
 [€850,000,000 4.750% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2023](25)

 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.             Interest

 

International Game Technology PLC (formerly known as Georgia Worldwide PLC), a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), for value received promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note from [               ] until maturity, at the rate per annum shown above.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.  The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [               ].  The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to one percent (1%) per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate compounded semi-annually to the extent lawful.

 

2.             Method of Payment

 

The Issuer will pay interest on this Note (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date for the next Interest Payment Date even if this Note is cancelled after the Record Date and on or before the Interest Payment Date.  The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest in euro as provided in the Indenture.

 

The amount of payments in respect of interest on each Interest Payment Date shall correspond to the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note, as established by the Registrar at the close of business on the relevant Record Date.  Payments of principal shall be made upon surrender of the Global Note to the Paying Agent.

 

3.             Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, will act as Euro Paying Agent and Transfer Agent.  The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. will act as 

 

(24)  Use for 2020 Notes

 

(25)  Use for 2023 Notes

 

A2-5

 

Euro Registrar.  Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Euro Registrar or Transfer Agent; provided, however, that the Issuer shall undertake to maintain a Paying Agent in a member state of the European Union that is not obligated to withhold or deduct on account of tax pursuant to the European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26 and 27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive.

 

4.             Indenture

 

The Issuer issued the Notes under an indenture dated as of April 7, 2015 (the “Indenture”) between, among others, the Issuer, BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited, as trustee (the “Trustee”), Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as security agent (the “Security Agent”), The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Euro Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Dollar Paying Agent and Dollar Registrar and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Euro Registrar.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture.  Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

5.             Optional Redemption

 

[(a)          At any time prior to November 15, 2019, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2020 Euro Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2020 Euro Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable 2020 Euro Notes Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2020 Euro Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(b)           On or after November 15, 2019, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2020 Euro Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2020 Euro Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2020 Euro Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.](26)

 

[(a)        At any time prior to August 15, 2022, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2023 Euro Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2023 Euro Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable 2023 Euro Notes Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2023 Euro Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(26)  Use for 2020 Notes

 

A2-6

 

(b)           On or after August 15, 2022, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2023 Euro Notes, upon not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 2023 Euro Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the 2023 Euro Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.](27)

 

6.             Redemption for Changes in Taxes

 

The Issuer may redeem the applicable series of Notes, in whole but not in part, at its discretion at any time upon giving not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior notice to the Holders of such series of Notes (which notice will be irrevocable and given in accordance with the procedures described in Sections 3.03 and 12.01 of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed by the Issuer for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) and all Additional Amounts (if any) then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise (subject to the right of Holders of such Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date and Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof), if on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of such Notes, the Issuer or any Guarantor is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts, and (a) the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor cannot avoid such requirement by taking reasonable measures available to it (including the designation of a different paying agent), (b) in the case of a Guarantor, such amounts cannot be paid by the Issuer or any other Guarantor who in turn can pay such amounts without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts and (c) the requirement arises as a result of:

 

(1)                                 any amendment to, or change in, the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a relevant Tax Jurisdiction which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the Temporary Notes Issue Date (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Temporary Notes Issue Date, such later date); or

 

(2)                                 any amendment to, or change in, an official written interpretation or application of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published administrative practice) which amendment or change becomes effective on or after the Temporary Notes Issue Date (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Temporary Notes Issue Date, such later date) (each of the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”).

 

The Issuer will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than sixty (60) days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of such Notes was then due, and the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must be in effect at the time such notice is given.  Prior to the publication or, where relevant, mailing of any notice of redemption of such Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel to the effect that the Issuer is or would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a 

 

(27)  Use for 2023 Notes

 

A2-7

 

result of a Change in Tax Law.  In addition, before the Issuer publishes or mails notice of redemption of the Notes as described above, it will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that (a) it or the relevant Guarantor cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor taking reasonable measures available to it and (b) in the case of a Guarantor, the amounts giving rise to such obligation cannot be paid by the Issuer or any other Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts.

 

The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to conclusively rely without further inquiry on such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as sufficient evidence of the existence and satisfaction of the conditions precedent as described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the applicable Notes.

 

7.             Notice of Redemption

 

At least ten (10) days but not more than sixty (60) days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Issuer shall deliver, pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Indenture, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than sixty (60) days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture.

 

8.             [Reserved]

 

9.             Mandatory Redemption

 

Except as provided in Section 3.08 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Issuer and any of its Subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

 

10.          Repurchase at the Option of Holders

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to €100,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a change of control offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture.  In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer a payment (the “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.  Within thirty (30) days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail (or deliver electronically) a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date for payment specified in the notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), which date will be no earlier than ten (10) days and no later than sixty (60) days from the date such notice is mailed or delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice.

 

A2-8

 

11.          [Reserved]

 

12.          Denominations

 

The Global Notes are in registered form without interest coupons attached.  The Notes are in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof of principal amount at maturity.  The Global Notes will represent the aggregate principal amount of all the Notes issued and not yet cancelled other than Definitive Registered Notes.  The transfer of Notes may be registered, and Notes may be exchanged, as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

13.          Unclaimed Money

 

All moneys paid by the Issuer to the Trustee or a Paying Agent for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes that remain unclaimed at the end of two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable may be repaid to the Issuer, subject to Applicable Law, and the Holder of such Note thereafter may look only to the Issuer for payment thereof.

 

14.          Discharge and Defeasance

 

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and all obligations of any Guarantor, the Indenture and all liens on Collateral created pursuant to the Security Documents (solely to the extent such liens are for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes) if the Issuer irrevocably deposits with the Trustee, euro or European Government Obligations (or a combination thereof) for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

15.          Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

 

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, any Security Document and any supplemental indenture may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of such series (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for, such series of Notes) and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a continuing Default of Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, interest and premium and Additional Amount, if any, on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, any Security Document and any supplemental indenture may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for, such series of Notes).  In certain circumstances, the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, any Security Document and any supplemental indenture may be 

 

A2-9

 

amended or supplemented without the consent of any Holder, including to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency.

 

16.          Defaults and Remedies

 

The Notes have the Events of Default as set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture.  If an Event of Default (other than as specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i) of the Indenture) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders) may, and the Trustee, upon the written request of such Holders, shall declare the principal of, premium, if any, and any Additional Amounts and accrued interest on all outstanding Notes immediately due and payable and upon any such declaration all such amounts payable in respect of the Notes will become due and payable immediately.

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i) of the Indenture occurs and is continuing, then the principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest on all the outstanding Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of Notes.

 

Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Security Documents except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee and the Security Agent may refuse to enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Security Documents unless they receive an indemnity or security satisfactory to them.  Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The above description of Events of Default and remedies is qualified by reference, and subject in its entirety, to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

17.          Security

 

This Note and the other Notes will be secured by the Security Interests in the Collateral.  Reference is made to the Indenture for terms relating to such security, including the release, termination and discharge thereof.  The Security Documents and the Collateral will be administered by the Security Agent (or in certain circumstances a sub-agent) pursuant to the Security Documents for the benefit of all Holders of the Notes.  The Issuer shall not be required to make any notation on this Note to reflect any grant of such security or any such release, termination or discharge.

 

18.          Trustee and Security Agent Dealings with the Issuer

 

Each of the Trustee and the Security Agent under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or Security Agent.  Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-Registrar or co-Paying Agent may do the same with like rights.

 

19.          No Recourse Against Others

 

A director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or shareholder, as such, of the Issuer or any Guarantor, any of its parent companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries or 

 

A2-10

 

Affiliates, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor the Notes, the Security Documents or the Indenture for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

20.          Authentication

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee or, as the case may be, an authenticating agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

21.          ISIN and Common Code Numbers

 

The Issuer has caused Common Code numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use Common Code numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders of the Notes.  In addition, the Issuer has caused ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders of the Notes.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of any such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

22.          Intercreditor Agreement

 

This Note and the Indenture are entered into with the benefit of and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.  In the event of any conflict between this Note, the Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, shall apply.

 

The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture.

 

Requests may be made to:

 

International Game Technology PLC
 c/o GTECH Corporation
 GTECH Center
 10 Memorial Boulevard
 Providence, Rhode Island
 02903-1125 USA
 Facsimile No.:  +1 (401) 392-0391
 Attn:  General Counsel

 

A2-11

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

	
To assign and transfer this Note, fill   in the form below:
    
	
 
    
	
(I) or (we) assign and transfer   this Note to
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. no.)
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and postal code)
    
	
 
    
	
and irrevocably   appoint                                                                                to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute   another to act for him.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Your Signature:
    	
 
    
	
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature   Guarantee*:
    	
 
    
			

 

	
* (Participant in   a recognized signature guarantee medallion program or other signature   guarantor acceptable to the Trustee)
    
	
 
    
	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

Certifying Signature:

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)                                 o            to the Issuer; or

 

(2)                                 o            pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”); or

 

(3)                                 o            pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

 

(4)                                 o            pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or

 

(5)                                 o            pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (2) is checked, by executing this form, the Transferor is deemed to have certified that such Notes are being transferred to a person it reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act who has received notice that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; and, if box (3) is checked, by executing this form, the Transferor is deemed to have certified that such transfer is made pursuant to an offer and sale that occurred outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

	
Signature:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

A2-12

 

	
 
    	
Signature   Guarantee:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(Participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Certifying   Signature:
    	
 
    	
  Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Signature   Guarantee:  
    	
 
    
	
(Participant in a   recognized signature guarantee medallion program)
    
							

 

A2-13

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note or a portion thereof purchased pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

	
o   Section 4.13
    

 

If the purchase is in part, indicate the portion (in denominations of €100,000 or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof) to be purchased:

 

	
€
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    
	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Your signature:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Certifying Signature:
    	
 
    	
 
    
										

 

A2-14

 

SCHEDULE A

 

SCHEDULE OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT IN THE EURO GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Euro Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Euro Note, or exchanges of a part of another Euro Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Euro Global Note, have been made:

 

	
Date of
   Decrease/Increase
    	
 
    	
Amount of
   Decrease in
   Principal
   Amount
    	
 
    	
Amount of
   Increase in
   Principal
   Amount
    	
 
    	
Principal Amount 
   Following such
   Decrease/Increase
    	
 
    	
Signature of
   authorized
   officer of
   Registrar
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

A2-15

 

EXHIBIT B-1

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM RESTRICTED DOLLAR GLOBAL NOTE TO REGULATION S DOLLAR GLOBAL NOTE

 

(Transfers pursuant to § 2.06(b) of the Indenture)

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Transfer Agent
 One Canada Square
 London E14 5AL
 United Kingdom
  Attn:  [Corporate Trust Administration]

 

Re:  $[·] [·]% Senior Secured Notes due [·]

 

Reference is made to the indenture dated as of April 7, 2015 (the “Indenture”) between, among others, the Issuer, BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited, as trustee (the “Trustee”), Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as security agent (the “Security Agent”), The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Euro Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Dollar Paying Agent and Dollar Registrar and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Euro Registrar.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to up to $[  ] aggregate principal amount of Notes that are held as a beneficial interest in the form of the Restricted Dollar Global Note (ISIN No:  [               ]; CUSIP:  [               ]) with the nominee of DTC in the name of [               ] (the “Transferor”).  The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of such beneficial interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Regulation S Dollar Global Note (ISIN No:  [               ]; CUSIP:  [               ]).

 

In connection with such request, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Notes and:

 

(a)           with respect to transfers made in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), does certify that:

 

(i)            the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(ii)           either (i) at the time the buy order is originated the transferee is outside the United States or the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believe that the transferee is outside the United States; or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market described in paragraph (b) of Rule 902 of Regulation S and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(iii)          no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States by the Transferor, an affiliate thereof or any person their behalf in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S, as applicable;

 

B1-1

 

(iv)          the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

(v)           the Transferor is not the Issuer, a distributor of the Notes, an affiliate of the Issuer, or any such distributor (except any officer or director who is an affiliate solely by virtue of holding such position) or a person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

(b)           with respect to transfers made in reliance on Rule 144 the Transferor certifies that the Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

You, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.  Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

 

	
 
    	
[Name of Transferor]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Date:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
cc:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Attn:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

B1-2

 

EXHIBIT B-2

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM RESTRICTED EURO GLOBAL NOTE TO REGULATION S EURO GLOBAL NOTE

 

(Transfers pursuant to § 2.06(b) of the Indenture)

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Transfer Agent
 One Canada Square
 London E14 5AL
 United Kingdom
  Attn:  [Corporate Trust Administration]

 

Re:  €[·] [·]% Senior Secured Notes due [·]

 

Reference is made to the indenture dated as of April 7, 2015 (the “Indenture”) between, among others, the Issuer, BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited, as trustee (the “Trustee”), Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as security agent (the “Security Agent”), The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Euro Paying agent and Transfer agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Dollar Paying Agent and Dollar Registrar and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Euro Registrar.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to up to €[   ] aggregate principal amount of Notes that are held as a beneficial interest in the form of the Restricted Euro Global Note (ISIN No:  [               ]; Common Code:  [               ]) with the Common Depositary in the name of [               ] (the “Transferor”).  The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of such beneficial interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Regulation S Euro Global Note (ISIN No:  [               ]; Common Code:  [               ]).

 

In connection with such request, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Notes and:

 

(a)           with respect to transfers made in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), does certify that:

 

(i)            the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(ii)           either (i) at the time the buy order is originated the transferee is outside the United States or the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believe that the transferee is outside the United States; or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market described in paragraph (b) of Rule 902 of Regulation S and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(iii)          no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States by the Transferor, an affiliate thereof or any person their behalf in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S, as applicable;

 

B2-1

 

(iv)          the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

(v)           the Transferor is not the Issuer, a distributor of the Notes, an affiliate of the Issuer or any such distributor (except any officer or director who is an affiliate solely by virtue of holding such position) or a person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

(b)           with respect to transfers made in reliance on Rule 144 the Transferor certifies that the Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

You, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.  Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

	
 
    	
[Name of Transferor]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Date:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
cc:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Attn:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

B2-2

 

EXHIBIT C-1

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM
 REGULATION S DOLLAR GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DOLLAR GLOBAL NOTE

 

(Transfers pursuant to § 2.06(b) of the Indenture)

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Transfer Agent
 One Canada Square
 London E14 5AL
 United Kingdom
  Attn:  [Corporate Trust Administration]

 

Re:  $[·] [·]% Senior Secured Notes due [·]

 

Reference is made to the indenture dated as of April 7, 2015 (the “Indenture”) between, among others, the Issuer, BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited, as trustee (the “Trustee”), Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as security agent (the “Security Agent”), The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Euro Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Dollar Paying Agent and Dollar Registrar and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Euro Registrar.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to up to $[   ] aggregate principal amount of Notes that are held as a beneficial interest in the form of the Restricted Dollar Global Note (ISIN No:  [               ]; CUSIP:  [               ]) with the nominee of DTC in the name of [               ] (the “Transferor”).  The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of such beneficial interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Regulation S Dollar Global Note (ISIN No:  [               ]; CUSIP:  [               ]).

 

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes the Transferor does hereby certify that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Notes and that:

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

 

o                                    the Transferor is relying on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) for exemption from such Act’s registration requirements; it is transferring such Notes to a person it reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A that purchases for its own account, or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer, and to whom the Transferor has given notice that the transfer is made in reliance on Rule 144A and the transfer is being made in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States; or

 

o                                    the Transferor is relying on an exemption other than Rule 144A from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

You, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any 

 

C1-1

 

interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

	
 
    	
[Name of Transferor]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Date:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
cc:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Attn:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

C1-2

 

EXHIBIT C-2

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM
 REGULATION S EURO GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED EURO GLOBAL NOTE

 

(Transfers pursuant to § 2.06(b) of the Indenture)

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Transfer Agent
 One Canada Square
 London E14 5AL
 United Kingdom
  Attn:  [Corporate Trust Administration]

 

Re:  €[·] [·]% Senior Secured Notes due [·]

 

Reference is made to the indenture dated as of April 7, 2015 (the “Indenture”) between, among others, the Issuer, BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited, as trustee (the “Trustee”), Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as security agent (the “Security Agent”), The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Euro Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Dollar Paying Agent and Dollar Registrar and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Euro Registrar.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to up to €[   ] aggregate principal amount of Notes that are held as a beneficial interest in the form of the Restricted Euro Global Note (ISIN No:  [               ]; Common Code:  [               ]) with the Common Depositary in the name of [               ] (the “Transferor”).  The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of such beneficial interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Regulation S Euro Global Note (ISIN No:  [               ]; Common Code:  [               ]).

 

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes the Transferor does hereby certify that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Notes and that:

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

 

o                                    the Transferor is relying on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) for exemption from such Act’s registration requirements; it is transferring such Notes to a person it reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A that purchases for its own account, or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer, and to whom the Transferor has given notice that the transfer is made in reliance on Rule 144A and the transfer is being made in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States; or

 

o                                    the Transferor is relying on an exemption other than Rule 144A from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

C2-1

 

You, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

	
 
    	
[Name of Transferor]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Date:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
cc:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Attn:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

C2-2

 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                                 , among                                     , a company organized and existing under the laws of                                      (the “Subsequent Guarantor”), a subsidiary of International Game Technology PLC (or its permitted successor), a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors (as defined), BNY Mellon Corporate Trustee Services Limited, as Trustee, Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as Security Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Euro Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Dollar Paying Agent and Dollar Registrar and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Euro Registrar.

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of April 7, 2015, providing for the issuance of $600,000,000 5.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 issued on the date hereof (the “2020 Dollar Notes”); $1,500,000,000 6.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 issued on the date hereof (the “2022 Dollar Notes”); $1,100,000,000 6.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 issued on the date hereof (the “2025 Dollar Notes” and together with  the 2020 Dollar Notes and the 2022 Dollar Notes, the “Dollar Notes”); €700,000,000 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 issued on the date hereof (the “2020 Euro Notes”); and €850,000,000 4.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 issued on the date hereof (the “2023 Euro Notes” and together with the 2020 Euro Notes, the “Euro Notes” and together with the Dollar Notes, the “Initial Notes” and any additional notes that may be issued on any other issue date (the “Additional Notes” and together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Subsequent Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsequent Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subsequent Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for their benefit and the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.                                      CAPITALIZED TERMS.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

2.                                      AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE.  The Subsequent Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the provisions set forth in the Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

 

D-1

 

3.                                      EXECUTION AND DELIVERY.

 

(a)                                 The Subsequent Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee.

 

(b)                                 If an Authorized Officer whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee procures the authentication of the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

(c)                                  Upon execution of this Supplemental Indenture, the delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the Subsequent Guarantor.

 

4.                                      NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.  No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Subsequent Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Subsequent Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

5.                                      INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE.  Section 12.05 of the Indenture is incorporated by reference to this Supplemental Indenture as if more fully set out herein.

 

6.                                      NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN.  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

7.                                      COUNTERPARTS.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

8.                                      EFFECT OF HEADINGS.  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

9.                                      THE TRUSTEE.  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Subsequent Guarantor and the Issuer.

 

D-2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

	
 
    	
Dated:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
[SUBSEQUENT GUARANTOR]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
INTERNATIONAL GAME TECHNOLOGY PLC, as   Issuer
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
BNY MELLON CORPORATE TRUSTEE SERVICES   LIMITED,
    
	
 
    	
  as Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC,
    
	
 
    	
  as   Security Agent
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    
				

 

D-3

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

COLLATERAL

 

Issue Date Notes Collateral:

 

1.                                      English law governed Deed of Assignment dated April 7, 2015, between the Issuer as assignor and the Security Agent, pursuant to which the Issuer assigned absolutely to the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other secured parties named therein, all of the Issuer’s present and future rights, claims, title, interest and benefit in and to, amongst other things, the intercompany loan agreement described therein;

 

2.                                      English law governed Deed of Assignment dated April 7, 2015, between GTECH Canada ULC as assignor and the Security Agent, pursuant to which GTECH Canada ULC assigned absolutely to the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other secured parties named therein, all of the Issuer’s present and future rights, claims, title, interest and benefit in and to, amongst other things, the intercompany loan agreement described therein;

 

3.                                      New York law governed Security Agreement dated April 7, 2015, between IGT, International Game Technology, GTECH Rhode Island LLC, GTECH Corporation (collectively, as “Common Transaction Security Grantors”) and the Security Agent, pursuant to which each Common Transaction Security Grantor assigned and pledged to the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other secured parties named therein, a continuing security interest in all of such Common Transaction Security Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under, amongst other things, the intercompany loan agreements described therein and to which it is a party;

 

4.                                      New York law governed Security Agreement dated April 7, 2015, between the Issuer and GTECH Canada ULC (collectively, as “Restricted Security Grantors”) and the Security Agent, pursuant to which each Restricted Security Grantor assigned and pledged to the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other secured parties named therein, a continuing security interest in all of such Restricted Security Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under, amongst other things, the intercompany loan agreements described therein and to which it is a party; and

 

5.                                      Brazilian law governed Fiduciary Assignment of Receivables dated April 7, 2015, between GTECH Brasil Ltda. (as “Assignor”), GTECH Corporation as intervening party and the Security Agent, pursuant to which the Assignor assigned to the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other secured parties named therein, any and all receivables under the intercompany loan agreement described therein.

 

Post Completion Notes Collateral:

 

1.                                      Nevada law governed Pledge Agreement dated April 7, 2015, between the Issuer as grantor and the Security Agent, pursuant to which the Issuer granted to the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other secured parties named 

 

 

therein, a security interest in all of the capital stock of International Game Technology; and

 

2.                                      Italian law governed Deed of Pledge on Investment in Limited Liability Company dated April 7, 2015, between, inter alios, the Issuer and the Security Agent, pursuant to which the Issuer granted to the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other secured parties named therein, a pledge over the quotas of Lottomatica Holding S.r.l.

 

Issue Date Guarantee Collateral:

 

1.                                      English law governed Deed of Assignment dated April 7, 2015, between the Issuer as assignor and the Security Agent, pursuant to which the Issuer assigned absolutely to the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other secured parties named therein, all of the Issuer’s present and future rights, claims, title, interest and benefit in and to, amongst other things, the intercompany loan agreement described therein;

 

2.                                      English law governed Deed of Assignment dated April 7, 2015, between GTECH Canada ULC as assignor and the Security Agent, pursuant to which GTECH Canada ULC assigned absolutely to the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other secured parties named therein, all of the Issuer’s present and future rights, claims, title, interest and benefit in and to, amongst other things, the intercompany loan agreement described therein;

 

3.                                      New York law governed Security Agreement dated April 7, 2015, between IGT, International Game Technology, GTECH Rhode Island LLC, GTECH Corporation (collectively, as “Common Transaction Security Grantors”) and the Security Agent, pursuant to which each Common Transaction Security Grantor assigned and pledged to the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other secured parties named therein, a continuing security interest in all of such Common Transaction Security Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under, amongst other things, the intercompany loan agreements described therein and to which it is a party;

 

4.                                      New York law governed Security Agreement dated April 7, 2015, between the Issuer and GTECH Canada ULC (collectively, as “Restricted Security Grantors”) and the Security Agent, pursuant to which each Restricted Security Grantor assigned and pledged to the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other secured parties named therein, a continuing security interest in all of such Restricted Security Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under, amongst other things, the intercompany loan agreements described therein and to which it is a party; and

 

5.                                      Brazilian law governed Fiduciary Assignment of Receivables dated April 7, 2015, between GTECH Brasil Ltda. (as “Assignor”), GTECH Corporation as intervening party and the Security Agent, pursuant to which the Assignor assigned to the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other secured parties named therein, any and all receivables under the intercompany loan agreement described therein.

 

 

Post Completion Guarantee Collateral:

 

1.                                      Nevada law governed Pledge Agreement dated April 7, 2015, between the Issuer as grantor and the Security Agent, pursuant to which the Issuer granted to the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the other secured parties named therein, a security interest in all of the capital stock of International Game Technology.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00243-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00243-of-00352.parquet"}]]